Add IEEEtran files.

diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 36d0507aca84448a287806aeae77371483fcc4c4..0bfdf83b7fa85395f1cc7f288703fd8248138137 100644 (file)
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -4,4 +4,6 @@ auto/
 *.bbl
 *.blg
 *-eps-converted-to.pdf
 *.bbl
 *.blg
 *-eps-converted-to.pdf

+paper.dvi

 paper.pdf
 paper.pdf

+paper.ps

diff --git a/IEEEtran/.gitignore b/IEEEtran/.gitignore
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..d417699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+bare_adv.dvi
+bare_adv.pdf
+bare_adv.ps
+bare_conf.dvi
+bare_conf.pdf
+bare_conf.ps
+bare_jrnl.dvi
+bare_jrnl.pdf
+bare_jrnl.ps
+bare_jrnl_compsoc.dvi
+bare_jrnl_compsoc.pdf
+bare_jrnl_compsoc.ps

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEabrv.bib b/IEEEtran/IEEEabrv.bib
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..56cae65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEabrv.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+
+IEEEabrv.bib
+V1.12 (2007/01/11)
+Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell
+See: http://www.michaelshell.org/
+for current contact information.
+
+BibTeX bibliography string definitions of the ABBREVIATED titles of
+IEEE journals and magazines and online publications.
+
+This file is designed for bibliography styles that require 
+abbreviated titles and is not for use in bibliographies that
+require full-length titles.
+
+Support sites:
+http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/
+and/or
+http://www.ieee.org/
+
+Special thanks to Laura Hyslop and ken Rawson of IEEE for their help
+in obtaining the information needed to compile this file. Also,
+Volker Kuhlmann and Moritz Borgmann kindly provided some corrections
+and additions.
+
+*************************************************************************
+Legal Notice:
+This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! 
+User assumes all risk.
+In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+of any information contained here.
+
+All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+
+This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+2003/12/01 or later.
+Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **
+** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+
+File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,
+                   IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,
+                   IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf
+*************************************************************************
+
+
+USAGE:
+
+\bibliographystyle{mybstfile}
+\bibliography{IEEEabrv,mybibfile}
+
+where the IEEE titles in the .bib database entries use the strings
+defined here. e.g.,
+
+
+   journal = IEEE_J_AC,
+
+
+to yield "{IEEE} Trans. Automat. Contr."
+
+
+IEEE uses abbreviated journal titles in their bibliographies -
+this file is suitable for work that is to be submitted to the IEEE.
+
+
+For work that requires full-length titles, you should use the full
+titles provided in the companion file, IEEEfull.bib.
+
+
+** NOTES **
+
+ 1. Journals have been grouped according to subject in order to make it
+    easier to locate and extract the definitions for related journals - 
+    as most works use references that are confined to a single topic.
+    Magazines are listed in straight alphabetical order.
+
+ 2. String names are closely based on IEEE's own internal acronyms.
+ 
+ 3. Abbreviations follow IEEE's style.
+
+ 4. Older, out-of-print IEEE titles are included (but not including titles
+    dating prior to IEEE's formation from the IRE and AIEE in 1963).
+
+ 5. The following NEW/current journal definitions have been disabled because
+    their abbreviations have not yet been verified:
+    
+    STRING{IEEE_J_CBB        = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Comput. Biology Bioinformatics"}
+    STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE      = "Canadian J. Elect. Comput. Eng."}
+    STRING{IEEE_J_DSC        = "{IEEE} Trans. Dependable Secure Comput."}
+    STRING{IEEE_O_DSO        = "{IEEE} Distrib. Syst. Online"}
+    
+ 6. The following OLD journal definitions have been disabled because
+    their abbreviations have not yet been found/verified:
+
+    STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV       = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast Television Receivers"}
+    STRING{IEEE_J_EWS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Writing Speech"}
+
+If you know what the proper abbreviation is for a string in #5 or #6 above,
+email me and I will correct them in the next release.
+
+
+
+
+
+IEEE Journals 
+
+
+
+aerospace and military
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AES        = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp. Electron. Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANE        = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp. Navig. Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANNE       = "{IEEE} Trans. Aeronaut. Navig. Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AS         = "{IEEE} Trans. Aerosp."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AIRE       = "{IEEE} Trans. Airborne Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MIL        = "{IEEE} Trans. Mil. Electron."}
+
+
+
+autos, transportation and vehicles (non-aerospace)
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Intell. Transp. Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VT         = "{IEEE} Trans. Veh. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Veh. Commun."}
+
+
+
+circuits, signals, systems, audio and controls
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SPL        = "{IEEE} Signal Process. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASSP       = "{IEEE} Trans. Acoust., Speech, Signal Process."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AU         = "{IEEE} Trans. Audio"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AUEA       = "{IEEE} Trans. Audio Electroacoust."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Autom. Control"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASVT      = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. Video Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI       = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {I}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII      = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {II}"}
+in 2004 CASI and CASII renamed part title to CASI_RP and CASII_EB, respectively.
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI_RP    = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {I}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII_EB   = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuits Syst. {II}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CT         = "{IEEE} Trans. Circuit Theory"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CST        = "{IEEE} Trans. Control Syst. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SP         = "{IEEE} Trans. Signal Process."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SU         = "{IEEE} Trans. Sonics Ultrason."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SAP        = "{IEEE} Trans. Speech Audio Process."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UE         = "{IEEE} Trans. Ultrason. Eng."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UFFC       = "{IEEE} Trans. Ultrason., Ferroelectr., Freq. Control"}
+
+
+
+communications
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COML       = "{IEEE} Commun. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSAC       = "{IEEE} J. Sel. Areas Commun."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COM        = "{IEEE} Trans. Commun."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COMT       = "{IEEE} Trans. Commun. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_WCOM       = "{IEEE} Trans. Wireless Commun."}
+
+
+
+components, packaging and manufacturing
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ADVP       = "{IEEE} Trans. Adv. Packag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CHMT       = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Hybrids, Manuf. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTA      = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {A}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTB      = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {B}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTC      = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon., Packag., Manuf. Technol. {C}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPT       = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Packag. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPTS      = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Packag. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPART      = "{IEEE} Trans. Compon. Parts"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EPM        = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron. Packag. Manuf."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MFT        = "{IEEE} Trans. Manuf. Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PHP        = "{IEEE} Trans. Parts, Hybrids, Packag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PMP        = "{IEEE} Trans. Parts, Mater., Packag."}
+
+
+
+CAD
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TCAD       = "{IEEE} J. Technol. Comput. Aided Design"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAD        = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput.-Aided Design Integr. Circuits Syst."}
+
+
+
+coding, data, information, knowledge
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IT         = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Theory"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_KDE        = "{IEEE} Trans. Knowl. Data Eng."}
+
+
+
+computers, computation, networking and software
+@STRING{IEEE_J_C          = "{IEEE} Trans. Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAL        = "{IEEE} Comput. Archit. Lett."}
+disabled till definition is verified
+STRING{IEEE_J_DSC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Dependable Secure Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ECOMP      = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron. Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EVC        = "{IEEE} Trans. Evol. Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_FUZZ       = "{IEEE} Trans. Fuzzy Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IFS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Forensics Security"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Mobile Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NET        = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Netw."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NN         = "{IEEE} Trans. Neural Netw."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PDS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Parallel Distrib. Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SE         = "{IEEE} Trans. Softw. Eng."}
+
+
+
+computer graphics, imaging, and multimedia
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JDT        = "{IEEE/OSA} J. Display Technol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IP         = "{IEEE} Trans. Image Process."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MM         = "{IEEE} Trans. Multimedia"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VCG        = "{IEEE} Trans. Vis. Comput. Graphics"}
+
+
+
+cybernetics, ergonomics, robots, man-machine, and automation
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASE        = "{IEEE} Trans. Autom. Sci. Eng."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JRA        = "{IEEE} J. Robot. Autom."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_HFE        = "{IEEE} Trans. Hum. Factors Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MMS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Man-Mach. Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PAMI       = "{IEEE} Trans. Pattern Anal. Mach. Intell."}
+in 1989 JRA became RA
+in August 2004, RA split into ASE and RO
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RA         = "{IEEE} Trans. Robot. Autom."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RO         = "{IEEE} Trans. Robot."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMC        = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCA       = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {A}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCB       = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {B}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCC       = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst., Man, Cybern. {C}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SSC        = "{IEEE} Trans. Syst. Sci. Cybern."}
+
+
+
+earth, wind, fire and water
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GE         = "{IEEE} Trans. Geosci. Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRS        = "{IEEE} Trans. Geosci. Remote Sens."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRSL       = "{IEEE} Geosci. Remote Sens. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_OE         = "{IEEE} J. Ocean. Eng."}
+
+
+
+education, engineering, history, IEEE, professional
+disabled till definition is verified
+STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE       = "Canadian J. Elect. Comput. Eng."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PROC       = "Proc. {IEEE}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDU        = "{IEEE} Trans. Educ."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EM         = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Manag."}
+disabled till definition is verified
+STRING{IEEE_J_EWS         = "{IEEE} Trans. Eng. Writing Speech"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Prof. Commun."}
+
+
+
+electromagnetics, antennas, EMI, magnetics and microwave
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AWPL       = "{IEEE} Antennas Wireless Propag. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MGWL       = "{IEEE} Microw. Guided Wave Lett."}
+IEEE seems to want "Compon." here, not "Comp."
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MWCL       = "{IEEE} Microw. Wireless Compon. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AP         = "{IEEE} Trans. Antennas Propag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EMC        = "{IEEE} Trans. Electromagn. Compat."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MAG        = "{IEEE} Trans. Magn."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MTT        = "{IEEE} Trans. Microw. Theory Tech."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RFI        = "{IEEE} Trans. Radio Freq. Interference"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TJMJ       = "{IEEE} Transl. J. Magn. Jpn."}
+
+
+
+energy and power
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Energy Convers."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PEL        = "{IEEE} Power Electron. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRAS      = "{IEEE} Trans. Power App. Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRD       = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Del."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRE       = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRS       = "{IEEE} Trans. Power Syst."}
+
+
+
+industrial, commercial and consumer
+@STRING{IEEE_J_APPIND     = "{IEEE} Trans. Appl. Ind."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BC         = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast."}
+disabled till definition is verified
+STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV        = "{IEEE} Trans. Broadcast Television Receivers"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CE         = "{IEEE} Trans. Consum. Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IE         = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IECI       = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Electron. Contr. Instrum."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IA         = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Appl."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IGA        = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Gen. Appl."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IINF       = "{IEEE} Trans. Ind. Informat."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PSE        = "{IEEE} J. Product Safety Eng."}
+
+
+
+instrumentation and measurement
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IM         = "{IEEE} Trans. Instrum. Meas."}
+
+
+
+insulation and materials
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JEM        = "{IEEE/TMS} J. Electron. Mater."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DEI        = "{IEEE} Trans. Dielectr. Electr. Insul."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EI         = "{IEEE} Trans. Electr. Insul."}
+
+
+
+mechanical
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MECH       = "{IEEE/ASME} Trans. Mechatronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MEMS       = "J. Microelectromech. Syst."}
+
+
+
+medical and biological
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BME        = "{IEEE} Trans. Biomed. Eng."}
+Note: The B-ME journal later dropped the hyphen and became the BME.
+@STRING{IEEE_J_B-ME       = "{IEEE} Trans. Bio-Med. Eng."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BMELC      = "{IEEE} Trans. Bio-Med. Electron."}
+disabled till definition is verified
+STRING{IEEE_J_CBB         = "{IEEE/ACM} Trans. Comput. Biology Bioinformatics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITBM       = "{IEEE} Trans. Inf. Technol. Biomed."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ME         = "{IEEE} Trans. Med. Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MI         = "{IEEE} Trans. Med. Imag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NB         = "{IEEE} Trans. Nanobiosci."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NSRE       = "{IEEE} Trans. Neural Syst. Rehabil. Eng."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RE         = "{IEEE} Trans. Rehabil. Eng."}
+
+
+
+ optics, lightwave and photonics
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PTL        = "{IEEE} Photon. Technol. Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JLT        = "J. Lightw. Technol."}
+
+
+
+physics, electrons, nanotechnology, nuclear and quantum electronics
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDL        = "{IEEE} Electron Device Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JQE        = "{IEEE} J. Quantum Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSTQE      = "{IEEE} J. Sel. Topics Quantum Electron."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ED         = "{IEEE} Trans. Electron Devices"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NANO       = "{IEEE} Trans. Nanotechnol."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NS         = "{IEEE} Trans. Nucl. Sci."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PS         = "{IEEE} Trans. Plasma Sci."}
+
+
+
+reliability
+IEEE seems to want "Mat." here, not "Mater."
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DMR        = "{IEEE} Trans. Device Mater. Rel."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_R          = "{IEEE} Trans. Rel."}
+
+
+
+semiconductors, superconductors, electrochemical and solid state
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ESSL       = "{IEEE/ECS} Electrochem. Solid-State Lett."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSSC       = "{IEEE} J. Solid-State Circuits"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASC        = "{IEEE} Trans. Appl. Supercond."}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SM         = "{IEEE} Trans. Semicond. Manuf."}
+
+
+
+sensors
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SENSOR     = "{IEEE} Sensors J."}
+
+
+
+VLSI
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VLSI       = "{IEEE} Trans. {VLSI} Syst."}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+IEEE Magazines 
+
+
+
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AES        = "{IEEE} Aerosp. Electron. Syst. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_HIST       = "{IEEE} Ann. Hist. Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AP         = "{IEEE} Antennas Propag. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ASSP       = "{IEEE} {ASSP} Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CD         = "{IEEE} Circuits Devices Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAS        = "{IEEE} Circuits Syst. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COM        = "{IEEE} Commun. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COMSOC     = "{IEEE} Commun. Soc. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CIM        = "{IEEE} Comput. Intell. Mag."}
+CSEM changed to CSE in 1999
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSE        = "{IEEE} Comput. Sci. Eng."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSEM       = "{IEEE} Comput. Sci. Eng. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_C          = "{IEEE} Computer"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAP        = "{IEEE} Comput. Appl. Power"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CGA        = "{IEEE} Comput. Graph. Appl."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CONC       = "{IEEE} Concurrency"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CS         = "{IEEE} Control Syst. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_DTC        = "{IEEE} Des. Test. Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EI         = "{IEEE} Electr. Insul. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ETR        = "{IEEE} ElectroTechnol. Rev."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMB        = "{IEEE} Eng. Med. Biol. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMR        = "{IEEE} Eng. Manag. Rev."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EXP        = "{IEEE} Expert"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IA         = "{IEEE} Ind. Appl. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IM         = "{IEEE} Instrum. Meas. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IS         = "{IEEE} Intell. Syst."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IC         = "{IEEE} Internet Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ITP        = "{IEEE} {IT} Prof."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MICRO      = "{IEEE} Micro"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MW         = "{IEEE} Microw. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MM         = "{IEEE} Multimedia"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_NET        = "{IEEE} Netw."}
+IEEE's editorial manual lists "Pers. Commun.", 
+but "Personal Commun. Mag." seems to be what is used in the journals
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PCOM       = "{IEEE} Personal Commun. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_POT        = "{IEEE} Potentials"}
+CAP and PER merged to form PE in 2003
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PE         = "{IEEE} Power Energy Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PER        = "{IEEE} Power Eng. Rev."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PVC        = "{IEEE} Pervasive Comput."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_RA         = "{IEEE} Robot. Autom. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SAP        = "{IEEE} Security Privacy"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SP         = "{IEEE} Signal Process. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_S          = "{IEEE} Softw."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SPECT      = "{IEEE} Spectr."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TS         = "{IEEE} Technol. Soc. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_VT         = "{IEEE} Veh. Technol. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_WC         = "{IEEE} Wireless Commun. Mag."}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TODAY      = "Today's Engineer"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+IEEE Online Publications 
+
+
+
+@STRING{IEEE_O_CSTO        = "{IEEE} Commun. Surveys Tuts."}
+disabled till definition is verified
+STRING{IEEE_O_DSO          = "{IEEE} Distrib. Syst. Online"}
+
+
+
+
+
+--
+EOF

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEexample.bib b/IEEEtran/IEEEexample.bib
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..024745c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEexample.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,1190 @@
+
+IEEEexample.bib 
+V1.12 (2007/01/11)
+Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell
+See: http://www.michaelshell.org/
+for current contact information.
+
+This is an example BibTeX database for the official IEEEtran.bst
+BibTeX style file.
+
+Some entries call strings that are defined in the IEEEabrv.bib file.
+Therefore, IEEEabrv.bib should be loaded prior to this file. 
+Usage: 
+
+\bibliographystyle{./IEEEtran}
+\bibliography{./IEEEabrv,./IEEEexample}
+
+
+Support sites:
+http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/
+and/or
+http://www.ieee.org/
+
+*************************************************************************
+Legal Notice:
+This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! 
+User assumes all risk.
+In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+of any information contained here.
+
+All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+
+This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+2003/12/01 or later.
+Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **
+** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+
+File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,
+                   IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,
+                   IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf
+*************************************************************************
+
+
+Note that, because the example references were taken from actual IEEE
+publications, these examples do not always contain the full amount
+of information that may be desirable (for use with other BibTeX styles).
+In particular, full names (not abbreviated with initials) should be
+entered whenever possible as some (non-IEEE) bibliography styles use
+full names. IEEEtran.bst will automatically abbreviate when it encounters
+full names.
+ 
+ 
+ 
+ 
+references for the IEEEtran.bst documentation
+IEEEtran homepage
+@electronic{IEEEhowto:IEEEtranpage,
+  author        = "Michael Shell",
+  title         = "{IEEE}tran Homepage",
+  url           = "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/",
+  year          = "2007"
+}
+
+
+the distribution site for IEEEtran.bst
+@electronic{IEEEexample:shellCTANpage,
+  author        = "Michael Shell",
+  title         = "{IEEE}tran Webpage on {CTAN}",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/",
+  year          = "2007"
+}
+
+
+the IEEE website
+sort key is needed for sorting styles
+@electronic{IEEEexample:IEEEwebsite,
+  title         = "The {IEEE} Website",
+  url           = "http://www.ieee.org/",
+  year          = "2007",
+  key           = "IEEE"
+}
+
+
+The BibTeX user's guide.
+The filename could have been put in the URL instead. But, there might
+be other interesting things for the user in the same directory - and
+the filename might change before the directory that contains it.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexuser,
+  author        = "Oren Patashnik",
+  title         = "{{\BibTeX}}ing",
+  howpublished  = "{btxdoc.pdf}",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/",
+  month         = feb,
+  year          = "1988"
+}
+
+
+The BibTeX style designer's guide.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexdesign,
+  author        = "Oren Patashnik",
+  title         = "Designing {{\BibTeX}} Styles",
+  howpublished  = "{btxhak.pdf}",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/",
+  month         = feb,
+  year          = "1988"
+}
+
+
+A comprehensive BibTeX tutorial.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:tamethebeast,
+  author        = "Nicolas Markey",
+  title         = "Tame the BeaST  ---  The B to X of {{\BibTeX}}",
+  url           = "http://tug.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/",
+  month         = oct,
+  year          = "2005"
+}
+
+
+The BibTeX Tips and FAQ guide.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexFAQ,
+  author        = "David Hoadley and Michael Shell",
+  title         = "{{\BibTeX}} Tips and {FAQ}",
+  howpublished  = "{btxFAQ.pdf}",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "2007"
+}
+
+
+The TeX FAQ
+@electronic{IEEEexample:texfaq,
+  author        = "Robin Fairbairns",
+  title         = "The {{\TeX}} {FAQ}",
+  url           = "http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html/",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "2007"
+}
+
+
+A BibTeX Guide via Examples.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:bibtexguide,
+  author        = "Ki-Joo Kim",
+  title         = "A {{\BibTeX}} Guide via Examples",
+  howpublished  = "{bibtex\_guide.pdf}",
+  url           = "http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/",
+  month         = apr,
+  year          = "2004"
+}
+
+
+TeX User Group Bibliography Archive
+@electronic{IEEEexample:beebe_archive,
+  author        = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
+  title         = "{{\TeX}} User Group Bibliography Archive",
+  url           = "http://www.math.utah.edu:8080/pub/tex/bib/index-table.html",
+  month         = aug,
+  year          = "2006"
+}
+
+The natbib.sty package.
+@electronic{ctan:natbib,
+  author        = "Patrick W. Daly",
+  title         = "The natbib.sty package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/natbib/",
+  month         = sep,
+  year          = "2006"
+}
+
+The url.sty package.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:urlsty,
+  author        = "Donald Arseneau",
+  title         = "The url.sty Package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/",
+  month         = jun,
+  year          = "2005",
+}
+
+
+The hyperref.sty package.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:hyperrefsty,
+  author        = "Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Oberdiek",
+  title         = "The hyperref.sty Package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/",
+  month         = nov,
+  year          = "2006",
+}
+
+
+The breakurl.sty package.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:breakurl,
+  author        = "Vilar Camara Neto",
+  title         = "The breakurl.sty Package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/breakurl/",
+  month         = aug,
+  year          = "2006",
+}
+
+
+The Babel package.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:babel,
+  author        = "Johannes Braams",
+  title         = "The Babel Package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/babel/",
+  month         = nov,
+  year          = "2005",
+}
+
+
+The multibib package.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:multibibsty,
+  author        = "Thorsten Hansen",
+  title         = "The multibib.sty package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/multibib/",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "2004"
+}
+
+
+The biblatex package.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:biblatex,
+  author        = "Philipp Lehman",
+  title         = "The biblatex package",
+  url           = "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/exptl/biblatex/",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "2007"
+}
+
+
+
+The three most common and typical types of references used in
+IEEE publications:
+
+an article in a journal
+Note the use of the IEEE_J_EDL string, defined in the IEEEabrv.bib file,
+for the journal name. IEEEtran.bst defines the BibTeX standard three
+letter month codes per IEEE style.
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices",
+page 996, reference #16.
+@article{IEEEexample:article_typical,
+  author        = "S. Zhang and C. Zhu and J. K. O. Sin and P. K. T. Mok",
+  title         = "A Novel Ultrathin Elevated Channel Low-temperature 
+                   Poly-{Si} {TFT}",
+  journal       = IEEE_J_EDL,
+  volume        = "20",
+  month         = nov,
+  year          = "1999",
+  pages         = "569-571"
+}
+
+
+journal article using et al.
+The (five) authors are actually: F. Delorme, S. Slempkes, G. Alibert, 
+B. Rose, J. Brandon
+The month (July) was not given here.
+From the September 1998 issue of "IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in
+Communications", page 1257, reference #28.
+@article{IEEEexample:articleetal,
+  author        = "F. Delorme and others",
+  title         = "Butt-jointed {DBR} Laser With 15 {nm} Tunability Grown
+                   in Three {MOVPE} Steps",
+  journal       = "Electron. Lett.",
+  volume        = "31",
+  number        = "15",
+  year          = "1995",
+  pages         = "1244-1245"
+}
+
+
+a paper in a conference proceedings
+"conference" can be used as an alias for "inproceedings"
+From the June 2002 issue of "Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems",
+page 205, reference #16.
+@inproceedings{IEEEexample:conf_typical,
+  author        = "R. K. Gupta and S. D. Senturia",
+  title         = "Pull-in Time Dynamics as a Measure of Absolute Pressure",
+  booktitle     = "Proc. {IEEE} International Workshop on
+                   Microelectromechanical Systems ({MEMS}'97)",
+  address       = "Nagoya, Japan",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "1997",
+  pages         = "290-294"
+}
+
+
+a book
+From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Magnetics",
+page 1466, reference #4.
+@book{IEEEexample:book_typical,
+  author        = "B. D. Cullity",
+  title         = "Introduction to Magnetic Materials",
+  publisher     = "Addison-Wesley",
+  address       = "Reading, MA",
+  year          = "1972"
+}
+
+
+
+
+Other examples
+
+journal article with large page numbers, IEEE will divide numbers 5 digits
+or longer into groups of three with small spaces between them. Page ranges
+can be separated via either "-" or "--", IEEEtran.bst will automatically
+convert the separator dash(es) to "--".
+Authors and/or IEEE do not always provide/use the journal number, but it
+was used in this case. IEEEtran.bst can be configured to ignore journal
+numbers if desired.
+From the August 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters",
+page 1039, reference #11.
+@article{IEEEexample:articlelargepages,
+  author        = "A. Castaldini and A. Cavallini and B. Fraboni
+                   and P. Fernandez and J. Piqueras",
+  title         = "Midgap Traps Related to Compensation Processes in
+                   {CdTe} Alloys",
+  journal       = "Phys. Rev. B.",
+  volume        = "56",
+  number        = "23",
+  year          = "1997",
+  pages         = "14897-14900"
+}
+
+
+journal article with dual months 
+use the BibTeX "#" concatenation operator
+From the March 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Mechatronics",
+page 21, reference #8.
+@article{IEEEexample:articledualmonths,
+  author        = "Y. Okada and K. Dejima and T. Ohishi",
+  title         = "Analysis and Comparison of {PM} Synchronous Motor and
+                   Induction Motor Type Magnetic Bearings",
+  journal       = IEEE_J_IA,
+  volume        = "31",
+  month         = sep # "/" # oct,
+  year          = "1995",
+  pages         = "1047-1053"
+}
+
+
+journal article to be published as a misc entry type
+date information like month and year is optional 
+However, the article form like that below may be a better approach.
+From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Journal of Selected Areas in 
+Communication", page 725, reference #3.
+@misc{IEEEexample:TBPmisc,
+  author        = "M. Coates and A. Hero and R. Nowak and B. Yu",
+  title         = "Internet Tomography",
+  howpublished  = IEEE_M_SP,
+  month         = may,
+  year          = "2002",
+  note          = "to be published"
+}
+
+
+journal article to be published as an article entry type
+year is required, so if absent, use the year field to hold
+the "submitted for publication" in order to avoid a warning for
+the missing year field.
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory",
+page 1461, reference #21.
+@article{IEEEexample:TBParticle,
+  author        = "N. Kahale and R. Urbanke",
+  title         = "On the Minimum Distance of Parallel and Serially
+                   Concatenated Codes",
+  journal       = IEEE_J_IT,
+  year          = "submitted for publication"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+book with editor and no author
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory",
+page 1725, reference #1.
+@book{IEEEexample:bookwitheditor,
+  editor        = "J. C. Candy and G. C. Temes",
+  title         = "Oversampling Delta-Sigma Data Converters Theory,
+                   Design and Simulation",
+  publisher     = "{IEEE} Press.",
+  address       = "New York",
+  year          = "1992"
+}
+
+
+book with edition, author and editor
+Note that the standard BibTeX styles do not support book entries with both
+author and editor fields, but IEEEtran.bst does.
+The standard BibTeX way of specifying the edition is to use capitalized
+ordinal words such as "First", "Second", etc. Most .bst files can convert
+up to about "Fifth" into the format needed. IEEEtran.bst can convert up
+to "Tenth" to the "Arabic ordinal" form IEEE uses (e.g., "10th"). For
+editions over the tenth, it is best to use the "Arabic ordinal" form for
+IEEE related work (e.g., "101st")
+Note how "Jr." has to be entered.
+From the May 2002 issue of "Journal of Lightwave Technology", page 856,
+reference #17.
+@book{IEEEexample:book,
+  author        = "S. M. Metev and V. P. Veiko",
+  editor        = "Osgood, Jr., R. M.",
+  title         = "Laser Assisted Microtechnology",
+  edition       = "Second",
+  publisher     = "Springer-Verlag",
+  address       = "Berlin, Germany",
+  year          = "1998"
+}
+
+
+book with series and volume
+From the January 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 11, reference #31.
+@book{IEEEexample:bookwithseriesvolume,
+  editor        = "J. Breckling",
+  title         = "The Analysis of Directional Time Series: Applications to
+                   Wind Speed and Direction",
+  series        = "Lecture Notes in Statistics",
+  publisher     = "Springer",
+  address       = "Berlin, Germany",
+  year          = "1989",
+  volume        = "61"
+}
+
+
+inbook with chapter number. The pages field could also have been given.
+The chapter number could be changed to something else such as a section
+number via the type field: type = "sec.".
+From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems---I: 
+Fundamental Applications and Theory", page 638, reference #22.
+@inbook{IEEEexample:inbook,
+  author        = "H. E. Rose",
+  title         = "A Course in Number Theory",
+  publisher     = "Oxford Univ. Press",
+  address       = "New York, NY",
+  year          = "1988",
+  chapter       = "3"
+}
+
+
+inbook with pages and note. The language field is not set to Russian
+because the title is presented here in its translated, English, form.
+From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Magnetics", page 1533,
+reference #5.
+@inbook{IEEEexample:inbookpagesnote,
+  author        = "B. K. Bul",
+  title         = "Theory Principles and Design of Magnetic Circuits",
+  publisher     = "Energia Press",
+  address       = "Moscow",
+  year          = "1964",
+  pages         = "464",
+  note          = "(in Russian)"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+incollection with author and editor
+From the May 2002 issue of "Journal of Lightwave Technology",
+page 807, reference #7.
+@incollection{IEEEexample:incollection,
+  author        = "W. V. Sorin",
+  editor        = "D. Derickson",
+  title         = "Optical Reflectometry for Component Characterization",
+  booktitle     = "Fiber Optic Test and Measurement",
+  publisher     = "Prentice-Hall",
+  address       = "Englewood Cliffs, NJ",
+  year          = "1998"
+}
+
+
+incollection with series
+From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communication",
+page 609, reference #3.
+@incollection{IEEEexample:incollectionwithseries,
+  author        = "J. B. Anderson and K. Tepe",
+  title         = "Properties of the Tailbiting {BCJR} Decoder",
+  booktitle     = "Codes, Systems and Graphical Models",
+  series        = "{IMA} Volumes in Mathematics and Its Applications",
+  publisher     = "Springer-Verlag",
+  address       = "New York",
+  year          = "2000"
+  
+}
+
+
+incollection with author, editor, chapter and pages
+From the January 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 16, reference #9.
+@incollection{IEEEexample:incollection_chpp,
+  author        = "P. Hedelin and P. Knagenhjelm and M. Skoglund",
+  editor        = "W. B. Kleijn and K. K. Paliwal",
+  title         = "Theory for Transmission of Vector Quantization Data",
+  booktitle     = "Speech Coding and Synthesis",
+  publisher     = "Elsevier Science",
+  address       = "Amsterdam, The Netherlands",
+  year          = "1995",
+  chapter       = "10",
+  pages         = "347-396"
+}
+
+
+incollection with a large number of authors, some authors/journals will
+use et al. for so many names. IEEEtran.bst can be configured to do this
+if desired, or "R. M. A. Dawson and others" can be used instead.
+Note that IEEE may not include the publisher for incollection entries -
+IEEEtran.bst will not issue a warning if the publisher is missing for
+incollections - but other .bst files often will.
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Electron Devices",
+page 996, reference #12.
+@incollection{IEEEexample:incollectionmanyauthors,
+  author        = "R. M. A. Dawson and Z. Shen and D. A. Furst and
+                   S. Connor and J. Hsu and M. G. Kane and R. G. Stewart and
+                   A. Ipri and C. N. King and P. J. Green and R. T. Flegal
+                   and S. Pearson and W. A. Barrow and E. Dickey and K. Ping
+                   and C. W. Tang and S. Van. Slyke and
+                   F. Chen and J. Shi and J. C. Sturm and M. H. Lu",
+  title         = "Design of an Improved Pixel for a Polysilicon 
+                   Active-Matrix Organic {LED} Display",
+  booktitle     = "{SID} Tech. Dig.",
+  volume        = "29",
+  year          = "1998",
+  pages         = "11-14"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+A Motorola data book as a manual
+It is somewhat unusual to include the data book part number.
+in the title. It might be more correct to put this information
+in the howpublished field instead.
+From the December 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 1986, reference #10.
+@manual{IEEEexample:motmanual,
+  title         = "{FLEXChip} Signal Processor ({MC68175/D})",
+  organization  = "Motorola",
+  year          = "1996"
+}
+
+
+same reference, but using IEEEtran's howpublished extension
+@manual{IEEEexample:motmanualhowpub,
+  title         = "{FLEXChip} Signal Processor",
+  howpublished  = "{MC68175/D}",
+  organization  = "Motorola",
+  year          = "1996"
+}
+
+
+
+
+conference paper with an address and days. Some journals capitalize the
+letters in "Globecom", this one did not.
+From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 697, reference #12.
+@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithadddays,
+  author        = "M. S. Yee and L. Hanzo",
+  title         = "Radial Basis Function Decision Feedback Equaliser
+                   Assisted Burst-by-burst Adaptive Modulation",
+  booktitle     = "Proc. {IEEE} Globecom '99",
+  address       = "Rio de Janeiro, Brazil",
+  month         = dec # " 5--9,",
+  year          = "1999",
+  pages         = "2183-2187"
+}
+
+
+conference paper with volume number. A conference proceedings with a vol
+number is a little uncommon, note that the vol number is placed
+before the address in the formatted bibliography entry
+From the April 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 181, reference #26.
+@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithvolume,
+  author        = "M. Yajnik and S. B. Moon and J. Kurose and D. Towsley",
+  title         = "Measurement and Modeling of the Temporal Dependence in
+                   Packet Loss",
+  booktitle     = "Proc. {IEEE} {INFOCOM}'99",
+  volume        = "1",
+  address       = "New York, NY",
+  month         = mar,
+  year          = "1999",
+  pages         = "345-352"
+}
+
+
+conference paper with a paper number, the type field can be used to
+override the word "paper", e.g., type = "postdeadline paper". A type
+can be given even without a paper  field.
+Also, IEEEtran.bst can be configured to ignore paper numbers and types.
+From the May 2002 issue of "Journal of Lightwave Technology",
+page 807, reference #4.
+@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithpaper,
+  author        = "M. Wegmuller and J. P. von der Weid and P. Oberson
+                   and N. Gisin",
+  title         = "High Resolution Fiber Distributed Measurements With
+                   Coherent {OFDR}",
+  booktitle     = "Proc. {ECOC}'00",
+  year          = "2000",
+  paper         = "11.3.4",
+  pages         = "109"
+}
+
+
+conference paper with a postdeadline type paper, the paper field is
+optional.
+From the August 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters",
+page 1087, reference #12.
+@inproceedings{IEEEexample:confwithpapertype,
+  author        = "B. Mikkelsen and G. Raybon and R.-J. Essiambre and
+                   K. Dreyer and Y. Su. and L. E. Nelson and J. E. Johnson
+                   and G. Shtengel and A. Bond and D. G. Moodie and
+                   A. D. Ellis",
+  title         = "160 {Gbit/s} Single-channel Transmission Over 300 km 
+                   Nonzero-dispersion Fiber With Semiconductor Based
+                   Transmitter and Demultiplexer",
+  booktitle     = "Proc. {ECOC}'99",
+  year          = "1999",
+  paper         = "2-3",
+  type          = "postdeadline paper",
+  pages         = "28-29"
+}
+
+
+presented at a conference
+intype overrides the default "in" and causes the booktitle not to be
+emphasized (rendered in italics).
+From the February 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 163, reference #6.
+@inproceedings{IEEEexample:presentedatconf,
+  author        = "S. G. Finn and M. M{\'e}dard and R. A. Barry",
+  title         = "A Novel Approach to Automatic Protection Switching
+                   Using Trees",
+  intype        = "presented at the",
+  booktitle     = "Proc. Int. Conf. Commun.",
+  year          = "1997"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+master's thesis, often the University name will be abbreviated and the
+state or country will be included in the address. The type field can
+used to override the default type "Master's thesis"
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Microelectromechanical
+Systems", page 186, reference #11.
+@mastersthesis{IEEEexample:masters,
+  author        = "Nin C. Loh",
+  title         = "High-Resolution Micromachined Interferometric
+                   Accelerometer",
+  school        = "Massachusetts Institute of Technology",
+  address       = "Cambridge",
+  year          = "1992"
+}
+
+
+master's thesis with a type field
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 391, reference #12.
+@mastersthesis{IEEEexample:masterstype,
+  author        = "A. Karnik",
+  title         = "Performance of {TCP} Congestion Control with Rate
+                   Feedback: {TCP/ABR} and Rate Adaptive {TCP/IP}",
+  school        = "Indian Institute of Science",
+  type          = "M. Eng. thesis",
+  address       = "Bangalore, India",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "1999"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+Ph.D. dissertation with a URL field, the university is abbreviated
+From the October 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 590, reference #11.
+@phdthesis{IEEEexample:phdurl,
+  author        = "Q. Li",
+  title         = "Delay Characterization and Performance Control of
+                   Wide-area Networks",
+  school        = "Univ. of Delaware",
+  address       = "Newark",
+  month         = may,
+  year          = "2000",
+  url           = "http://www.ece.udel.edu/~qli"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+technical report
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 490, reference #15.
+@techreport{IEEEexample:techrep,
+  author        = "R. Jain and K. K. Ramakrishnan and D. M. Chiu",
+  title         = "Congestion Avoidance in Computer Networks with a 
+                   Connectionless Network Layer",
+  institution   = "Digital Equipment Corporation",
+  address       = "MA",
+  number        = "DEC-TR-506",
+  month         = aug,
+  year          = "1987"
+}
+
+
+technical report with type
+for those times when "Tech. Rep." needs to be modified
+From the February 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 46, reference #8.
+@techreport{IEEEexample:techreptype,
+  author        = "J. Padhye and V. Firoiu and D. Towsley",
+  title         = "A Stochastic Model of {TCP} {R}eno Congestion Avoidance
+                   and Control",
+  institution   = "Univ. of Massachusetts",
+  address       = "Amherst, MA",
+  type          = "CMPSCI Tech. Rep.",
+  number        = "99-02",
+  year          = "1999"
+}
+
+
+technical report with type
+for those times when "Tech. Rep." needs to be modified
+This reference did not have an address.
+From the January 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 117, reference #6.
+@techreport{IEEEexample:techreptypeii,
+  author        = "D. Middleton and A. D. Spaulding",
+  title         = "A Tutorial Review of Elements of Weak Signal Detection
+                   in Non-{G}aussian {EMI} Environments",
+  institution   = "National Telecommunications and Information
+                   Administration ({NTIA}), U.S. Dept. of Commerce",
+  type          = "NTIA Report",
+  number        = "86-194",
+  month         = may,
+  year          = "1986"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+an unpublished work
+for unpublished types, the note field is required. IEEE usually
+just uses the word "unpublished" for the note.
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 391, reference #16.
+@unpublished{IEEEexample:unpublished,
+  author        = "T. J. Ott and N. Aggarwal",
+  title         = "{TCP} over {ATM}: {ABR} or {UBR}",
+  note          = "Unpublished"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+electronic with a howpublished information field 
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 391, reference #7.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:electronhowinfo,
+  author        = "V. Jacobson",
+  title         = "Modified {TCP} Congestion Avoidance Algorithm",
+  howpublished  = "end2end-interest mailing list",
+  url           = "ftp://ftp.isi.edu/end2end/end2end-interest-1990.mail",
+  month         = apr,
+  year          = "1990"
+}
+
+
+electronic with a howpublished information field 
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 418, reference #31.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:electronhowinfo2,
+  author        = "V. Valloppillil and K. W. Ross",
+  title         = "Cache Array Routing Protocol v1.1",
+  howpublished  = "Internet draft",
+  url           = "http://ds1.internic.net/internet-drafts/draft-vinod-carp-v1-03.txt",
+  year          = "1998"
+}
+
+
+electronic with an organization and address
+From the February 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 114, reference #15.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:electronorgadd,
+  author        = "D. H. Lorenz and A. Orda",
+  title         = "Optimal Partition of {QoS} Requirements on Unicast
+                   Paths and Multicast Trees",
+  organization  = "Dept. Elect. Eng., Technion",
+  address       = "Haifa, Israel",
+  url           = "ftp://ftp.technion.ac.il/pub/supported/ee/Network/lor.mopq98.ps",
+  month         = jul,
+  year          = "1998"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+U.S. patent
+Use the type field to override the patent type. e.g.,
+type = "Patent Application"
+The address is that of the assignee. Note that IEEE does not
+display the assignee, the address, and only displays one date.
+(if year is not present, the filed dates are used.) However, this
+information should be entered as other BibTeX styles may use it.
+alternatively, nationality could be entered as "U.S." 
+From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 542, reference #6.
+@patent{IEEEexample:uspat,
+  author        = "Ronald E. Sorace and Victor S. Reinhardt and
+                   Steven A. Vaughn",
+  assignee      = "Hughes Aircraft Company",
+  address       = "Los Angeles, CA",
+  title         = "High-Speed Digital-to-{RF} Converter",
+  nationality   = "United States",
+  number        = "5668842",
+  dayfiled      = "28",
+  monthfiled    = feb,
+  yearfiled     = "1995",
+  day           = "16",
+  month         = sep,
+  year          = "1997"
+}
+
+
+Japanese Patent
+From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 556, reference #6.
+@patent{IEEEexample:jppat,
+  author        = "U. Hideki",
+  title         = "Quadrature Modulation Circuit",
+  nationality   = "Japanese",
+  number        = "152932/92",
+  day           = "20",
+  month         = may,
+  year          = "1992"
+}
+
+
+French Patent request, the language field must be entered in lower case
+as this is the option name Babel uses. The nationality field needs to be
+capitalized. Because this is a patent request, the date filed fields are
+used while the date fields are left empty/missing. In other countries,
+the words "Patent Application", etc. are used instead.
+From the April 2000 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Communications",
+page 556, reference #9.
+@patent{IEEEexample:frenchpatreq,
+  author        = "F. Kowalik and M. Isard",
+  title         = "Estimateur d'un D{\'e}faut de Fonctionnement 
+                   d'un Modulateur en Quadrature et {\'E}tage de Modulation
+                   l'Utilisant",
+  language      = "french",
+  nationality   = "French",
+  type          = "Patent Request",
+  number        = "9500261",
+  dayfiled      = "11",
+  monthfiled    = jan,
+  yearfiled     = "1995"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+a periodical
+From the April 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 160, reference #1.
+sort key is needed for sorting styles
+@periodical{IEEEexample:periodical,
+  title         = IEEE_M_PCOM # ", Special Issue on Wireless {ATM}",
+  volume        = "3",
+  month         = aug,
+  year          = "1996",
+  key           = "IEEE"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+standard, IEEE does not use the address for standards, but it is good
+to provide one for BibTeX styles that use it.
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 451, reference #2.
+@standard{IEEEexample:standard,
+  title         = "Wireless {LAN} Medium Access Control {(MAC)} and 
+                   Physical Layer {(PHY)} Specification",
+  organization  = "IEEE",
+  address       = "Piscataway, NJ",
+  number        = "802.11",
+  year          = "1997"
+}
+
+
+standard with type and revision, the type overrides the word standard
+(or std.). Here a standard number is not available and a revision number
+is used.
+From the August 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters",
+page 1048, reference #13.
+@standard{IEEEexample:standardproposed,
+  title         = "Fiber Channel Physical Interface ({FC-PI})",
+  institution   = "NCITS",
+  address       = "Washington, DC",
+  type          = "Working Draft Proposed Standard",
+  revision      = "5.2",
+  year          = "1999"
+}
+
+
+standard draft as a misc with author
+From the May 2002 issue of "IEEE Journal of Selected Areas in
+Communication", page 725, reference #16.
+@misc{IEEEexample:draftasmisc,
+  author        = "I. Widjaja and A. Elwalid",
+  title         = "{MATE}: {MPLS} Adaptive Traffic Engineering",
+  howpublished  = "IETF Draft",
+  year          = "1999"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+misc for a techreport like reference
+techreport is not perfectly suitable because this entry lacks
+an institution field
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 490, reference #22.
+@misc{IEEEexample:miscforum,
+  author        = "L. Roberts",
+  title         = "Enhanced Proportional Rate Control Algorithm {PRCA}",
+  howpublished  = "{ATM} Forum Contribution 94-0735R1",
+  month         = aug,
+  year          = "1994"
+}
+
+
+misc for a white paper
+From the August 2001 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 478, reference #4 - Note that the reference there (improperly?)
+used the author field for "Cisco".
+@misc{IEEEexample:whitepaper,
+  title         = "Advanced {QoS} Services for the Intelligent Internet",
+  howpublished  = "White Paper",
+  organization  = "Cisco",
+  month         = may,
+  year          = "1997"
+}
+
+
+misc for a data sheet
+From the November 2000 issue of "IEEE Photonics Technology Letters",
+page 1551, reference #6.
+@misc{IEEEexample:datasheet,
+  title         = "{PDCA12-70} Data Sheet",
+  organization  = "Opto Speed SA",
+  address       = "Mezzovico, Switzerland"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+Other unusual references
+
+a private communication as a misc entry type
+sometimes the designation "personal communication" is used instead
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory",
+page 1725, reference #16.
+@misc{IEEEexample:private,
+  author        = "S. Konyagin",
+  howpublished  = "private communication",
+  year          = "1998"
+}
+
+
+an internet request for comments (RFC) as a misc entry type
+It would also be nice to add a URL to these types of things.
+RFCs can also be handled as electronic references.
+From the April 2002 issue of "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 181, reference #14.
+@misc{IEEEexample:miscrfc,
+  author        = "K. K. Ramakrishnan and S. Floyd",
+  title         = "A Proposal to Add Explicit Congestion
+                   Notification ({ECN}) to {IP}",
+  howpublished  = "RFC 2481",
+  month         = jan,
+  year          = "1999"
+}
+
+
+a software package as a manual
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE/ASME Journal of Microelectromechanical
+Systems", page 205, reference #20.
+Sometimes they put the version/release information in the title.
+@manual{IEEEexample:softmanual,
+  title         = "SaberDesigner Reference Manual",
+  organization  = "Analogy, Inc.",
+  address       = "Beaverton, OR",
+  year          = "1998",
+  note          = "Release 4.3"
+}
+
+
+a software package as an electronic reference
+From the February 2003 issue of  "IEEE/ACM Transactions on Networking",
+page 46, reference #24. If there is no author or organization, a sorting
+key is required for sorting styles. It might be a good idea to include
+month and year fields as well.
+@electronic{IEEEexample:softonline,
+  title         = "Ucb/lbnl/vint Network Simulator---ns (Version 2)",
+  url           = "http://www-mash.cs.berkeley.edu/ns/",
+  key           = "ns"
+}
+
+
+misc for a German regulation
+In German, the first letters of nouns are capitalized, so we do so here.
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Journal in Selected Areas in
+Communication", page 892, reference #9.
+@misc{IEEEexample:miscgermanreg,
+  title         = "{M}essung von {S}t{\"o}rfeldern an {A}nlagen 
+                   und {L}eitungen der {T}elekommunikation im
+                   {F}requenzbereich 9 {kHz} bis 3 {GHz}",
+  language      = "german",
+  howpublished  = "{M}e{\ss}vorschrift {R}eg {TP} {MV} 05",
+  organization  = "Regulierungsbeh{\"o}rde f{\"u}r {T}elekommunikation und
+                   {P}ost ({R}eg {TP})"
+}
+
+
+
+Ways to handle things like CCSDS's Blue Books
+journal article with a URL. However, this is not a very good approach
+because the Blue Books are not really journals and the author field has
+to be abused.
+From the June 2002 issue of "IEEE Transactions on Information Theory",
+page 1461, reference #7.
+@article{IEEEexample:bluebookarticle,
+  author        = "{Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)}",
+  title         = "Telemetry Channel Coding",
+  journal       = "Blue Book",
+  number        = "4",
+  year          = "1999",
+  url           = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf"
+}
+
+
+CCSDS's Blue Book handled as a book
+However, it is not a good idea to have to use the author field for
+an organization (done here because the book entry type requires an
+author field).
+@book{IEEEexample:bluebookbook,
+  author        = "{Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)}",
+  title         = "Telemetry Channel Coding",
+  series        = "Blue Book",
+  number        = "4",
+  publisher     = "{CCSDS}",
+  address       = "Newport Beach, {CA}",
+  year          = "1999",
+  url           = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf"
+}
+
+
+CCSDS's Blue Book handled as a manual
+This is a much better approach, but uses the howpublished field.
+@manual{IEEEexample:bluebookmanual,
+  title         = "Telemetry Channel Coding",
+  howpublished  = "ser. Blue Book, No. 4",
+  organization  = "Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)",
+  address       = "Newport Beach, CA",
+  year          = "1999",
+  url           = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf"
+}
+
+
+
+CCSDS's Blue Book handled as a standard
+Probably the best approach for this particular case because the work
+is standard related. Note that IEEE does not display the address for
+standards.
+@standard{IEEEexample:bluebookstandard,
+  title         = "Telemetry Channel Coding",
+  howpublished  = "ser. Blue Book, No. 4",
+  organization  = "Consulative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS)",
+  address       = "Newport Beach, CA",
+  type          = "Recommendation for Space Data System Standard",
+  number        = "101.0-B-4",
+  month         = May,
+  year          = "1999",
+  url           = "http://www.ccsds.org/documents/pdf/CCSDS-101.0-B-4.pdf"
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+An example of a IEEEtran control entry which can change some IEEEtran.bst
+settings. An entry like this must be cited via \bstctlcite{} command
+before the first real \cite{}. The same entry key cannot be called twice
+(just like multiple \cite{} of the same entry key place only one entry
+in the bibliography.)
+The available control fields are:
+
+CTLuse_article_number
+"no" turns off the display of the number for articles.
+"yes" enables
+
+CTLuse_paper
+"no" turns off the display of the paper and type fields in inproceedings.
+"yes" enables
+
+CTLuse_forced_etal 
+"no" turns off the forced use of "et al."
+"yes" enables
+
+CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al."
+usage is forced. Be sure that CTLnames_show_etal (below)
+is not greater than this value!
+
+CTLnames_show_etal
+The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.".
+Must be less than or equal to CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+
+CTLuse_alt_spacing 
+"no" turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs.
+"yes" enables
+
+CTLalt_stretch_factor
+If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is
+the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the
+default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can
+stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer.
+
+CTLdash_repeated_names
+"no" turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those
+of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this.
+"yes" enables
+
+CTLname_format_string
+The name format control string as explained in the BibTeX style hacking
+guide.
+IEEE style "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" is the default,
+
+CTLname_latex_cmd
+A LaTeX command that each name will be fed to (e.g., "\textsc").
+Leave empty if no special font is desired for the names.
+The default is empty.
+
+CTLname_url_prefix
+The prefix text used before URLs.
+The default is "[Online]. Available:" A space will be inserted after this
+text. If this space is not wanted, just use \relax at the end of the
+prefix text.
+
+
+Those fields that are not to be changed can be left out.
+@IEEEtranBSTCTL{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol,
+  CTLuse_article_number     = "yes",
+  CTLuse_paper              = "yes",
+  CTLuse_forced_etal        = "no",
+  CTLmax_names_forced_etal  = "10",
+  CTLnames_show_etal        = "1",
+  CTLuse_alt_spacing        = "yes",
+  CTLalt_stretch_factor     = "4",
+  CTLdash_repeated_names    = "yes",
+  CTLname_format_string     = "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}",
+  CTLname_latex_cmd         = "",
+  CTLname_url_prefix        = "[Online]. Available:"
+}
+
+

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEfull.bib b/IEEEtran/IEEEfull.bib
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..8f07c8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEfull.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+
+IEEEfull.bib
+V1.12 (2007/01/11)
+Copyright (c) 2002-2007 by Michael Shell
+See: http://www.michaelshell.org/
+for current contact information.
+
+BibTeX bibliography string definitions of the FULL titles of
+IEEE journals and magazines and online publications.
+
+This file is designed for bibliography styles that require 
+full-length titles and is not for use in bibliographies that
+abbreviate titles.
+
+Support sites:
+http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/
+and/or
+http://www.ieee.org/
+
+Special thanks to Laura Hyslop and ken Rawson of IEEE for their help
+in obtaining the information needed to compile this file. Also,
+Volker Kuhlmann and Moritz Borgmann kindly provided some corrections
+and additions.
+
+*************************************************************************
+Legal Notice:
+This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! 
+User assumes all risk.
+In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+of any information contained here.
+
+All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+
+This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+2003/12/01 or later.
+Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **
+** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+
+File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,
+                   IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,
+                   IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf
+*************************************************************************
+
+
+USAGE:
+
+\bibliographystyle{mybstfile}
+\bibliography{IEEEfull,mybibfile}
+
+where the IEEE titles in the .bib database entries use the strings
+defined here. e.g.,
+
+
+   journal = IEEE_J_AC,
+
+
+to yield "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control"
+
+
+WARNING: IEEE uses abbreviated journal titles in their bibliographies!
+Because this file provides the full titles, you should NOT use this file
+for work that is to be submitted to the IEEE.
+
+For IEEE work, you should use the abbreviated titles provided in the
+companion file, IEEEabrv.bib.
+
+
+** NOTES **
+
+ 1. Journals have been grouped according to subject in order to make it
+    easier to locate and extract the definitions for related journals - 
+    as most works use references that are confined to a single topic.
+    Magazines are listed in straight alphabetical order.
+
+ 2. String names are closely based on IEEE's own internal acronyms.
+
+ 3. Older, out-of-print IEEE titles are included (but not including titles
+    dating prior to IEEE's formation from the IRE and AIEE in 1963).
+
+
+
+
+
+
+IEEE Journals 
+
+
+
+aerospace and military
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AES        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Electronic Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANE        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace and Navigational Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ANNE       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aeronautical and Navigational Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AS         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Aerospace"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AIRE       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Airborne Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MIL        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Military Electronics"}
+
+
+
+autos, transportation and vehicles (non-aerospace)
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Intelligent Transportation Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VT         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Vehicular Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VC         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Vehicular Communications"}
+
+
+
+circuits, signals, systems, audio and controls
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SPL        = "{IEEE} Signal Processing Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASSP       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AU         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Audio"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AUEA       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Audio and Electroacoustics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AC         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automatic Control"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASVT      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems for Video Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {I}: Fundamental Theory and Applications"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {II}: Analog and Digital Signal Processing"}
+in 2004 CASI and CASII renamed part title to CASI_RP and CASII_EB, respectively.
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASI_RP    = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {I}: Regular Papers"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CASII_EB   = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuits and Systems---Part {II}: Express Briefs"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CT         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Circuit Theory"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CST        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Control Systems Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SP         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Signal Processing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SU         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Sonics and Ultrasonics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SAP        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Speech and Audio Processing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UE         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Ultrasonics Engineering"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_UFFC       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Ultrasonics, Ferroelectrics, and Frequency Control"}
+
+
+
+communications
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COML       = "{IEEE} Communications Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSAC       = "{IEEE} Journal on Selected Areas in Communications"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COM        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Communications"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_COMT       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Communication Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_WCOM       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Wireless Communications"}
+
+
+
+components, packaging and manufacturing
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ADVP       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Advanced Packaging"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CHMT       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Hybrids and Manufacturing Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTA      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {A}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTB      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {B}: Advanced Packaging"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPMTC      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components, Packaging and Manufacturing Technology---Part {C}: Manufacturing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPT       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components and Packaging Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAPTS      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Components and Packaging Technologies"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CPART      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Component Parts"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EPM        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electronics Packaging Manufacturing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MFT        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Manufacturing Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PHP        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parts, Hybrids and Packaging"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PMP        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parts, Materials and Packaging"}
+
+
+
+CAD
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TCAD       = "{IEEE} Journal on Technology in Computer Aided Design"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAD        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits and Systems"}
+
+
+
+coding, data, information, knowledge
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IT         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Theory"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_KDE        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Knowledge and Data Engineering"}
+
+
+
+computers, computation, networking and software
+@STRING{IEEE_J_C          = "{IEEE} Transactions on Computers"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CAL        = "{IEEE} Computer Architecture Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DSC        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Dependable and Secure Computing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ECOMP      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electronic Computers"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EVC        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Evolutionary Computation"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_FUZZ       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Fuzzy Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IFS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Forensics and Security"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MC         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Mobile Computing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NET        = "{IEEE/ACM} Transactions on Networking"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NN         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Neural Networks"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PDS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SE         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+
+
+
+computer graphics, imaging, and multimedia
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JDT        = "{IEEE/OSA} Journal of Display Technology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IP         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Image Processing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MM         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Multimedia"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VCG        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics"}
+
+
+
+cybernetics, ergonomics, robots, man-machine, and automation
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASE        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Automation Science and Engineering"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JRA        = "{IEEE} Journal of Robotics and Automation"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_HFE        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Human Factors in Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MMS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Man-Machine Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PAMI       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence"}
+in 1989 JRA became RA
+in August 2004, RA split into ASE and RO
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RA         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Robotics and Automation"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RO         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Robotics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMC        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCA       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {A}: Systems and Humans"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCB       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {B}: Cybernetics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SMCC       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems, Man, and Cybernetics---Part {C}: Applications and Reviews"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SSC        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Systems Science and Cybernetics"}
+
+
+
+earth, wind, fire and water
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GE         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Geoscience Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_GRSL       = "{IEEE} Geoscience and Remote Sensing Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_OE         = "{IEEE} Journal of Oceanic Engineering"}
+
+
+
+education, engineering, history, IEEE, professional
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CJECE      = "Canadian Journal of Electrical and Computer Engineering"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PROC       = "Proceedings of the {IEEE}"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDU        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Education"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EM         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Engineering Management"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EWS        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Engineering Writing and Speech"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PC         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Professional Communication"}
+
+
+
+electromagnetics, antennas, EMI, magnetics and microwave
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AWPL       = "{IEEE} Antennas and Wireless Propagation Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MGWL       = "{IEEE} Microwave and Guided Wave Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MWCL       = "{IEEE} Microwave and Wireless Components Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_AP         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Antennas and Propagation"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EMC        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electromagnetic Compatibility"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MAG        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Magnetics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MTT        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RFI        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Radio Frequency Interference"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_TJMJ       = "{IEEE} Translation Journal on Magnetics in Japan"}
+
+
+
+energy and power
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EC         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Energy Conversion"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PEL        = "{IEEE} Power Electronics Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRAS      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Apparatus and Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRD       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Delivery"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRE       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PWRS       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Power Systems"}
+
+
+
+industrial, commercial and consumer
+@STRING{IEEE_J_APPIND     = "{IEEE} Transactions on Applications and Industry"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BC         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Broadcasting"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BCTV       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Broadcast and Television Receivers"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CE         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Consumer Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IE         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IECI       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Electronics and Control Instrumentation"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IA         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industry Applications"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IGA        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industry and General Applications"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IINF       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Industrial Informatics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PSE        = "{IEEE} Journal of Product Safety Engineering"}
+
+
+
+instrumentation and measurement
+@STRING{IEEE_J_IM         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Instrumentation and Measurement"}
+
+
+
+insulation and materials
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JEM        = "{IEEE/TMS} Journal of Electronic Materials"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DEI        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EI         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electrical Insulation"}
+
+
+
+mechanical
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MECH       = "{IEEE/ASME} Transactions on Mechatronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MEMS       = "{IEEE/ASME} Journal of Microelectromechanical Systems"}
+
+
+
+medical and biological
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BME        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Biomedical Engineering"}
+Note: The B-ME journal later dropped the hyphen and became the BME.
+@STRING{IEEE_J_B-ME       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Bio-Medical Engineering"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_BMELC      = "{IEEE} Transactions on Bio-Medical Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_CBB        = "{IEEE/ACM} Transactions on Computational Biology and Bioinformatics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ITBM       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Information Technology in Biomedicine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ME         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Medical Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_MI         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Medical Imaging"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NB         = "{IEEE} Transactions on NanoBioscience"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NSRE       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Neural Systems and Rehabilitation Engineering"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_RE         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Rehabilitation Engineering"}
+
+
+
+optics, lightwave and photonics
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PTL        = "{IEEE} Photonics Technology Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JLT        = "{IEEE/OSA} Journal of Lightwave Technology"}
+
+
+
+physics, electrons, nanotechnology, nuclear and quantum electronics
+@STRING{IEEE_J_EDL        = "{IEEE} Electron Device Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JQE        = "{IEEE} Journal of Quantum Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSTQE      = "{IEEE} Journal of Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ED         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Electron Devices"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NANO       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Nanotechnology"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_NS         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Nuclear Science"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_PS         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Plasma Science"}
+
+
+
+reliability
+@STRING{IEEE_J_DMR        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Device and Materials Reliability"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_R          = "{IEEE} Transactions on Reliability"}
+
+
+
+semiconductors, superconductors, electrochemical and solid state
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ESSL       = "{IEEE/ECS} Electrochemical and Solid-State Letters"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_JSSC       = "{IEEE} Journal of Solid-State Circuits"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_ASC        = "{IEEE} Transactions on Applied Superconductivity"}
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SM         = "{IEEE} Transactions on Semiconductor Manufacturing"}
+
+
+
+sensors
+@STRING{IEEE_J_SENSOR     = "{IEEE} Sensors Journal"}
+
+
+
+VLSI
+@STRING{IEEE_J_VLSI       = "{IEEE} Transactions on Very Large Scale Integration ({VLSI}) Systems"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+IEEE Magazines
+
+
+
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AES        = "{IEEE} Aerospace and Electronics Systems Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_HIST       = "{IEEE} Annals of the History of Computing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_AP         = "{IEEE} Antennas and Propagation Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ASSP       = "{IEEE} {ASSP} Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CD         = "{IEEE} Circuits and Devices Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAS        = "{IEEE} Circuits and Systems Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COM        = "{IEEE} Communications Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_COMSOC     = "{IEEE} Communications Society Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CIM        = "{IEEE} Computational Intelligence Magazine"}
+CSEM changed to CSE in 1999
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSE        = "{IEEE} Computing in Science and Engineering"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CSEM       = "{IEEE} Computational Science and Engineering Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_C          = "{IEEE} Computer"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CAP        = "{IEEE} Computer Applications in Power"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CGA        = "{IEEE} Computer Graphics and Applications"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CONC       = "{IEEE} Concurrency"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_CS         = "{IEEE} Control Systems Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_DTC        = "{IEEE} Design and Test of Computers"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EI         = "{IEEE} Electrical Insulation Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ETR        = "{IEEE} ElectroTechnology Review"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMB        = "{IEEE} Engineering in Medicine and Biology Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EMR        = "{IEEE} Engineering Management Review"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_EXP        = "{IEEE} Expert"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IA         = "{IEEE} Industry Applications Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IM         = "{IEEE} Instrumentation and Measurement Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IS         = "{IEEE} Intelligent Systems"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_IC         = "{IEEE} Internet Computing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_ITP        = "{IEEE} {IT} Professional"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MICRO      = "{IEEE} Micro"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MW         = "{IEEE} Microwave Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_MM         = "{IEEE} Multimedia"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_NET        = "{IEEE} Network"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PCOM       = "{IEEE} Personal Communications Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_POT        = "{IEEE} Potentials"}
+CAP and PER merged to form PE in 2003
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PE         = "{IEEE} Power and Energy Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PER        = "{IEEE} Power Engineering Review"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_PVC        = "{IEEE} Pervasive Computing"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_RA         = "{IEEE} Robotics and Automation Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SAP        = "{IEEE} Security and Privacy"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SP         = "{IEEE} Signal Processing Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_S          = "{IEEE} Software"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_SPECT      = "{IEEE} Spectrum"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TS         = "{IEEE} Technology and Society Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_VT         = "{IEEE} Vehicular Technology Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_WC         = "{IEEE} Wireless Communications Magazine"}
+@STRING{IEEE_M_TODAY      = "Today's Engineer"}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+IEEE Online Publications 
+
+
+
+@STRING{IEEE_O_CSTO        = "{IEEE} Communications Surveys and Tutorials"}
+@STRING{IEEE_O_DSO         = "{IEEE} Distributed Systems Online"}
+
+
+
+
+
+--
+EOF

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.bst b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.bst
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..53fbc03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2417 @@
+%%
+%% IEEEtran.bst
+%% BibTeX Bibliography Style file for IEEE Journals and Conferences (unsorted)
+%% Version 1.12 (2007/01/11)
+%% 
+%% Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Michael Shell
+%% 
+%% Original starting code base and algorithms obtained from the output of
+%% Patrick W. Daly's makebst package as well as from prior versions of
+%% IEEE BibTeX styles:
+%% 
+%% 1. Howard Trickey and Oren Patashnik's ieeetr.bst  (1985/1988)
+%% 2. Silvano Balemi and Richard H. Roy's IEEEbib.bst (1993)
+%% 
+%% Support sites:
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/
+%% and/or
+%% http://www.ieee.org/
+%% 
+%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
+%%
+%% This is a numerical citation style.
+%% 
+%%*************************************************************************
+%% Legal Notice:
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! 
+%% User assumes all risk.
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+%% of any information contained here.
+%%
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+%%
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+%%
+%% File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,
+%%                    IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,
+%%                    IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf
+%%*************************************************************************
+%
+%
+% Changelog:
+%
+% 1.00 (2002/08/13) Initial release
+%
+% 1.10 (2002/09/27)
+%  1. Corrected minor bug for improperly formed warning message when a
+%     book was not given a title. Thanks to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this.
+%  2. Added support for CTLname_format_string and CTLname_latex_cmd fields
+%     in the BST control entry type.
+%
+% 1.11 (2003/04/02)
+%  1. Fixed bug with URLs containing underscores when using url.sty. Thanks
+%     to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this.
+%
+% 1.12 (2007/01/11)
+%  1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained
+%     more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this.
+%  2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a
+%     type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for
+%     reporting this.
+%  3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support
+%     latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions
+%     of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended.
+%     Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html.
+%     Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this.
+%  4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output.
+%  5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands
+%     just prior to the first entry.
+%  6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to
+%     better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles.
+%  7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul.,
+%     and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann
+%     for reporting this.
+%  8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest
+%     label width.
+%  9. Added alias www for electronic/online.
+% 10. Added CTLname_url_prefix control entry type.
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% DEFAULTS FOR THE CONTROLS OF THE BST STYLE %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% These are the defaults for the user adjustable controls. The values used
+% here can be overridden by the user via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.
+
+% NOTE: The recommended LaTeX command to invoke a control entry type is:
+% 
+%\makeatletter
+%\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}}
+%\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack
+%  \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
+%    \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+%    \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}%
+%  \@esphack}
+%\makeatother
+%
+% It is called at the start of the document, before the first \cite, like:
+% \bstctlcite{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol}
+%
+% IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later does provide this command.
+
+
+
+% #0 turns off the display of the number for articles.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.number.for.article} { #1 }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the display of the paper and type fields in @inproceedings.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.paper} { #1 }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the forced use of "et al."
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.forced.et.al} { #0 }
+
+% The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al."
+% usage is forced. Be sure that num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al (below)
+% is not greater than this value!
+% Note: There are many instances of references in IEEE journals which have
+% a very large number of authors as well as instances in which "et al." is
+% used profusely.
+FUNCTION {default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al} { #10 }
+
+% The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.".
+% Must be less than or equal to max.num.names.before.forced.et.al
+FUNCTION {default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al} { #1 }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing} { #1 }
+
+% If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is
+% the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the
+% default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can
+% stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. Note that
+% the value specified here can be overridden by the user in their LaTeX
+% code via a command such as: 
+% "\providecommand\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor{1.5}" in addition to
+% that via the IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.
+FUNCTION {default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor} { "4" }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those
+% of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.dash.repeated.names} { #1 }
+
+
+% The default name format control string.
+FUNCTION {default.name.format.string}{ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" }
+
+
+% The default LaTeX font command for the names.
+FUNCTION {default.name.latex.cmd}{ "" }
+
+
+% The default URL prefix.
+FUNCTION {default.name.url.prefix}{ "[Online]. Available:" }
+
+
+% Other controls that cannot be accessed via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.
+
+% #0 turns off the terminal startup banner/completed message so as to
+% operate more quietly.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {is.print.banners.to.terminal} { #1 }
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% FILE VERSION AND BANNER %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION{bst.file.version} { "1.12" }
+FUNCTION{bst.file.date} { "2007/01/11" }
+FUNCTION{bst.file.website} { "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/" }
+
+FUNCTION {banner.message}
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal
+     { "-- IEEEtran.bst version" " " * bst.file.version *
+       " (" * bst.file.date * ") " * "by Michael Shell." *
+       top$
+       "-- " bst.file.website *
+       top$
+       "-- See the " quote$ * "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" * quote$ * " manual for usage information." *
+       top$
+     }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {completed.message}
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal
+     { ""
+       top$
+       "Done."
+       top$
+     }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% STRING CONSTANTS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}{ "and" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}{ "et~al." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}{ "eds." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}{ "ed." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}{ "ed." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}{ "vol." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}{ "of" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}{ "no." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}{ "in" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}{ "pp." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}{ "p." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}{ "ch." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.paper}{ "paper" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.part}{ "pt." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.patent}{ "Patent" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.patentUS}{ "U.S." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.revision}{ "Rev." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.series}{ "ser." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.standard}{ "Std." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}{ "Tech. Rep." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}{ "Master's thesis" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}{ "Ph.D. dissertation" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}{ "st" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}{ "nd" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}{ "rd" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}{ "th" }
+
+
+% This is the LaTeX spacer that is used when a larger than normal space
+% is called for (such as just before the address:publisher).
+FUNCTION {large.space} { "\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax " }
+
+% The LaTeX code for dashes that are used to represent repeated names.
+% Note: Some older IEEE journals used something like
+% "\rule{0.275in}{0.5pt}\," which is fairly thick and runs right along
+% the baseline. However, IEEE now uses a thinner, above baseline,
+% six dash long sequence.
+FUNCTION {repeated.name.dashes} { "------" }
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% PREDEFINED STRING MACROS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% ENTRY FIELDS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    assignee
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    day
+    dayfiled
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    intype
+    journal
+    key
+    language
+    month
+    monthfiled
+    nationality
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    paper
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    revision
+    title
+    type
+    url
+    volume
+    year
+    yearfiled
+    CTLuse_article_number
+    CTLuse_paper
+    CTLuse_forced_etal
+    CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+    CTLnames_show_etal
+    CTLuse_alt_spacing
+    CTLalt_stretch_factor
+    CTLdash_repeated_names
+    CTLname_format_string
+    CTLname_latex_cmd
+    CTLname_url_prefix
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% INTEGER VARIABLES %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+INTEGERS { prev.status.punct this.status.punct punct.std
+           punct.no punct.comma punct.period 
+           prev.status.space this.status.space space.std
+           space.no space.normal space.large
+           prev.status.quote this.status.quote quote.std
+           quote.no quote.close
+           prev.status.nline this.status.nline nline.std
+           nline.no nline.newblock 
+           status.cap cap.std
+           cap.no cap.yes}
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width multiresult nameptr namesleft number.label numnames }
+
+INTEGERS { is.use.number.for.article
+           is.use.paper
+           is.forced.et.al
+           max.num.names.before.forced.et.al
+           num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al
+           is.use.alt.interword.spacing
+           is.dash.repeated.names}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% STRING VARIABLES %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+STRINGS { bibinfo
+          longest.label
+          oldname
+          s
+          t
+          ALTinterwordstretchfactor
+          name.format.string
+          name.latex.cmd
+          name.url.prefix}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.controls}
+{ default.is.use.number.for.article 'is.use.number.for.article :=
+  default.is.use.paper 'is.use.paper :=
+  default.is.forced.et.al 'is.forced.et.al :=
+  default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=
+  default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=
+  default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=
+  default.is.dash.repeated.names 'is.dash.repeated.names :=
+  default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=
+  default.name.format.string 'name.format.string :=
+  default.name.latex.cmd 'name.latex.cmd :=
+  default.name.url.prefix 'name.url.prefix :=
+}
+
+
+% This IEEEtran.bst features a very powerful and flexible mechanism for
+% controlling the capitalization, punctuation, spacing, quotation, and
+% newlines of the formatted entry fields. (Note: IEEEtran.bst does not need
+% or use the newline/newblock feature, but it has been implemented for
+% possible future use.) The output states of IEEEtran.bst consist of
+% multiple independent attributes and, as such, can be thought of as being
+% vectors, rather than the simple scalar values ("before.all", 
+% "mid.sentence", etc.) used in most other .bst files.
+% 
+% The more flexible and complex design used here was motivated in part by
+% IEEE's rather unusual bibliography style. For example, IEEE ends the
+% previous field item with a period and large space prior to the publisher
+% address; the @electronic entry types use periods as inter-item punctuation
+% rather than the commas used by the other entry types; and URLs are never
+% followed by periods even though they are the last item in the entry.
+% Although it is possible to accommodate these features with the conventional
+% output state system, the seemingly endless exceptions make for convoluted,
+% unreliable and difficult to maintain code.
+%
+% IEEEtran.bst's output state system can be easily understood via a simple
+% illustration of two most recently formatted entry fields (on the stack):
+%
+%               CURRENT_ITEM
+%               "PREVIOUS_ITEM
+%
+% which, in this example, is to eventually appear in the bibliography as:
+% 
+%               "PREVIOUS_ITEM," CURRENT_ITEM
+%
+% It is the job of the output routine to take the previous item off of the
+% stack (while leaving the current item at the top of the stack), apply its
+% trailing punctuation (including closing quote marks) and spacing, and then
+% to write the result to BibTeX's output buffer:
+% 
+%               "PREVIOUS_ITEM," 
+% 
+% Punctuation (and spacing) between items is often determined by both of the
+% items rather than just the first one. The presence of quotation marks
+% further complicates the situation because, in standard English, trailing
+% punctuation marks are supposed to be contained within the quotes.
+% 
+% IEEEtran.bst maintains two output state (aka "status") vectors which
+% correspond to the previous and current (aka "this") items. Each vector
+% consists of several independent attributes which track punctuation,
+% spacing, quotation, and newlines. Capitalization status is handled by a
+% separate scalar because the format routines, not the output routine,
+% handle capitalization and, therefore, there is no need to maintain the
+% capitalization attribute for both the "previous" and "this" items.
+% 
+% When a format routine adds a new item, it copies the current output status
+% vector to the previous output status vector and (usually) resets the
+% current (this) output status vector to a "standard status" vector. Using a
+% "standard status" vector in this way allows us to redefine what we mean by
+% "standard status" at the start of each entry handler and reuse the same
+% format routines under the various inter-item separation schemes. For
+% example, the standard status vector for the @book entry type may use
+% commas for item separators, while the @electronic type may use periods,
+% yet both entry handlers exploit many of the exact same format routines.
+% 
+% Because format routines have write access to the output status vector of
+% the previous item, they can override the punctuation choices of the
+% previous format routine! Therefore, it becomes trivial to implement rules
+% such as "Always use a period and a large space before the publisher." By
+% pushing the generation of the closing quote mark to the output routine, we
+% avoid all the problems caused by having to close a quote before having all
+% the information required to determine what the punctuation should be.
+%
+% The IEEEtran.bst output state system can easily be expanded if needed.
+% For instance, it is easy to add a "space.tie" attribute value if the
+% bibliography rules mandate that two items have to be joined with an
+% unbreakable space. 
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.status.constants}
+{ #0 'punct.no :=
+  #1 'punct.comma :=
+  #2 'punct.period :=
+  #0 'space.no := 
+  #1 'space.normal :=
+  #2 'space.large :=
+  #0 'quote.no :=
+  #1 'quote.close :=
+  #0 'cap.no :=
+  #1 'cap.yes :=
+  #0 'nline.no :=
+  #1 'nline.newblock :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.comma}
+{ punct.comma 'punct.std :=
+  space.normal 'space.std :=
+  quote.no 'quote.std :=
+  nline.no 'nline.std :=
+  cap.no 'cap.std :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.period}
+{ punct.period 'punct.std :=
+  space.normal 'space.std :=
+  quote.no 'quote.std :=
+  nline.no 'nline.std :=
+  cap.yes 'cap.std :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.prev.this.status}
+{ punct.no 'prev.status.punct :=
+  space.no 'prev.status.space :=
+  quote.no 'prev.status.quote :=
+  nline.no 'prev.status.nline :=
+  punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+  space.no 'this.status.space :=
+  quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+  nline.no 'this.status.nline :=
+  cap.yes 'status.cap :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {this.status.std}
+{ punct.std 'this.status.punct :=
+  space.std 'this.status.space :=
+  quote.std 'this.status.quote :=
+  nline.std 'this.status.nline :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cap.status.std}{ cap.std 'status.cap := }
+
+FUNCTION {this.to.prev.status}
+{ this.status.punct 'prev.status.punct :=
+  this.status.space 'prev.status.space :=
+  this.status.quote 'prev.status.quote :=
+  this.status.nline 'prev.status.nline :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   { skip$ }
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% convert the strings "yes" or "no" to #1 or #0 respectively
+FUNCTION {yes.no.to.int}
+{ "l" change.case$ duplicate$
+    "yes" =
+    { pop$  #1 }
+    { duplicate$ "no" =
+        { pop$ #0 }
+        { "unknown boolean " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *
+          " in " * cite$ * warning$
+          #0
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% pushes true if the single char string on the stack is in the
+% range of "0" to "9"
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+  duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+  swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+% multiplies the integer on the stack by a factor of 10
+FUNCTION {bump.int.mag}
+{ #0 'multiresult :=
+    { duplicate$ #0 > }
+    { #1 -
+      multiresult #10 +
+      'multiresult :=
+    }
+  while$
+pop$
+multiresult
+}
+
+% converts a single character string on the stack to an integer
+FUNCTION {char.to.integer}
+{ duplicate$ 
+  is.num
+    { chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - }
+    {"noninteger character " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *
+          " in integer field of " * cite$ * warning$
+    #0
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% converts a string on the stack to an integer
+FUNCTION {string.to.integer}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ 'namesleft :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  #0 'numnames :=
+    { nameptr namesleft > not }
+    { duplicate$ nameptr #1 substring$
+      char.to.integer numnames bump.int.mag +
+      'numnames :=
+      nameptr #1 +
+      'nameptr :=
+    }
+  while$
+pop$
+numnames
+}
+
+
+
+
+% The output routines write out the *next* to the top (previous) item on the
+% stack, adding punctuation and such as needed. Since IEEEtran.bst maintains
+% the output status for the top two items on the stack, these output
+% routines have to consider the previous output status (which corresponds to
+% the item that is being output). Full independent control of punctuation,
+% closing quote marks, spacing, and newblock is provided.
+% 
+% "output.nonnull" does not check for the presence of a previous empty
+% item.
+% 
+% "output" does check for the presence of a previous empty item and will
+% remove an empty item rather than outputing it.
+% 
+% "output.warn" is like "output", but will issue a warning if it detects
+% an empty item.
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ swap$
+  prev.status.punct punct.comma =
+     { "," * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  prev.status.punct punct.period =
+     { add.period$ }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$ 
+  prev.status.quote quote.close =
+     { "''" * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  prev.status.space space.normal =
+     { " " * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  prev.status.space space.large =
+     { large.space * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  write$
+  prev.status.nline nline.newblock =
+     { newline$ "\newblock " write$ }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.warn}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+% "fin.entry" is the output routine that handles the last item of the entry
+% (which will be on the top of the stack when "fin.entry" is called).
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ this.status.punct punct.no =
+     { skip$ }
+     { add.period$ }
+   if$
+   this.status.quote quote.close =
+     { "''" * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+write$
+newline$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {is.last.char.not.punct}
+{ duplicate$
+   "}" * add.period$
+   #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.multiple.pages}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {do.name.latex.cmd}
+{ name.latex.cmd
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { name.latex.cmd "{" * swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+% IEEEtran.bst uses its own \BIBforeignlanguage command which directly
+% invokes the TeX hyphenation patterns without the need of the Babel
+% package. Babel does a lot more than switch hyphenation patterns and
+% its loading can cause unintended effects in many class files (such as
+% IEEEtran.cls).
+FUNCTION {select.language}
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+    { language empty$ 'skip$
+        { "\BIBforeignlanguage{" language * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ }
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}{ " " swap$ * " " * }
+
+
+% Field Conditioners, Converters, Checkers and External Interfaces
+
+FUNCTION {empty.field.to.null.string}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    { pop$ }
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.entry.warn}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ url empty$
+  and and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% The bibinfo system provides a way for the electronic parsing/acquisition
+% of a bibliography's contents as is done by ReVTeX. For example, a field
+% could be entered into the bibliography as:
+% \bibinfo{volume}{2}
+% Only the "2" would show up in the document, but the LaTeX \bibinfo command
+% could do additional things with the information. IEEEtran.bst does provide
+% a \bibinfo command via "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}". However, it is
+% currently not used as the bogus bibinfo functions defined here output the
+% entry values directly without the \bibinfo wrapper. The bibinfo functions
+% themselves (and the calls to them) are retained for possible future use.
+% 
+% bibinfo.check avoids acting on missing fields while bibinfo.warn will
+% issue a warning message if a missing field is detected. Prior to calling
+% the bibinfo functions, the user should push the field value and then its
+% name string, in that order.
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$
+    { pop$ pop$ "" }
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { swap$ pop$ }
+        { swap$ pop$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$
+    { swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" }
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+        { swap$ pop$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% IEEE separates large numbers with more than 4 digits into groups of
+% three. IEEE uses a small space to separate these number groups. 
+% Typical applications include patent and page numbers.
+
+% number of consecutive digits required to trigger the group separation.
+FUNCTION {large.number.trigger}{ #5 }
+
+% For numbers longer than the trigger, this is the blocksize of the groups.
+% The blocksize must be less than the trigger threshold, and 2 * blocksize
+% must be greater than the trigger threshold (can't do more than one
+% separation on the initial trigger).
+FUNCTION {large.number.blocksize}{ #3 }
+
+% What is actually inserted between the number groups.
+FUNCTION {large.number.separator}{ "\," }
+
+% So as to save on integer variables by reusing existing ones, numnames
+% holds the current number of consecutive digits read and nameptr holds
+% the number that will trigger an inserted space.
+FUNCTION {large.number.separate}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  #0 'numnames :=
+  large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=
+  { t empty$ not }
+  { t #-1 #1 substring$ is.num
+      { numnames #1 + 'numnames := }
+      { #0 'numnames := 
+        large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=
+      }
+    if$
+    t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ *
+    t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    numnames nameptr =
+      { duplicate$ #1 nameptr large.number.blocksize - substring$ swap$
+        nameptr large.number.blocksize - #1 + global.max$ substring$
+        large.number.separator swap$ * *
+        nameptr large.number.blocksize - 'numnames :=
+        large.number.blocksize #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      }
+      { skip$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  while$
+}
+
+% Converts all single dashes "-" to double dashes "--".
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ large.number.separate
+  't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+% This function detects entries with names that are identical to that of
+% the previous entry and replaces the repeated names with dashes (if the
+% "is.dash.repeated.names" user control is nonzero).
+FUNCTION {name.or.dash}
+{ 's :=
+   oldname empty$
+     { s 'oldname := s }
+     { s oldname =
+         { is.dash.repeated.names
+              { repeated.name.dashes }
+              { s 'oldname := s }
+            if$
+         }
+         { s 'oldname := s }
+       if$
+     }
+   if$
+}
+
+% Converts the number string on the top of the stack to
+% "numerical ordinal form" (e.g., "7" to "7th"). There is
+% no artificial limit to the upper bound of the numbers as the
+% least significant digit always determines the ordinal form.
+FUNCTION {num.to.ordinal}
+{ duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "1" =
+     { bbl.st * }
+     { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "2" =
+         { bbl.nd * }
+         { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "3" =
+             { bbl.rd * }
+             { bbl.th * }
+           if$
+         }
+       if$
+     }
+   if$
+}
+
+% If the string on the top of the stack begins with a number,
+% (e.g., 11th) then replace the string with the leading number
+% it contains. Otherwise retain the string as-is. s holds the
+% extracted number, t holds the part of the string that remains
+% to be scanned.
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+  "" 's :=
+  { t empty$ not }
+  { t #1 #1 substring$
+    t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    duplicate$ is.num
+      { s swap$ * 's := }
+      { pop$ "" 't := }
+    if$
+  }
+  while$
+  s empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$ s }
+  if$
+}
+
+% Converts the word number string on the top of the stack to
+% Arabic string form. Will be successful up to "tenth".
+FUNCTION {word.to.num}
+{ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ 's :=
+  s "first" =
+    { pop$ "1" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "second" =
+    { pop$ "2" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "third" =
+    { pop$ "3" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "fourth" =
+    { pop$ "4" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "fifth" =
+    { pop$ "5" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "sixth" =
+    { pop$ "6" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "seventh" =
+    { pop$ "7" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "eighth" =
+    { pop$ "8" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "ninth" =
+    { pop$ "9" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "tenth" =
+    { pop$ "10" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% Converts the string on the top of the stack to numerical
+% ordinal (e.g., "11th") form.
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+        { extract.num
+          num.to.ordinal
+        }
+        { word.to.num
+          duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+            { num.to.ordinal }
+            { "edition ordinal word " quote$ * edition * quote$ *
+              " may be too high (or improper) for conversion" * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LATEX BIBLIOGRAPHY CODE %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {start.entry}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  initialize.prev.this.status
+}
+
+% Here we write out all the LaTeX code that we will need. The most involved
+% code sequences are those that control the alternate interword spacing and
+% foreign language hyphenation patterns. The heavy use of \providecommand
+% gives users a way to override the defaults. Special thanks to Javier Bezos,
+% Johannes Braams, Robin Fairbairns, Heiko Oberdiek, Donald Arseneau and all
+% the other gurus on comp.text.tex for their help and advice on the topic of
+% \selectlanguage, Babel and BibTeX.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ "% Generated by IEEEtran.bst, version: " bst.file.version * " (" * bst.file.date * ")" *
+  write$ newline$
+  preamble$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" *
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\url}[1]{#1}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\csname url@samestyle\endcsname"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\newblock}{\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=0pt\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"
+  ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus "
+  write$ newline$
+  "\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor\fontdimen3\font minus \fontdimen4\font\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBforeignlanguage}[2]{{%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEtran.bst: No hyphenation pattern has been}%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\typeout{** loaded for the language `#1'. Using the pattern for}%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\typeout{** the default language instead.}%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\else"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\fi"
+  write$ newline$
+  "#2}}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBdecl}{\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\BIBdecl"
+  write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ }
+
+FUNCTION {if.url.alt.interword.spacing}
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing 
+     {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {if.url.std.interword.spacing}
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing 
+     {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LONGEST LABEL PASS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" =
+    { skip$ }
+    { number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+      number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+      label width$ longest.label.width >
+        { label 'longest.label :=
+          label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+        }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% FORMAT HANDLERS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% Lower Level Formats (used by higher level formats)
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.org.or.pub.date}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  address empty$ t empty$ and
+  year empty$ and month empty$ and
+    { skip$ }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      address "address" bibinfo.check *
+      t empty$
+        { skip$ }
+        { punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=
+          space.large 'prev.status.space :=
+          address empty$
+            { skip$ }
+            { ": " * }
+          if$
+          t *
+        }
+      if$
+      year empty$ month empty$ and
+        { skip$ }
+        { t empty$ address empty$ and
+            { skip$ }
+            { ", " * }
+          if$
+          month empty$
+            { year empty$
+                { skip$ }
+                { year "year" bibinfo.check * }
+              if$
+            }
+            { month "month" bibinfo.check *
+              year empty$
+                 { skip$ }
+                 { " " * year "year" bibinfo.check * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 'bibinfo :=
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+  this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  's :=
+  "" 't :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr
+      name.format.string
+      format.name$
+      bibinfo bibinfo.check
+      't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { nameptr num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al #1 + =
+          numnames max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >
+          is.forced.et.al and and
+            { "others" 't :=
+              #1 'namesleft :=
+            }
+            { skip$ }
+          if$
+          namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t do.name.latex.cmd * }
+            { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+                { 't := }
+                { pop$ }
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " " * bbl.etal emphasize * }
+                { numnames #2 >
+                    { "," * }
+                    { skip$ }
+                  if$
+                  bbl.and
+                  space.word * t do.name.latex.cmd *
+                }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t do.name.latex.cmd }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+  cap.status.std
+  } if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%% Higher Level Formats
+
+%% addresses/locations
+
+FUNCTION {format.address}
+{ address duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% author/editor names
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}{ author "author" format.names }
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { ", " *
+      get.bbl.editor
+      capitalize
+      *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% date
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{
+  month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+  year  "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+    { swap$ 'skip$
+        { this.to.prev.status
+          this.status.std
+          cap.status.std
+         "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+      if$
+      *
+    }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      swap$ 'skip$
+        {
+          swap$
+          " " * swap$
+        }
+      if$
+      *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.electronic}
+{ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+  year  "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+    { swap$ 
+        { pop$ }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+        pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ *
+        this.to.prev.status
+        punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+        space.normal 'this.status.space :=
+        quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+        cap.yes  'status.cap :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { swap$ 
+        { swap$ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * }
+        { "(" swap$ * ", " * swap$ * ")" * }
+      if$
+    this.to.prev.status
+    punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+    space.normal 'this.status.space :=
+    quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+    cap.yes  'status.cap :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% edition/title
+
+% Note: IEEE considers the edition to be closely associated with
+% the title of a book. So, in IEEEtran.bst the edition is normally handled 
+% within the formatting of the title. The format.edition function is 
+% retained here for possible future use.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      convert.edition
+      status.cap
+        { "t" }
+        { "l" }
+      if$ change.case$
+      "edition" bibinfo.check
+      "~" * bbl.edition *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% This is used to format the booktitle of a conference proceedings.
+% Here we use the "intype" field to provide the user a way to 
+% override the word "in" (e.g., with things like "presented at")
+% Use of intype stops the emphasis of the booktitle to indicate that
+% we no longer mean the written conference proceedings, but the
+% conference itself.
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle}
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      select.language
+      intype missing$
+        { emphasize
+          bbl.in " " *
+        }
+        { intype " " * }
+      if$
+      swap$ *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% This is used to format the booktitle of collection.
+% Here the "intype" field is not supported, but "edition" is.
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle.edition}
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+      edition empty$ 'skip$
+        { ", " *
+          edition
+          convert.edition
+          "l" change.case$
+          * "~" * bbl.edition *
+        }
+      if$
+      bbl.in " " * swap$ *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.title}
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+  "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { quote.close 'this.status.quote :=
+      is.last.char.not.punct
+        { punct.std 'this.status.punct := }
+        { punct.no 'this.status.punct := }
+      if$
+      select.language
+      "``" swap$ *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.title.electronic}
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      "t" change.case$ 
+    }
+  if$
+  "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$ 
+    { skip$ } 
+    { select.language }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.title.edition}
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+      edition empty$ 'skip$
+        { ", " *
+          edition
+          convert.edition
+          status.cap
+            { "t" }
+            { "l" }
+          if$
+          change.case$
+          * "~" * bbl.edition *
+        }
+      if$
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.title}
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% journal
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal}
+{ journal duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% how published
+
+FUNCTION {format.howpublished}
+{ howpublished duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% institutions/organization/publishers/school
+
+FUNCTION {format.institution}
+{ institution duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization}
+{ organization duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.address.org.or.pub.date }
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date.nowarn}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.organization.date}
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }
+
+FUNCTION {format.school}
+{ school duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% volume/number/series/chapter/pages
+
+FUNCTION {format.volume}
+{ volume empty.field.to.null.string
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      bbl.volume 
+      status.cap
+        { capitalize }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+      swap$ tie.or.space.prefix
+      "volume" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{ number empty.field.to.null.string
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      status.cap
+         { bbl.number capitalize }
+         { bbl.number }
+       if$
+      swap$ tie.or.space.prefix
+      "number" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.if.use.for.article}
+{ is.use.number.for.article 
+     { format.number }
+     { "" }
+   if$
+}
+
+% IEEE does not seem to tie the series so closely with the volume
+% and number as is done in other bibliography styles. Instead the
+% series is treated somewhat like an extension of the title.
+FUNCTION {format.series}
+{ series empty$ 
+   { "" }
+   { this.to.prev.status
+     this.status.std
+     bbl.series " " *
+     series "series" bibinfo.check *
+     cap.status.std
+   }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      type empty$
+        { bbl.chapter }
+        { type "l" change.case$
+          "type" bibinfo.check
+        }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.prefix
+      "chapter" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% The intended use of format.paper is for paper numbers of inproceedings.
+% The paper type can be overridden via the type field.
+% We allow the type to be displayed even if the paper number is absent
+% for things like "postdeadline paper"
+FUNCTION {format.paper}
+{ is.use.paper
+     { paper empty$
+        { type empty$
+            { "" }
+            { this.to.prev.status
+              this.status.std
+              type "type" bibinfo.check
+              cap.status.std
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { this.to.prev.status
+          this.status.std
+          type empty$
+            { bbl.paper }
+            { type "type" bibinfo.check }
+          if$
+          " " * paper
+          "paper" bibinfo.check
+          *
+          cap.status.std
+        }
+      if$
+     }
+     { "" } 
+   if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      duplicate$ is.multiple.pages
+        {
+          bbl.pages swap$
+          n.dashify
+        }
+        {
+          bbl.page swap$
+        }
+      if$
+      tie.or.space.prefix
+      "pages" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% technical report number
+
+FUNCTION {format.tech.report.number}
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check
+  this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  cap.status.std
+  type duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ 
+      bbl.techrep
+    }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  "type" bibinfo.check 
+  swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ }
+    { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% note
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{ note empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      punct.period 'this.status.punct :=
+      note #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "{" =
+        { skip$ }
+        { status.cap
+          { "u" }
+          { "l" }
+        if$
+        change.case$
+        }
+      if$
+      note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
+      cap.yes  'status.cap :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% patent
+
+FUNCTION {format.patent.date}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  year empty$
+    { monthfiled duplicate$ empty$
+        { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }
+        { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check }
+      if$
+      dayfiled duplicate$ empty$
+        { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }
+        { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check 
+          monthfiled empty$ 
+             { "dayfiled without a monthfiled in " cite$ * warning$
+               * 
+             }
+             { " " swap$ * * }
+           if$
+        }
+      if$
+      yearfiled empty$
+        { "no year or yearfiled in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        { yearfiled "yearfiled" bibinfo.check 
+          swap$
+          duplicate$ empty$
+             { pop$ }
+             { ", " * swap$ * }
+           if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month duplicate$ empty$
+        { "month" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }
+        { "month" bibinfo.check }
+      if$
+      day duplicate$ empty$
+        { "day" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }
+        { "day" bibinfo.check 
+          month empty$ 
+             { "day without a month in " cite$ * warning$
+               * 
+             }
+             { " " swap$ * * }
+           if$
+        }
+      if$
+      year "year" bibinfo.check 
+      swap$
+      duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ }
+        { ", " * swap$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  cap.status.std
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.patent.nationality.type.number}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  nationality duplicate$ empty$
+    { "nationality" bibinfo.warn pop$ "" }
+    { "nationality" bibinfo.check
+      duplicate$ "l" change.case$ "united states" =
+        { pop$ bbl.patentUS }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+      " " *
+    }
+  if$
+  type empty$
+    { bbl.patent "type" bibinfo.check }
+    { type "type" bibinfo.check }
+  if$  
+  *
+  number duplicate$ empty$
+    { "number" bibinfo.warn pop$ }
+    { "number" bibinfo.check
+      large.number.separate
+      swap$ " " * swap$ *
+    }
+  if$ 
+  cap.status.std
+}
+
+
+
+%% standard
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.institution.standard.type.number}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  organization duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ 
+      institution duplicate$ empty$
+        { "institution" bibinfo.warn }
+        { "institution" bibinfo.warn " " * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "organization" bibinfo.warn " " * }
+  if$
+  type empty$
+    { bbl.standard "type" bibinfo.check }
+    { type "type" bibinfo.check }
+  if$  
+  *
+  number duplicate$ empty$
+    { "number" bibinfo.check pop$ }
+    { "number" bibinfo.check
+      large.number.separate
+      swap$ " " * swap$ *
+    }
+  if$ 
+  cap.status.std
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.revision}
+{ revision empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      bbl.revision
+      revision tie.or.space.prefix
+      "revision" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+%% thesis
+
+FUNCTION {format.master.thesis.type}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  type empty$
+    {
+      bbl.mthesis
+    }
+    { 
+      type "type" bibinfo.check
+    }
+  if$
+cap.status.std
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.phd.thesis.type}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  type empty$
+    {
+      bbl.phdthesis
+    }
+    { 
+      type "type" bibinfo.check
+    }
+  if$
+cap.status.std
+}
+
+
+
+%% URL
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.yes 'status.cap :=
+      name.url.prefix " " *
+      "\url{" * url * "}" *
+      punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+      punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=
+      space.normal 'this.status.space :=
+      space.normal 'prev.status.space :=
+      quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% ENTRY HANDLERS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% Note: In many journals, IEEE (or the authors) tend not to show the number
+% for articles, so the display of the number is controlled here by the
+% switch "is.use.number.for.article"
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.journal "journal" bibinfo.check "journal" output.warn
+  format.volume output
+  format.number.if.use.for.article output
+  format.pages output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title.edition output
+  format.series output
+  author empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { format.editors output }
+  if$
+  format.address.publisher.date output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {electronic}
+{ std.status.using.period
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.date.electronic output
+  format.article.title.electronic output
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.entry.warn
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title.edition output
+  format.series output
+  format.address.publisher.date output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.chapter output
+  format.pages output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.in.booktitle.edition "booktitle" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.editors output
+  format.address.publisher.date.nowarn output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.chapter output
+  format.pages output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.in.booktitle "booktitle" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.editors output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  publisher empty$
+    { format.address.organization.date output }
+    { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+      format.address.publisher.date output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.paper output
+  format.pages output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title.edition "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.master.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title output
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.pages output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.entry.warn
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {patent}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title output
+  format.patent.nationality.type.number output
+  format.patent.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.entry.warn
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.editors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title "title" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.phd.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.editors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title "title" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  publisher empty$
+    { format.address.organization.date output }
+    { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+      format.address.publisher.date output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {standard}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.organization.institution.standard.type.number output
+  format.revision output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.tech.report.number output.nonnull
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.date output
+  format.note "note" output.warn
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+
+% The special entry type which provides the user interface to the
+% BST controls
+FUNCTION {IEEEtranBSTCTL}
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal
+    { "** IEEEtran BST control entry " quote$ * cite$ * quote$ * " detected." *
+      top$
+    }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_article_number
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_article_number
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.use.number.for.article :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_paper
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_paper
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.use.paper :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_forced_etal
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_forced_etal
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+      string.to.integer
+      'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLnames_show_etal
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLnames_show_etal
+      string.to.integer
+      'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_alt_spacing
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_alt_spacing
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLalt_stretch_factor
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLalt_stretch_factor
+      'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=
+      "\renewcommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"
+      ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *
+      write$ newline$
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLdash_repeated_names
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLdash_repeated_names
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.dash.repeated.names :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLname_format_string
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLname_format_string
+      'name.format.string :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLname_latex_cmd
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLname_latex_cmd
+      'name.latex.cmd :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLname_url_prefix
+  missing$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLname_url_prefix
+      'name.url.prefix :=
+    }
+  if$
+
+
+  num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >
+    { "CTLnames_show_etal cannot be greater than CTLmax_names_forced_etal in " cite$ * warning$ 
+      max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% ENTRY ALIASES %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings}
+FUNCTION {online}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {internet}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {webpage}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {www}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {default.type}{misc}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% MAIN PROGRAM %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.controls}
+EXECUTE {initialize.status.constants}
+EXECUTE {banner.message}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+EXECUTE{completed.message}
+
+
+%% That's all folks, mds.

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.cls b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.cls
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f3a8b5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,4733 @@
+%%\r
+%% IEEEtran.cls 2011/11/03 version V1.8 based on\r
+%% IEEEtran.cls 2007/03/05 version V1.7a\r
+%% The changes in V1.8 are made with a single goal in mind:\r
+%% to change the look of the output using the [conference] option\r
+%% and the default font size (10pt) to match the Word template more closely.\r
+%% These changes may well have undesired side effects when other options\r
+%% are in force!\r
+%% \r
+%% \r
+%% This is the official IEEE LaTeX class for authors of the Institute of \r
+%% Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Transactions journals and\r
+%% conferences.\r
+%% \r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+%%\r
+%% Based on the original 1993 IEEEtran.cls, but with many bug fixes\r
+%% and enhancements (from both JVH and MDS) over the 1996/7 version.\r
+%%\r
+%%\r
+%% Contributors:\r
+%% Gerry Murray (1993), Silvano Balemi (1993),\r
+%% Jon Dixon (1996), Peter N"uchter (1996),\r
+%% Juergen von Hagen (2000), and Michael Shell (2001-2007)\r
+%% \r
+%% \r
+%% Copyright (c) 1993-2000 by Gerry Murray, Silvano Balemi, \r
+%%                         Jon Dixon, Peter N"uchter,\r
+%%                         Juergen von Hagen\r
+%%                         and\r
+%% Copyright (c) 2001-2007 by Michael Shell\r
+%%\r
+%% Current maintainer (V1.3 to V1.7): Michael Shell\r
+%%                                    See:\r
+%%                                    http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+%%                                    for current contact information.\r
+%%\r
+%% Special thanks to Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau\r
+%% for allowing the inclusion of the \@ifmtarg command \r
+%% from their ifmtarg LaTeX package. \r
+%% \r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex,\r
+%%                    bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex\r
+%% \r
+%% Major changes to the user interface should be indicated by an \r
+%% increase in the version numbers. If a version is a beta, it will \r
+%% be indicated with a BETA suffix, i.e., 1.4 BETA.\r
+%% Small changes can be indicated by appending letters to the version\r
+%% such as "IEEEtran_v14a.cls".\r
+%% In all cases, \Providesclass, any \typeout messages to the user,\r
+%% \IEEEtransversionmajor and \IEEEtransversionminor must reflect the\r
+%% correct version information.\r
+%% The changes should also be documented via source comments.\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%%\r
+%\r
+% Available class options \r
+% e.g., \documentclass[10pt,conference]{IEEEtran} \r
+% \r
+%             *** choose only one from each category ***\r
+%\r
+% 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt\r
+%    Sets normal font size. The default is 10pt.\r
+% \r
+% conference, journal, technote, peerreview, peerreviewca\r
+%    determines format mode - conference papers, journal papers,\r
+%    correspondence papers (technotes), or peer review papers. The user\r
+%    should also select 9pt when using technote. peerreview is like\r
+%    journal mode, but provides for a single-column "cover" title page for\r
+%    anonymous peer review. The paper title (without the author names) is\r
+%    repeated at the top of the page after the cover page. For peer review\r
+%    papers, the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle command must be executed (will\r
+%    automatically be ignored for non-peerreview modes) at the place the\r
+%    cover page is to end, usually just after the abstract (keywords are\r
+%    not normally used with peer review papers). peerreviewca is like\r
+%    peerreview, but allows the author names to be entered and formatted\r
+%    as with conference mode so that author affiliation and contact\r
+%    information can be easily seen on the cover page.\r
+%    The default is journal.\r
+%\r
+% draft, draftcls, draftclsnofoot, final\r
+%    determines if paper is formatted as a widely spaced draft (for\r
+%    handwritten editor comments) or as a properly typeset final version.\r
+%    draftcls restricts draft mode to the class file while all other LaTeX\r
+%    packages (i.e., \usepackage{graphicx}) will behave as final - allows\r
+%    for a draft paper with visible figures, etc. draftclsnofoot is like\r
+%    draftcls, but does not display the date and the word "DRAFT" at the foot\r
+%    of the pages. If using one of the draft modes, the user will probably\r
+%    also want to select onecolumn.\r
+%    The default is final.\r
+%\r
+% letterpaper, a4paper\r
+%    determines paper size: 8.5in X 11in or 210mm X 297mm. CHANGING THE PAPER\r
+%    SIZE WILL NOT ALTER THE TYPESETTING OF THE DOCUMENT - ONLY THE MARGINS\r
+%    WILL BE AFFECTED. In particular, documents using the a4paper option will\r
+%    have reduced side margins (A4 is narrower than US letter) and a longer\r
+%    bottom margin (A4 is longer than US letter). For both cases, the top\r
+%    margins will be the same and the text will be horizontally centered. \r
+%    For final submission to IEEE, authors should use US letter (8.5 X 11in)\r
+%    paper. Note that authors should ensure that all post-processing \r
+%    (ps, pdf, etc.) uses the same paper specificiation as the .tex document.\r
+%    Problems here are by far the number one reason for incorrect margins.\r
+%    IEEEtran will automatically set the default paper size under pdflatex \r
+%    (without requiring a change to pdftex.cfg), so this issue is more\r
+%    important to dvips users. Fix config.ps, config.pdf, or ~/.dvipsrc for\r
+%    dvips, or use the dvips -t papersize option instead as needed. See the\r
+%    testflow documentation\r
+%    http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/testflow\r
+%    for more details on dvips paper size configuration.\r
+%    The default is letterpaper.\r
+%\r
+% oneside, twoside\r
+%    determines if layout follows single sided or two sided (duplex)\r
+%    printing. The only notable change is with the headings at the top of\r
+%    the pages.\r
+%    The default is oneside.\r
+%\r
+% onecolumn, twocolumn\r
+%    determines if text is organized into one or two columns per page. One\r
+%    column mode is usually used only with draft papers.\r
+%    The default is twocolumn.\r
+%\r
+% compsoc\r
+%    Use the format of the IEEE Computer Society.\r
+%\r
+% romanappendices\r
+%    Use the "Appendix I" convention when numbering appendices. IEEEtran.cls\r
+%    now defaults to Alpha "Appendix A" convention - the opposite of what\r
+%    v1.6b and earlier did.\r
+%\r
+% captionsoff\r
+%    disables the display of the figure/table captions. Some IEEE journals\r
+%    request that captions be removed and figures/tables be put on pages\r
+%    of their own at the end of an initial paper submission. The endfloat\r
+%    package can be used with this class option to achieve this format.\r
+%\r
+% nofonttune\r
+%    turns off tuning of the font interword spacing. Maybe useful to those\r
+%    not using the standard Times fonts or for those who have already "tuned"\r
+%    their fonts.\r
+%    The default is to enable IEEEtran to tune font parameters.\r
+%\r
+%\r
+%----------\r
+% Available CLASSINPUTs provided (all are macros unless otherwise noted):\r
+% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch\r
+% \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\r
+% \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\r
+% \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\r
+% \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\r
+%\r
+% Available CLASSINFOs provided:\r
+% \ifCLASSINFOpdf                       (TeX if conditional)\r
+% \CLASSINFOpaperwidth                  (macro)\r
+% \CLASSINFOpaperheight                 (macro)\r
+% \CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip      (length)\r
+% \CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip (length)\r
+%\r
+% Available CLASSOPTIONs provided:\r
+% all class option flags (TeX if conditionals) unless otherwise noted,\r
+% e.g., \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+% point size options provided as a single macro:\r
+% \CLASSOPTIONpt\r
+% which will be defined as 9, 10, 11, or 12 depending on the document's\r
+% normalsize point size.\r
+% also, class option peerreviewca implies the use of class option peerreview\r
+% and classoption draft implies the use of class option draftcls\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\ProvidesClass{IEEEtran}[2012/11/21 V1.8c by Harald Hanche-Olsen and Anders Christensen]\r
+\typeout{-- Based on V1.7a by Michael Shell}\r
+\typeout{-- See the "IEEEtran_HOWTO" manual for usage information.}\r
+\typeout{-- http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/}\r
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran.cls version numbers, provided as of V1.3\r
+% These values serve as a way a .tex file can\r
+% determine if the new features are provided.\r
+% The version number of this IEEEtrans.cls can be obtained from \r
+% these values. i.e., V1.4\r
+% KEEP THESE AS INTEGERS! i.e., NO {4a} or anything like that-\r
+% (no need to enumerate "a" minor changes here)\r
+\def\IEEEtransversionmajor{1}\r
+\def\IEEEtransversionminor{7}\r
+\r
+% These do nothing, but provide them like in article.cls\r
+\newif\if@restonecol\r
+\newif\if@titlepage\r
+\r
+\r
+% class option conditionals\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONonecolumn       \CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn       \CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONoneside         \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside         \CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONfinal           \CLASSOPTIONfinaltrue\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraft           \CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls        \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot  \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview      \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca    \CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONjournal         \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONconference      \CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote        \CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune      \CLASSOPTIONnofonttunefalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff     \CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofffalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc         \CLASSOPTIONcompsocfalse\r
+\r
+\newif\ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices \CLASSOPTIONromanappendicesfalse\r
+\r
+\r
+% class info conditionals\r
+\r
+% indicates if pdf (via pdflatex) output\r
+\newif\ifCLASSINFOpdf               \CLASSINFOpdffalse\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6b internal flag to show if using a4paper\r
+\newif\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper       \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran class scratch pad registers\r
+% dimen\r
+\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\r
+\newdimen\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\r
+% count\r
+\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\r
+\newcount\@IEEEtrantmpcountB\r
+% token list\r
+\newtoks\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\r
+\r
+% we use \CLASSOPTIONpt so that we can ID the point size (even for 9pt docs)\r
+% as well as LaTeX's \@ptsize to retain some compatability with some\r
+% external packages\r
+\def\@ptsize{0}\r
+% LaTeX does not support 9pt, so we set \@ptsize to 0 - same as that of 10pt\r
+\DeclareOption{9pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{9}\def\@ptsize{0}}\r
+\DeclareOption{10pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{10}\def\@ptsize{0}}\r
+\DeclareOption{11pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{11}\def\@ptsize{1}}\r
+\DeclareOption{12pt}{\def\CLASSOPTIONpt{12}\def\@ptsize{2}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{letterpaper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{11in}%\r
+                            \setlength{\paperwidth}{8.5in}%\r
+                            \@IEEEusingAfourpaperfalse\r
+                            \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{letter}%\r
+                            \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{8.5in}%\r
+                            \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{11in}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{a4paper}{\setlength{\paperheight}{297mm}%\r
+                        \setlength{\paperwidth}{210mm}%\r
+                        \@IEEEusingAfourpapertrue\r
+                        \def\CLASSOPTIONpaper{a4}%\r
+                        \def\CLASSINFOpaperwidth{210mm}%\r
+                        \def\CLASSINFOpaperheight{297mm}}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{oneside}{\@twosidefalse\@mparswitchfalse\r
+                        \CLASSOPTIONonesidetrue\CLASSOPTIONtwosidefalse}\r
+\DeclareOption{twoside}{\@twosidetrue\@mparswitchtrue\r
+                        \CLASSOPTIONtwosidetrue\CLASSOPTIONonesidefalse}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{onecolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONonecolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumnfalse}\r
+\DeclareOption{twocolumn}{\CLASSOPTIONtwocolumntrue\CLASSOPTIONonecolumnfalse}\r
+\r
+% If the user selects draft, then this class AND any packages\r
+% will go into draft mode.\r
+\DeclareOption{draft}{\CLASSOPTIONdrafttrue\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue\r
+                      \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} \r
+% draftcls is for a draft mode which will not affect any packages\r
+% used by the document.\r
+\DeclareOption{draftcls}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue\r
+                         \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse} \r
+% draftclsnofoot is like draftcls, but without the footer.\r
+\DeclareOption{draftclsnofoot}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclstrue\r
+                               \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoottrue} \r
+\DeclareOption{final}{\CLASSOPTIONdraftfalse\CLASSOPTIONdraftclsfalse\r
+                      \CLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofootfalse}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{journal}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse\r
+                        \CLASSOPTIONjournaltrue\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{conference}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse\r
+                           \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencetrue\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{technote}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewfalse\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse\r
+                         \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotetrue}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{peerreview}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcafalse\r
+                           \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{peerreviewca}{\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewtrue\CLASSOPTIONpeerreviewcatrue\r
+                             \CLASSOPTIONjournalfalse\CLASSOPTIONconferencefalse\CLASSOPTIONtechnotefalse}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{nofonttune}{\CLASSOPTIONnofonttunetrue}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{captionsoff}{\CLASSOPTIONcaptionsofftrue}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{compsoc}{\CLASSOPTIONcompsoctrue}\r
+\r
+\DeclareOption{romanappendices}{\CLASSOPTIONromanappendicestrue}\r
+\r
+\r
+% default to US letter paper, 10pt, twocolumn, one sided, final, journal\r
+\ExecuteOptions{letterpaper,10pt,twocolumn,oneside,final,journal}\r
+% overrride these defaults per user requests\r
+\ProcessOptions\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Computer Society conditional execution command\r
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\relax#1\relax\fi\relax}\r
+% inverse\r
+\long\def\@IEEEnotcompsoconly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\relax#1\relax\fi\relax}\r
+% compsoc conference\r
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsocconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax}\r
+% compsoc not conference\r
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly#1{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else\relax#1\relax\fi\fi\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEE uses Times Roman font, so we'll default to Times.\r
+% These three commands make up the entire times.sty package.\r
+\renewcommand{\sfdefault}{phv}\r
+\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}\r
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{pcr}\r
+\r
+\@IEEEcompsoconly{\typeout{-- Using IEEE Computer Society mode.}}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 compsoc nonconference papers, use Palatino/Palladio as the main text font,\r
+% not Times Roman.\r
+\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ppl}}\r
+\r
+% enable Times/Palatino main text font\r
+\normalfont\selectfont\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 conference notice message hook\r
+\def\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference{\typeout{}%\r
+\typeout{** Conference Paper **}%\r
+\typeout{Before submitting the final camera ready copy, remember to:}%\r
+\typeout{}%\r
+\typeout{ 1. Manually equalize the lengths of two columns on the last page}%\r
+\typeout{ of your paper;}%\r
+\typeout{}%\r
+\typeout{ 2. Ensure that any PostScript and/or PDF output post-processing}%\r
+\typeout{ uses only Type 1 fonts and that every step in the generation}%\r
+\typeout{ process uses the appropriate paper size.}%\r
+\typeout{}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% we can send console reminder messages to the user here\r
+\AtEndDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEconsolenoticeconference\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% warn about the use of single column other than for draft mode\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn\else%\r
+  \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\else%\r
+   \typeout{** ATTENTION: Single column mode is not typically used with IEEE publications.}%\r
+  \fi%\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 improved paper size setting code.\r
+% Set pdfpage and dvips paper sizes. Conditional tests are similar to that\r
+% of ifpdf.sty. Retain within {} to ensure tested macros are never altered,\r
+% even if only effect is to set them to \relax.\r
+% if \pdfoutput is undefined or equal to relax, output a dvips special\r
+{\@ifundefined{pdfoutput}{\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}}{%\r
+% pdfoutput is defined and not equal to \relax\r
+% check for pdfpageheight existence just in case someone sets pdfoutput\r
+% under non-pdflatex. If exists, set them regardless of value of \pdfoutput.\r
+\@ifundefined{pdfpageheight}{\relax}{\global\pdfpagewidth\paperwidth\r
+\global\pdfpageheight\paperheight}%\r
+% if using \pdfoutput=0 under pdflatex, send dvips papersize special\r
+\ifcase\pdfoutput\r
+\AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\CLASSINFOpaperwidth,\CLASSINFOpaperheight}}%\r
+\else\r
+% we are using pdf output, set CLASSINFOpdf flag\r
+\global\CLASSINFOpdftrue\r
+\fi}}\r
+\r
+% let the user know the selected papersize\r
+\typeout{-- Using \CLASSINFOpaperwidth\space x \CLASSINFOpaperheight\space\r
+(\CLASSOPTIONpaper)\space paper.}\r
+\r
+\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+\typeout{-- Using PDF output.}\r
+\else\r
+\typeout{-- Using DVI output.}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% The idea hinted here is for LaTeX to generate markleft{} and markright{}\r
+% automatically for you after you enter \author{}, \journal{},\r
+% \journaldate{}, journalvol{}, \journalnum{}, etc.\r
+% However, there may be some backward compatibility issues here as\r
+% well as some special applications for IEEEtran.cls and special issues\r
+% that may require the flexible \markleft{}, \markright{} and/or \markboth{}.\r
+% We'll leave this as an open future suggestion.\r
+%\newcommand{\journal}[1]{\def\@journal{#1}}\r
+%\def\@journal{}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% pointsize values\r
+% used with ifx to determine the document's normal size\r
+\def\@IEEEptsizenine{9}\r
+\def\@IEEEptsizeten{10}\r
+\def\@IEEEptsizeeleven{11}\r
+\def\@IEEEptsizetwelve{12}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% FONT DEFINITIONS (No sizexx.clo file needed) \r
+% V1.6 revised font sizes, displayskip values and\r
+%      revised normalsize baselineskip to reduce underfull vbox problems\r
+%      on the 58pc = 696pt = 9.5in text height we want\r
+%      normalsize     #lines/column  baselineskip (aka leading)\r
+%             9pt     63             11.0476pt (truncated down)\r
+%            10pt     58             12pt      (exact)\r
+%            11pt     52             13.3846pt (truncated down)\r
+%            12pt     50             13.92pt   (exact)\r
+%\r
+\r
+% we need to store the nominal baselineskip for the given font size\r
+% in case baselinestretch ever changes.\r
+% this is a dimen, so it will not hold stretch or shrink\r
+\newdimen\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\r
+\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\baselineskip\r
+\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\r
+\typeout{-- This is a 9 point document.}\r
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{9}{11.0476pt}}%\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{11.0476pt}%\r
+\normalsize\r
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt%\r
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%\r
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus3pt%\r
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus3pt minus1pt\r
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{8.5}{10pt}}\r
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}}\r
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}}\r
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}}\r
+% sublargesize is the same as large - 10pt\r
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{10}{12pt}}\r
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{10}{12pt}}\r
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{12}{14pt}}\r
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{14}{17pt}}\r
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{17}{20pt}}\r
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{20}{24pt}}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% Check if we have selected 10 points\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\r
+\typeout{-- This is a 10 point document.}\r
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{10}{11}}%\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{11pt}%\r
+\normalsize\r
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt%\r
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%\r
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus4pt%\r
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus4pt minus2pt\r
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{9}{10pt}}\r
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{8}{9pt}}\r
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{7}{8pt}}\r
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{5}{6pt}}\r
+% sublargesize is a tad smaller than large - 11pt\r
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{11}{13.4pt}}\r
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}}\r
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}}\r
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}}\r
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}}\r
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% Check if we have selected 11 points\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\r
+\typeout{-- This is an 11 point document.}\r
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{11}{13.3846pt}}%\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.3846pt}%\r
+\normalsize\r
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt%\r
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%\r
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus5pt%\r
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus5pt minus3pt\r
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}}\r
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}}\r
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}}\r
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}}\r
+% sublargesize is the same as large - 12pt\r
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{12}{14pt}}\r
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{12}{14pt}}\r
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{14}{17pt}}\r
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{17}{20pt}}\r
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{20}{24pt}}\r
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% Check if we have selected 12 points\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\r
+\typeout{-- This is a 12 point document.}\r
+\def\normalsize{\@setfontsize{\normalsize}{12}{13.92pt}}%\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}{13.92pt}%\r
+\normalsize\r
+\abovedisplayskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt%\r
+\belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip%\r
+\abovedisplayshortskip 0pt plus6pt%\r
+\belowdisplayshortskip 1.5ex plus6pt minus4pt\r
+\def\small{\@setfontsize{\small}{10}{12pt}}\r
+\def\footnotesize{\@setfontsize{\footnotesize}{9}{10.5pt}}\r
+\def\scriptsize{\@setfontsize{\scriptsize}{8}{9pt}}\r
+\def\tiny{\@setfontsize{\tiny}{6}{7pt}}\r
+% sublargesize is the same as large - 14pt\r
+\def\sublargesize{\@setfontsize{\sublargesize}{14}{17pt}}\r
+\def\large{\@setfontsize{\large}{14}{17pt}}\r
+\def\Large{\@setfontsize{\Large}{17}{20pt}}\r
+\def\LARGE{\@setfontsize{\LARGE}{20}{24pt}}\r
+\def\huge{\@setfontsize{\huge}{22}{26pt}}\r
+\def\Huge{\@setfontsize{\Huge}{24}{28pt}}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6 The Computer Modern Fonts will issue a substitution warning for\r
+% 24pt titles (24.88pt is used instead) increase the substitution\r
+% tolerance to turn off this warning\r
+\def\fontsubfuzz{.9pt}\r
+% However, the default (and correct) Times font will scale exactly as needed.\r
+\r
+\r
+% warn the user in case they forget to use the 9pt option with\r
+% technote\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\else%\r
+  \typeout{** ATTENTION: Technotes are normally 9pt documents.}%\r
+ \fi%\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7\r
+% Improved \textunderscore to provide a much better fake _ when used with\r
+% OT1 encoding. Under OT1, detect use of pcr or cmtt \ttfamily and use\r
+% available true _ glyph for those two typewriter fonts.\r
+\def\@IEEEstringptm{ptm} % Times Roman family\r
+\def\@IEEEstringppl{ppl} % Palatino Roman family\r
+\def\@IEEEstringphv{phv} % Helvetica Sans Serif family\r
+\def\@IEEEstringpcr{pcr} % Courier typewriter family\r
+\def\@IEEEstringcmtt{cmtt} % Computer Modern typewriter family\r
+\DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textunderscore}{\leavevmode\r
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringpcr\string_\else\r
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringcmtt\string_\else\r
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringptm\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else\r
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringppl\kern 0em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.5em\@height 0.5pt\kern -0.3ex}\else\r
+\ifx\f@family\@IEEEstringphv\kern -0.03em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.62em\@height 0.52pt\kern -0.33ex}\kern -0.03em\else\r
+\kern 0.09em\vbox{\hrule\@width 0.6em\@height 0.44pt\kern -0.63pt\kern -0.42ex}\kern 0.09em\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% set the default \baselinestretch\r
+\def\baselinestretch{1}\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+  \def\baselinestretch{1.5}% default baselinestretch for draft modes\r
+\fi \r
+\r
+\r
+% process CLASSINPUT baselinestretch\r
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch\@IEEEundefined\r
+\else\r
+  \edef\baselinestretch{\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch} % user CLASSINPUT override\r
+  \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding \string\baselinestretch\space to\r
+           \baselinestretch\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\normalsize % make \baselinestretch take affect\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% store the normalsize baselineskip\r
+\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip\r
+\CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip=\baselineskip\relax\r
+% and the normalsize unity (baselinestretch=1) baselineskip\r
+% we could save a register by giving the user access to\r
+% \@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip. However, let's protect\r
+% its read only internal status\r
+\newdimen\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\r
+\CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\relax\r
+% store the nominal value of jot\r
+\newdimen\IEEEnormaljot\r
+\IEEEnormaljot=0.25\baselineskip\relax\r
+\r
+% set \jot\r
+\jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6, we are now going to fine tune the interword spacing\r
+% The default interword glue for Times under TeX appears to use a\r
+% nominal interword spacing of 25% (relative to the font size, i.e., 1em)\r
+% a maximum of 40% and a minimum of 19%.\r
+% For example, 10pt text uses an interword glue of:\r
+% \r
+% 2.5pt plus 1.49998pt minus 0.59998pt\r
+% \r
+% However, IEEE allows for a more generous range which reduces the need\r
+% for hyphenation, especially for two column text. Furthermore, IEEE\r
+% tends to use a little bit more nominal space between the words.\r
+% IEEE's interword spacing percentages appear to be:\r
+% 35% nominal\r
+% 23% minimum\r
+% 50% maximum\r
+% (They may even be using a tad more for the largest fonts such as 24pt.)\r
+% \r
+% for bold text, IEEE increases the spacing a little more:\r
+% 37.5% nominal\r
+% 23% minimum\r
+% 55% maximum\r
+\r
+% here are the interword spacing ratios we'll use\r
+% for medium (normal weight)\r
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioM{0.35}\r
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM{0.23}\r
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM{0.50}\r
+\r
+% for bold\r
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceratioB{0.375}\r
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB{0.23}\r
+\def\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB{0.55}\r
+\r
+\r
+% command to revise the interword spacing for the current font under TeX:\r
+% \fontdimen2 = nominal interword space\r
+% \fontdimen3 = interword stretch\r
+% \fontdimen4 = interword shrink\r
+% since all changes to the \fontdimen are global, we can enclose these commands\r
+% in braces to confine any font attribute or length changes\r
+\def\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens#1#2#3{{%\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\f@size pt}% grab the font size in pt, could use 1em instead.\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%\r
+\fontdimen2\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax\r
+\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%\r
+\fontdimen3\font=-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax\r
+\setlength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{#1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%\r
+\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{-#3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}%\r
+\fontdimen4\font=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax}}\r
+\r
+% revise the interword spacing for each font weight\r
+\def\@@IEEEsetfontdimens{{%\r
+\mdseries\r
+\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioM}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioM}%\r
+\bfseries\r
+\@@@IEEEsetfontdimens{\@IEEEinterspaceratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMAXratioB}{\@IEEEinterspaceMINratioB}%\r
+}}\r
+\r
+% revise the interword spacing for each font shape\r
+% \slshape is not often used for IEEE work and is not altered here. The \scshape caps are\r
+% already a tad too large in the free LaTeX fonts (as compared to what IEEE uses) so we\r
+% won't alter these either.\r
+\def\@IEEEsetfontdimens{{%\r
+\normalfont\r
+\@@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\normalfont\itshape\r
+\@@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+}}\r
+\r
+% command to revise the interword spacing for each font size (and shape\r
+% and weight). Only the \rmfamily is done here as \ttfamily uses a \r
+% fixed spacing and \sffamily is not used as the main text of IEEE papers.\r
+\def\@IEEEtunefonts{{\selectfont\rmfamily\r
+\tiny\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\scriptsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\footnotesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\small\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\normalsize\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\sublargesize\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\large\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\LARGE\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens\r
+\Huge\@IEEEsetfontdimens}}\r
+\r
+% if the nofonttune class option is not given, revise the interword spacing\r
+% now - in case IEEEtran makes any default length measurements, and make\r
+% sure all the default fonts are loaded\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else\r
+\@IEEEtunefonts\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% and again at the start of the document in case the user loaded different fonts\r
+\AtBeginDocument{\ifCLASSOPTIONnofonttune\else\@IEEEtunefonts\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6 \r
+% LaTeX is a little to quick to use hyphenations\r
+% So, we increase the penalty for their use and raise\r
+% the badness level that triggers an underfull hbox\r
+% warning. The author may still have to tweak things,\r
+% but the appearance will be much better "right out\r
+% of the box" than that under V1.5 and prior.\r
+% TeX default is 50\r
+\hyphenpenalty=750\r
+% If we didn't adjust the interword spacing, 2200 might be better.\r
+% The TeX default is 1000\r
+\hbadness=1350\r
+% IEEE does not use extra spacing after punctuation\r
+\frenchspacing\r
+\r
+% V1.7 increase this a tad to discourage equation breaks\r
+\binoppenalty=1000 % default 700\r
+\relpenalty=800     % default 500\r
+\r
+\r
+% margin note stuff\r
+\marginparsep      10pt\r
+\marginparwidth    20pt\r
+\marginparpush     25pt\r
+\r
+\r
+% if things get too close, go ahead and let them touch\r
+\lineskip            0pt\r
+\normallineskip      0pt\r
+\lineskiplimit       0pt\r
+\normallineskiplimit 0pt\r
+\r
+% The distance from the lower edge of the text body to the\r
+% footline\r
+\footskip 0.4in\r
+\r
+% normally zero, should be relative to font height.\r
+% put in a little rubber to help stop some bad breaks (underfull vboxes)\r
+\parskip 0ex plus 0.2ex minus 0.1ex\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+\parskip 6pt plus 2pt minus 1pt\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\parindent    1.0em\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+\parindent 14.45pt\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\topmargin    -49.0pt\r
+\headheight   12pt\r
+\headsep      0.25in\r
+\r
+% use the normal font baselineskip\r
+% so that \topskip is unaffected by changes in \baselinestretch\r
+\topskip=\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\r
+\textheight       58pc  % 9.63in, 696pt\r
+% Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page.\r
+% The normal baselineskip for each document point size is used \r
+% to determine these values.\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=63\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi      % 63 lines/page\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi       % 58 lines/page\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=52\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi    % 52 lines/page\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi    % 50 lines/page\r
+\r
+\r
+\columnsep       1.5pc\r
+\textwidth       184.2mm\r
+ \r
+\r
+% the default side margins are equal\r
+\if@IEEEusingAfourpaper \r
+\oddsidemargin        14.32mm\r
+\evensidemargin       14.32mm\r
+\else\r
+\oddsidemargin        0.680in\r
+\evensidemargin       0.680in\r
+\fi\r
+% compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset\r
+\addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in}\r
+\addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% adjust margins for conference mode\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+ \topmargin        -0.25in\r
+ % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers\r
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}\r
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}\r
+ \textheight        9.25in % The standard for conferences (668.4975pt)\r
+ % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page.\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=61\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi      % 61 lines/page\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=62\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi       % 62 lines/page\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=50\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi    % 50 lines/page\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi    % 48 lines/page\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% compsoc conference\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+ % compsoc conference use a larger value for columnsep\r
+ \columnsep 0.375in\r
+ % compsoc conferences want 1in top margin, 1.125in bottom margin\r
+ \topmargin        0in\r
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-6pt}% we tweak this a tad to better comply with top of line stuff\r
+ % we retain the reserved, but unused space for headers\r
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}\r
+ \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}\r
+ \textheight        8.875in % (641.39625pt)\r
+ % Tweak textheight to a perfect integer number of lines/page.\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\textheight=58\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi      % 58 lines/page\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeten\textheight=53\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi       % 53 lines/page\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizeeleven\textheight=48\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi    % 48 lines/page\r
+ \ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizetwelve\textheight=46\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\fi    % 46 lines/page \r
+ \textwidth 6.5in\r
+ % the default side margins are equal\r
+ \if@IEEEusingAfourpaper \r
+  \oddsidemargin        22.45mm\r
+  \evensidemargin       22.45mm\r
+ \else\r
+  \oddsidemargin        1in\r
+  \evensidemargin       1in\r
+ \fi\r
+ % compensate for LaTeX's 1in offset\r
+ \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in}\r
+ \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in}\r
+\fi\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% draft mode settings override that of all other modes\r
+% provides a nice 1in margin all around the paper and extra\r
+% space between the lines for editor's comments\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls \r
+  % want 1in from top of paper to text\r
+  \setlength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}%\r
+  \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}%\r
+  % we want 1in side margins regardless of paper type\r
+  \oddsidemargin      0in\r
+  \evensidemargin     0in\r
+  % set the text width\r
+  \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}%\r
+  \addtolength{\textwidth}{-2.0in}%\r
+  \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}%\r
+  \addtolength{\textheight}{-2.0in}%\r
+  % digitize textheight to be an integer number of lines.\r
+  % this may cause the bottom margin to be off a tad\r
+  \addtolength{\textheight}{-1\topskip}%\r
+  \divide\textheight  by \baselineskip%\r
+  \multiply\textheight  by \baselineskip%\r
+  \addtolength{\textheight}{\topskip}%\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% process CLASSINPUT inner/outer margin\r
+% if inner margin defined, but outer margin not, set outer to inner.\r
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+\else\r
+  \ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+    \edef\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}\r
+  \fi\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\ifx\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+\else\r
+  % if outer margin defined, but inner margin not, set inner to outer.\r
+  \ifx\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+    \edef\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}\r
+  \fi\r
+  \setlength{\oddsidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}\r
+  \ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside\r
+    \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}\r
+  \else\r
+    \setlength{\evensidemargin}{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}\r
+  \fi\r
+  \addtolength{\oddsidemargin}{-1in}\r
+  \addtolength{\evensidemargin}{-1in}\r
+  \setlength{\textwidth}{\paperwidth}\r
+  \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}\r
+  \addtolength{\textwidth}{-\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}\r
+  \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding inner side margin to \CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin\space and \r
+           outer side margin to \CLASSINPUToutersidemargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% process CLASSINPUT top/bottom text margin\r
+% if toptext margin defined, but bottomtext margin not, set bottomtext to toptext margin\r
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+\else\r
+  \ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+    \edef\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}\r
+  \fi\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\ifx\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+\else\r
+  % if bottomtext margin defined, but toptext margin not, set toptext to bottomtext margin\r
+  \ifx\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\@IEEEundefined\r
+    \edef\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin{\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin}\r
+  \fi\r
+  \setlength{\topmargin}{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}\r
+  \addtolength{\topmargin}{-1in}\r
+  \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headheight}\r
+  \addtolength{\topmargin}{-\headsep}\r
+  \setlength{\textheight}{\paperheight}\r
+  \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}\r
+  \addtolength{\textheight}{-\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin}\r
+  % in the default format we use the normal baselineskip as topskip\r
+  % we only need 0.7 of this to clear typical top text and we need\r
+  % an extra 0.3 spacing at the bottom for descenders. This will\r
+  % correct for both.\r
+  \addtolength{\topmargin}{-0.3\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}\r
+  \typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding top text margin to \CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin\space and \r
+           bottom text margin to \CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin\space via \string\CLASSINPUT.}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% LIST SPACING CONTROLS\r
+\r
+% Controls the amount of EXTRA spacing\r
+% above and below \trivlist \r
+% Both \list and IED lists override this.\r
+% However, \trivlist will use this as will most\r
+% things built from \trivlist like the \center\r
+% environment.\r
+\topsep           0.5\baselineskip\r
+\r
+% Controls the additional spacing around lists preceded\r
+% or followed by blank lines. IEEE does not increase\r
+% spacing before or after paragraphs so it is set to zero.\r
+% \z@ is the same as zero, but faster.\r
+\partopsep          \z@\r
+\r
+% Controls the spacing between paragraphs in lists. \r
+% IEEE does not increase spacing before or after paragraphs\r
+% so this is also zero. \r
+% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to\r
+% this value DO affect lists (but not IED lists).\r
+\parsep             \z@\r
+\r
+% Controls the extra spacing between list items. \r
+% IEEE does not put extra spacing between items.\r
+% With IEEEtran.cls, global changes to this value DO affect\r
+% lists (but not IED lists).\r
+\itemsep            \z@\r
+\r
+% \itemindent is the amount to indent the FIRST line of a list\r
+% item. It is auto set to zero within the \list environment. To alter\r
+% it, you have to do so when you call the \list.\r
+% However, IEEE uses this for the theorem environment\r
+% There is an alternative value for this near \leftmargini below\r
+\itemindent         -1em\r
+\r
+% \leftmargin, the spacing from the left margin of the main text to\r
+% the left of the main body of a list item is set by \list.\r
+% Hence this statement does nothing for lists.\r
+% But, quote and verse do use it for indention.\r
+\leftmargin         2em\r
+\r
+% we retain this stuff from the older IEEEtran.cls so that \list\r
+% will work the same way as before. However, itemize, enumerate and\r
+% description (IED) could care less about what these are as they\r
+% all are overridden.\r
+\leftmargini        2em\r
+%\itemindent         2em  % Alternative values: sometimes used.\r
+%\leftmargini        0em\r
+\leftmarginii       1em\r
+\leftmarginiii    1.5em\r
+\leftmarginiv     1.5em\r
+\leftmarginv      1.0em\r
+\leftmarginvi     1.0em\r
+\labelsep         0.5em \r
+\labelwidth         \z@\r
+\r
+\r
+% The old IEEEtran.cls behavior of \list is retained.\r
+% However, the new V1.3 IED list environments override all the\r
+% @list stuff (\@listX is called within \list for the\r
+% appropriate level just before the user's list_decl is called). \r
+% \topsep is now 2pt as IEEE puts a little extra space around\r
+% lists - used by those non-IED macros that depend on \list.\r
+% Note that \parsep and \itemsep are not redefined as in \r
+% the sizexx.clo \@listX (which article.cls uses) so global changes\r
+% of these values DO affect \list\r
+% \r
+\def\@listi{\leftmargin\leftmargini \topsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt}\r
+\let\@listI\@listi\r
+\def\@listii{\leftmargin\leftmarginii\labelwidth\leftmarginii%\r
+    \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}\r
+\def\@listiii{\leftmargin\leftmarginiii\labelwidth\leftmarginiii%\r
+    \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}\r
+\def\@listiv{\leftmargin\leftmarginiv\labelwidth\leftmarginiv%\r
+    \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}\r
+\def\@listv{\leftmargin\leftmarginv\labelwidth\leftmarginv%\r
+    \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}\r
+\def\@listvi{\leftmargin\leftmarginvi\labelwidth\leftmarginvi%\r
+    \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep \topsep 2pt}\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEE uses 5) not 5.\r
+\def\labelenumi{\theenumi)}     \def\theenumi{\arabic{enumi}}\r
+\r
+% IEEE uses a) not (a)\r
+\def\labelenumii{\theenumii)}  \def\theenumii{\alph{enumii}}\r
+\r
+% IEEE uses iii) not iii.\r
+\def\labelenumiii{\theenumiii)} \def\theenumiii{\roman{enumiii}}\r
+\r
+% IEEE uses A) not A.\r
+\def\labelenumiv{\theenumiv)}   \def\theenumiv{\Alph{enumiv}}\r
+\r
+% exactly the same as in article.cls\r
+\def\p@enumii{\theenumi}\r
+\def\p@enumiii{\theenumi(\theenumii)}\r
+\def\p@enumiv{\p@enumiii\theenumiii}\r
+\r
+% itemized list label styles\r
+\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}\r
+\def\labelitemii{$\circ$}\r
+\def\labelitemiii{\vrule height 0.8ex depth -0.2ex width 0.6ex}\r
+\def\labelitemiv{$\ast$}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% **** V1.3 ENHANCEMENTS ****\r
+% Itemize, Enumerate and Description (IED) List Controls\r
+% ***************************\r
+% \r
+% \r
+% IEEE seems to use at least two different values by\r
+% which ITEMIZED list labels are indented to the right\r
+% For The Journal of Lightwave Technology (JLT) and The Journal\r
+% on Selected Areas in Communications (JSAC), they tend to use\r
+% an indention equal to \parindent. For Transactions on Communications\r
+% they tend to indent ITEMIZED lists a little more--- 1.3\parindent.\r
+% We'll provide both values here for you so that you can choose \r
+% which one you like in your document using a command such as:\r
+% setlength{\IEEEilabelindent}{\IEEEilabelindentB}\r
+\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentA\r
+\IEEEilabelindentA \parindent\r
+\r
+\newdimen\IEEEilabelindentB\r
+\IEEEilabelindentB 1.3\parindent\r
+% However, we'll default to using \parindent\r
+% which makes more sense to me\r
+\newdimen\IEEEilabelindent\r
+\IEEEilabelindent \IEEEilabelindentA\r
+\r
+\r
+% This controls the default amount the enumerated list labels\r
+% are indented to the right.\r
+% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention\r
+\newdimen\IEEEelabelindent\r
+\IEEEelabelindent \parindent\r
+\r
+% This controls the default amount the description list labels\r
+% are indented to the right.\r
+% Normally, this is the same as the paragraph indention\r
+\newdimen\IEEEdlabelindent\r
+\IEEEdlabelindent \parindent\r
+\r
+% This is the value actually used within the IED lists.\r
+% The IED environments automatically set its value to\r
+% one of the three values above, so global changes do \r
+% not have any effect\r
+\newdimen\IEEElabelindent\r
+\IEEElabelindent \parindent\r
+\r
+% The actual amount labels will be indented is\r
+% \IEEElabelindent multiplied by the factor below\r
+% corresponding to the level of nesting depth\r
+% This provides a means by which the user can\r
+% alter the effective \IEEElabelindent for deeper\r
+% levels\r
+% There may not be such a thing as correct "standard IEEE"\r
+% values. What IEEE actually does may depend on the specific\r
+% circumstances.\r
+% The first list level almost always has full indention.\r
+% The second levels I've seen have only 75% of the normal indentation\r
+% Three level or greater nestings are very rare. I am guessing\r
+% that they don't use any indentation.\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactori{1.0}   % almost always one\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactorii{0.75} % 0.0 or 1.0 may be used in some cases\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriii{0.0} % 0.75? 0.5? 0.0?\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactoriv{0.0}\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactorv{0.0}\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactorvi{0.0}\r
+\r
+% value actually used within IED lists, it is auto\r
+% set to one of the 6 values above\r
+% global changes here have no effect\r
+\def\IEEElabelindentfactor{1.0}\r
+\r
+% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED\r
+% list labels and the list text, when normal text is used for\r
+% the labels.\r
+\newdimen\IEEEiednormlabelsep\r
+\IEEEiednormlabelsep \parindent\r
+\r
+% This controls the default spacing between the end of the IED\r
+% list labels and the list text, when math symbols are used for\r
+% the labels (nomenclature lists). IEEE usually increases the \r
+% spacing in these cases\r
+\newdimen\IEEEiedmathlabelsep\r
+\IEEEiedmathlabelsep 1.2em\r
+\r
+% This controls the extra vertical separation put above and\r
+% below each IED list. IEEE usually puts a little extra spacing\r
+% around each list. However, this spacing is barely noticeable.\r
+\newskip\IEEEiedtopsep\r
+\IEEEiedtopsep 2pt plus 1pt minus 1pt\r
+\r
+\r
+% This command is executed within each IED list environment\r
+% at the beginning of the list. You can use this to set the \r
+% parameters for some/all your IED list(s) without disturbing \r
+% global parameters that affect things other than lists.\r
+% i.e., renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\setlength{\labelsep}{5em}}\r
+% will alter the \labelsep for the next list(s) until \r
+% \IEEEiedlistdecl is redefined. \r
+\def\IEEEiedlistdecl{\relax}\r
+\r
+% This command provides an easy way to set \leftmargin based\r
+% on the \labelwidth, \labelsep and the argument \IEEElabelindent\r
+% Usage: \IEEEcalcleftmargin{width-to-indent-the-label}\r
+% output is in the \leftmargin variable, i.e., effectively:\r
+% \leftmargin = argument + \labelwidth + \labelsep\r
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %\r
+\def\IEEEcalcleftmargin#1{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1}%\r
+\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelwidth}%\r
+\addtolength{\leftmargin}{\labelsep}}\r
+\r
+% This command provides an easy way to set \labelwidth to the\r
+% width of the given text. It is the same as\r
+% \settowidth{\labelwidth}{label-text}\r
+% and useful as a shorter alternative.\r
+% Typically used to set \labelwidth to be the width\r
+% of the longest label in the list\r
+\def\IEEEsetlabelwidth#1{\settowidth{\labelwidth}{#1}}\r
+\r
+% When this command is executed, IED lists will use the \r
+% IEEEiedmathlabelsep label separation rather than the normal\r
+% spacing. To have an effect, this command must be executed via\r
+% the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list\r
+% environments.\r
+\def\IEEEusemathlabelsep{\setlength{\labelsep}{\IEEEiedmathlabelsep}}\r
+\r
+% A flag which controls whether the IED lists automatically\r
+% calculate \leftmargin from \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and \labelsep\r
+% Useful if you want to specify your own \leftmargin\r
+% This flag must be set (\IEEEnocalcleftmargintrue or \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse) \r
+% via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option of the IED list\r
+% environments to have an effect.\r
+\newif\ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\r
+\IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse\r
+\r
+% A flag which controls whether \IEEElabelindent is multiplied by\r
+% the \IEEElabelindentfactor for each list level.\r
+% This flag must be set via the \IEEEiedlistdecl or within the option \r
+% of the IED list environments to have an effect.\r
+\newif\ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\r
+\IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse\r
+\r
+\r
+% internal variable to indicate type of IED label\r
+% justification\r
+% 0 - left; 1 - center; 2 - right\r
+\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}\r
+\r
+\r
+% commands to allow the user to control IED\r
+% label justifications. Use these commands within\r
+% the IED environment option or in the \IEEEiedlistdecl\r
+% Note that changing the normal list justifications\r
+% is nonstandard and IEEE may not like it if you do so!\r
+% I include these commands as they may be helpful to\r
+% those who are using these enhanced list controls for\r
+% other non-IEEE related LaTeX work.\r
+% itemize and enumerate automatically default to right\r
+% justification, description defaults to left.\r
+\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}}%left\r
+\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{1}}%center\r
+\def\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr{\def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}}%right\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% commands to save to and restore from the list parameter copies\r
+% this allows us to set all the list parameters within\r
+% the list_decl and prevent \list (and its \@list) \r
+% from overriding any of our parameters\r
+% V1.6 use \edefs instead of dimen's to conserve dimen registers\r
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %\r
+\def\@IEEEsavelistparams{\edef\@IEEEiedtopsep{\the\topsep}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedlabelwidth{\the\labelwidth}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedlabelsep{\the\labelsep}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedleftmargin{\the\leftmargin}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedpartopsep{\the\partopsep}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedparsep{\the\parsep}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEieditemsep{\the\itemsep}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedrightmargin{\the\rightmargin}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEiedlistparindent{\the\listparindent}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEieditemindent{\the\itemindent}}\r
+\r
+% Note controlled spacing here\r
+\def\@IEEErestorelistparams{\topsep\@IEEEiedtopsep\relax%\r
+\labelwidth\@IEEEiedlabelwidth\relax%\r
+\labelsep\@IEEEiedlabelsep\relax%\r
+\leftmargin\@IEEEiedleftmargin\relax%\r
+\partopsep\@IEEEiedpartopsep\relax%\r
+\parsep\@IEEEiedparsep\relax%\r
+\itemsep\@IEEEieditemsep\relax%\r
+\rightmargin\@IEEEiedrightmargin\relax%\r
+\listparindent\@IEEEiedlistparindent\relax%\r
+\itemindent\@IEEEieditemindent\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+% v1.6b provide original LaTeX IED list environments\r
+% note that latex.ltx defines \itemize and \enumerate, but not \description\r
+% which must be created by the base classes\r
+% save original LaTeX itemize and enumerate\r
+\let\LaTeXitemize\itemize\r
+\let\endLaTeXitemize\enditemize\r
+\let\LaTeXenumerate\enumerate\r
+\let\endLaTeXenumerate\endenumerate\r
+\r
+% provide original LaTeX description environment from article.cls\r
+\newenvironment{LaTeXdescription}\r
+               {\list{}{\labelwidth\z@ \itemindent-\leftmargin\r
+                        \let\makelabel\descriptionlabel}}\r
+               {\endlist}\r
+\newcommand*\descriptionlabel[1]{\hspace\labelsep\r
+                                 \normalfont\bfseries #1}\r
+\r
+\r
+% override LaTeX's default IED lists\r
+\def\itemize{\@IEEEitemize}\r
+\def\enditemize{\@endIEEEitemize}\r
+\def\enumerate{\@IEEEenumerate}\r
+\def\endenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate}\r
+\def\description{\@IEEEdescription}\r
+\def\enddescription{\@endIEEEdescription}\r
+\r
+% provide the user with aliases - may help those using packages that\r
+% override itemize, enumerate, or description\r
+\def\IEEEitemize{\@IEEEitemize}\r
+\def\endIEEEitemize{\@endIEEEitemize}\r
+\def\IEEEenumerate{\@IEEEenumerate}\r
+\def\endIEEEenumerate{\@endIEEEenumerate}\r
+\def\IEEEdescription{\@IEEEdescription}\r
+\def\endIEEEdescription{\@endIEEEdescription}\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6 we want to keep the IEEEtran IED list definitions as our own internal\r
+% commands so they are protected against redefinition\r
+\def\@IEEEitemize{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEitemize}{\@@IEEEitemize[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEenumerate{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEenumerate}{\@@IEEEenumerate[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEdescription{\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEdescription}{\@@IEEEdescription[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@endIEEEitemize{\endlist}\r
+\def\@endIEEEenumerate{\endlist}\r
+\def\@endIEEEdescription{\endlist}\r
+\r
+\r
+% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS\r
+% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS\r
+% IEEEtran itemized list MDS 1/2001\r
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %\r
+\def\@@IEEEitemize[#1]{%\r
+                \ifnum\@itemdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else%\r
+                \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else%\r
+                \advance\@itemdepth\@ne%\r
+                \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%\r
+                % get the labelindentfactor for this level\r
+                \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be\r
+                \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}%\r
+                \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment\r
+                \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default\r
+                % set other defaults\r
+                \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse%\r
+                \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse%\r
+                \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep%\r
+                \IEEElabelindent\IEEEilabelindent%\r
+                \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep%\r
+                \partopsep 0ex%\r
+                \parsep 0ex%\r
+                \itemsep \parskip%\r
+                \rightmargin 0em%\r
+                \listparindent 0em%\r
+                \itemindent 0em%\r
+                % calculate the label width\r
+                % the user can override this later if\r
+                % they specified a \labelwidth\r
+                \settowidth{\labelwidth}{\csname labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth\endcsname}%\r
+                \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters\r
+                \list{\csname\@itemitem\endcsname}{%\r
+                \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes\r
+                                       % to our globals\r
+                \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel\r
+                \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters\r
+                #1\relax%\r
+                % If the user has requested not to use the\r
+                % labelindent factor, don't revise \labelindent\r
+                \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax%\r
+                \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\labelindent%\r
+                \fi%\r
+                % Unless the user has requested otherwise,\r
+                % calculate our left margin based\r
+                % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and\r
+                % \labelsep\r
+                \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax%\r
+                \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}%\r
+                \fi}\fi\fi}%\r
+\r
+\r
+% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS\r
+% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS\r
+% IEEEtran enumerate list MDS 1/2001\r
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %\r
+\def\@@IEEEenumerate[#1]{%\r
+                \ifnum\@enumdepth>3\relax\@toodeep\else%\r
+                \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else%\r
+                \advance\@enumdepth\@ne%\r
+                \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%\r
+                % get the labelindentfactor for this level\r
+                \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be\r
+                \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}%\r
+                \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment\r
+                \def\@IEEEiedjustify{2}% right justified labels are default\r
+                % set other defaults\r
+                \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse%\r
+                \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse%\r
+                \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep%\r
+                \IEEElabelindent\IEEEelabelindent%\r
+                \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep%\r
+                \partopsep 0ex%\r
+                \parsep 0ex%\r
+                \itemsep 0ex%\r
+                \rightmargin 0em%\r
+                \listparindent 0em%\r
+                \itemindent 0em%\r
+                % calculate the label width\r
+                % We'll set it to the width suitable for all labels using\r
+                % normalfont 1) to 9)\r
+                % The user can override this later\r
+                \settowidth{\labelwidth}{9)}%\r
+                \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters\r
+                \list{\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname}{\usecounter{\@enumctr}%\r
+                \@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes\r
+                                       % to our globals\r
+                \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel\r
+                \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters \r
+                #1\relax%\r
+                % If the user has requested not to use the\r
+                % IEEElabelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent\r
+                \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax%\r
+                \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent%\r
+                \fi%\r
+                % Unless the user has requested otherwise,\r
+                % calculate our left margin based\r
+                % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and\r
+                % \labelsep\r
+                \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax%\r
+                \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}%\r
+                \fi}\fi\fi}%\r
+\r
+\r
+% DO NOT ALLOW BLANK LINES TO BE IN THESE IED ENVIRONMENTS\r
+% AS THIS WILL FORCE NEW PARAGRAPHS AFTER THE IED LISTS\r
+% IEEEtran description list MDS 1/2001\r
+% Note controlled spacing here, shield end of lines with %\r
+\def\@@IEEEdescription[#1]{%\r
+                \ifnum\@listdepth>5\relax\@toodeep\else%\r
+                % get the labelindentfactor for this level\r
+                \advance\@listdepth\@ne% we need to know what the level WILL be\r
+                \edef\IEEElabelindentfactor{\csname IEEElabelindentfactor\romannumeral\the\@listdepth\endcsname}%\r
+                \advance\@listdepth-\@ne% undo our increment\r
+                \def\@IEEEiedjustify{0}% left justified labels are default\r
+                % set other defaults\r
+                \IEEEnocalcleftmarginfalse%\r
+                \IEEEnolabelindentfactorfalse%\r
+                \topsep\IEEEiedtopsep% \r
+                \IEEElabelindent\IEEEdlabelindent%\r
+                % assume normal labelsep\r
+                \labelsep\IEEEiednormlabelsep%\r
+                \partopsep 0ex%\r
+                \parsep 0ex%\r
+                \itemsep 0ex%\r
+                \rightmargin 0em%\r
+                \listparindent 0em%\r
+                \itemindent 0em%\r
+                % Bogus label width in case the user forgets\r
+                % to set it.\r
+                % TIP: If you want to see what a variable's width is you\r
+                % can use the TeX command \showthe\width-variable to \r
+                % display it on the screen during compilation \r
+                % (This might be helpful to know when you need to find out\r
+                % which label is the widest)\r
+                \settowidth{\labelwidth}{Hello}%\r
+                \@IEEEsavelistparams% save our list parameters\r
+                \list{}{\@IEEErestorelistparams% override any list{} changes\r
+                                               % to our globals\r
+                \let\makelabel\@IEEEiedmakelabel% v1.6b setup \makelabel\r
+                \IEEEiedlistdecl% let user alter parameters \r
+                #1\relax%\r
+                % If the user has requested not to use the\r
+                % labelindent factor, don't revise \IEEElabelindent\r
+                \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor\relax%\r
+                \else\IEEElabelindent=\IEEElabelindentfactor\IEEElabelindent%\r
+                \fi%\r
+                % Unless the user has requested otherwise,\r
+                % calculate our left margin based\r
+                % on \IEEElabelindent, \labelwidth and\r
+                % \labelsep\r
+                \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin\relax%\r
+                \else\IEEEcalcleftmargin{\IEEElabelindent}\relax%\r
+                \fi}\fi}\r
+\r
+% v1.6b we use one makelabel that does justification as needed.\r
+\def\@IEEEiedmakelabel#1{\relax\if\@IEEEiedjustify 0\relax\r
+\makebox[\labelwidth][l]{\normalfont #1}\else\r
+\if\@IEEEiedjustify 1\relax\r
+\makebox[\labelwidth][c]{\normalfont #1}\else\r
+\makebox[\labelwidth][r]{\normalfont #1}\fi\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% VERSE and QUOTE\r
+% V1.7 define environments with newenvironment\r
+\newenvironment{verse}{\let\\=\@centercr\r
+    \list{}{\itemsep\z@ \itemindent -1.5em \listparindent \itemindent\r
+    \rightmargin\leftmargin\advance\leftmargin 1.5em}\item\relax}\r
+    {\endlist}\r
+\newenvironment{quotation}{\list{}{\listparindent 1.5em \itemindent\listparindent\r
+    \rightmargin\leftmargin \parsep 0pt plus 1pt}\item\relax}\r
+    {\endlist}\r
+\newenvironment{quote}{\list{}{\rightmargin\leftmargin}\item\relax}\r
+    {\endlist}\r
+\r
+\r
+% \titlepage\r
+% provided only for backward compatibility. \maketitle is the correct\r
+% way to create the title page. \r
+\newif\if@restonecol\r
+\def\titlepage{\@restonecolfalse\if@twocolumn\@restonecoltrue\onecolumn\r
+    \else \newpage \fi \thispagestyle{empty}\c@page\z@}\r
+\def\endtitlepage{\if@restonecol\twocolumn \else \newpage \fi}\r
+\r
+% standard values from article.cls\r
+\arraycolsep     5pt\r
+\arrayrulewidth .4pt\r
+\doublerulesep   2pt\r
+\r
+\tabcolsep       6pt\r
+\tabbingsep      0.5em\r
+\r
+\r
+%% FOOTNOTES\r
+%\r
+%\skip\footins 10pt plus 4pt minus 2pt\r
+% V1.6 respond to changes in font size\r
+% space added above the footnotes (if present)\r
+\skip\footins 0.9\baselineskip  plus 0.4\baselineskip  minus 0.2\baselineskip\r
+\r
+% V1.6, we need to make \footnotesep responsive to changes\r
+% in \baselineskip or strange spacings will result when in\r
+% draft mode. Here is a little LaTeX secret - \footnotesep\r
+% determines the height of an invisible strut that is placed\r
+% *above* the baseline of footnotes after the first. Since\r
+% LaTeX considers the space for characters to be 0.7/baselineskip\r
+% above the baseline and 0.3/baselineskip below it, we need to\r
+% use 0.7/baselineskip as a \footnotesep to maintain equal spacing\r
+% between all the lines of the footnotes. IEEE often uses a tad\r
+% more, so use 0.8\baselineskip. This slightly larger value also helps\r
+% the text to clear the footnote marks. Note that \thanks in IEEEtran\r
+% uses its own value of \footnotesep which is set in \maketitle.\r
+{\footnotesize\r
+\global\footnotesep 0.8\baselineskip}\r
+\r
+\def\unnumberedfootnote{\gdef\@thefnmark{\quad}\@footnotetext}\r
+\r
+\skip\@mpfootins 0.3\baselineskip\r
+\fboxsep = 3pt\r
+\fboxrule = .4pt\r
+% V1.6 use 1em, then use LaTeX2e's \@makefnmark\r
+% Note that IEEE normally *left* aligns the footnote marks, so we don't need\r
+% box resizing tricks here.\r
+%\long\def\@makefnmark{\scriptsize\normalfont\@thefnmark}\r
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@makefnmark}#1}% V1.6 use 1em\r
+\long\def\@maketablefntext#1{\raggedleft\leavevmode\hbox{\@makefnmark}#1}\r
+% V1.7 compsoc does not use superscipts for footnote marks\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\def\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark{\hbox{\normalfont\@thefnmark.\ }}\r
+\long\def\@makefntext#1{\parindent 1em\indent\hbox{\@IEEEcompsocmakefnmark}#1}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% IEEE does not use footnote rules. Or do they?\r
+\def\footnoterule{\vskip-2pt \hrule height 0.6pt depth \z@ \vskip1.6pt\relax}\r
+\toks@\expandafter{\@setminipage\let\footnoterule\relax\footnotesep\z@}\r
+\edef\@setminipage{\the\toks@}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 for compsoc, IEEE uses a footnote rule only for \thanks. We devise a "one-shot"\r
+% system to implement this.\r
+\newif\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule\r
+\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\def\footnoterule{\relax\if@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterule\r
+\kern-5pt\r
+\hbox to \columnwidth{\hfill\vrule width 0.5\columnwidth height 0.4pt\hfill}\r
+\kern4.6pt\r
+\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoterulefalse\r
+\else\r
+\relax\r
+\fi}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% V1.6 do not allow LaTeX to break a footnote across multiple pages\r
+\interfootnotelinepenalty=10000\r
+\r
+% V1.6 discourage breaks within equations\r
+% Note that amsmath normally sets this to 10000,\r
+% but LaTeX2e normally uses 100.\r
+\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500\r
+\r
+% default allows section depth up to /paragraph\r
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{4}\r
+\r
+% technotes do not allow /paragraph\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\r
+   \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}\r
+\fi\r
+% neither do compsoc conferences\r
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\setcounter{secnumdepth}{3}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\newcounter{section}\r
+\newcounter{subsection}[section]\r
+\newcounter{subsubsection}[subsection]\r
+\newcounter{paragraph}[subsubsection]\r
+\r
+% used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray as other packages may\r
+% have their own, different, implementations\r
+\newcounter{IEEEsubequation}[equation]\r
+\r
+% as shown when called by user from \ref, \label and in table of contents\r
+\def\theequation{\arabic{equation}}                          % 1\r
+\def\theIEEEsubequation{\theequation\alph{IEEEsubequation}}  % 1a (used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray)\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+% compsoc is all arabic\r
+\def\thesection{\arabic{section}}                \r
+\def\thesubsection{\thesection.\arabic{subsection}}\r
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection.\arabic{subsubsection}}\r
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection.\arabic{paragraph}}\r
+\else\r
+\def\thesection{\Roman{section}}                             % I\r
+% V1.7, \mbox prevents breaks around - \r
+\def\thesubsection{\mbox{\thesection-\Alph{subsection}}}     % I-A\r
+% V1.7 use I-A1 format used by IEEE rather than I-A.1\r
+\def\thesubsubsection{\thesubsection\arabic{subsubsection}}  % I-A1\r
+\def\theparagraph{\thesubsubsection\alph{paragraph}}         % I-A1a\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% From Heiko Oberdiek. Because of the \mbox in \thesubsection, we need to\r
+% tell hyperref to disable the \mbox command when making PDF bookmarks.\r
+% This done already with hyperref.sty version 6.74o and later, but\r
+% it will not hurt to do it here again for users of older versions.\r
+\@ifundefined{pdfstringdefPreHook}{\let\pdfstringdefPreHook\@empty}{}%\r
+\g@addto@macro\pdfstringdefPreHook{\let\mbox\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Main text forms (how shown in main text headings)\r
+% V1.6, using \thesection in \thesectiondis allows changes\r
+% in the former to automatically appear in the latter\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+  \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference\r
+    \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.}\r
+    \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis\arabic{subsection}.}\r
+    \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis\arabic{subsubsection}.}\r
+    \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis\arabic{paragraph}.}\r
+  \else% compsoc not conferencs\r
+    \def\thesectiondis{\thesection}\r
+    \def\thesubsectiondis{\thesectiondis.\arabic{subsection}}\r
+    \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\thesubsectiondis.\arabic{subsubsection}}\r
+    \def\theparagraphdis{\thesubsubsectiondis.\arabic{paragraph}}\r
+  \fi\r
+\else% not compsoc\r
+  \def\thesectiondis{\thesection.}                   % I.\r
+  \def\thesubsectiondis{\Alph{subsection}.}          % B.\r
+  \def\thesubsubsectiondis{\arabic{subsubsection})}  % 3)\r
+  \def\theparagraphdis{\alph{paragraph})}            % d)\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% just like LaTeX2e's \@eqnnum\r
+\def\theequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theequation)}}% (1)\r
+% IEEEsubequation used only by IEEEtran's IEEEeqnarray\r
+\def\theIEEEsubequationdis{{\normalfont \normalcolor (\theIEEEsubequation)}}% (1a)\r
+% redirect LaTeX2e's equation number display and all that depend on\r
+% it, through IEEEtran's \theequationdis\r
+\def\@eqnnum{\theequationdis}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 provide string macros as article.cls does\r
+\def\contentsname{Contents}\r
+\def\listfigurename{List of Figures}\r
+\def\listtablename{List of Tables}\r
+\def\refname{References}\r
+\def\indexname{Index}\r
+\def\figurename{Fig.}\r
+\def\tablename{TABLE}\r
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\figurename{Figure}\def\tablename{Table}}\r
+\def\partname{Part}\r
+\def\appendixname{Appendix}\r
+\def\abstractname{Abstract}\r
+% IEEE specific names\r
+\def\IEEEkeywordsname{Keywords}\r
+\def\IEEEproofname{Proof}\r
+\r
+\r
+% LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES AND TABLE OF CONTENTS\r
+%\r
+\def\@pnumwidth{1.55em}\r
+\def\@tocrmarg{2.55em}\r
+\def\@dotsep{4.5}\r
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}\r
+\r
+% adjusted some spacings here so that section numbers will not easily \r
+% collide with the section titles. \r
+% VIII; VIII-A; and VIII-A.1 are usually the worst offenders.\r
+% MDS 1/2001\r
+\def\tableofcontents{\section*{\contentsname}\@starttoc{toc}}\r
+\def\l@section#1#2{\addpenalty{\@secpenalty}\addvspace{1.0em plus 1pt}%\r
+    \@tempdima 2.75em \begingroup \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth%\r
+    \parfillskip-\@pnumwidth {\bfseries\leavevmode #1}\hfil\hbox to\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par%\r
+    \endgroup}\r
+% argument format #1:level, #2:labelindent,#3:labelsep\r
+\def\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{2.75em}{3.75em}}\r
+\def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline{3}{6.5em}{4.5em}}\r
+% must provide \l@ defs for ALL sublevels EVEN if tocdepth\r
+% is such as they will not appear in the table of contents\r
+% these defs are how TOC knows what level these things are!\r
+\def\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.5em}{5.5em}}\r
+\def\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{6.5em}{6.5em}}\r
+\def\listoffigures{\section*{\listfigurename}\@starttoc{lof}}\r
+\def\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0em}{2.75em}}\r
+\def\listoftables{\section*{\listtablename}\@starttoc{lot}}\r
+\let\l@table\l@figure\r
+\r
+\r
+%% Definitions for floats\r
+%%\r
+%% Normal Floats\r
+\floatsep 1\baselineskip plus  0.2\baselineskip minus  0.2\baselineskip\r
+\textfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus  0.2\baselineskip minus  0.4\baselineskip\r
+\@fptop 0pt plus 1fil\r
+\@fpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil \r
+\@fpbot 0pt plus 1fil\r
+\def\topfraction{0.9}\r
+\def\bottomfraction{0.4}\r
+\def\floatpagefraction{0.8}\r
+% V1.7, let top floats approach 90% of page\r
+\def\textfraction{0.1}\r
+\r
+%% Double Column Floats\r
+\dblfloatsep 1\baselineskip plus  0.2\baselineskip minus  0.2\baselineskip\r
+\r
+\dbltextfloatsep 1.7\baselineskip plus  0.2\baselineskip minus  0.4\baselineskip\r
+% Note that it would be nice if the rubber here actually worked in LaTeX2e.\r
+% There is a long standing limitation in LaTeX, first discovered (to the best\r
+% of my knowledge) by Alan Jeffrey in 1992. LaTeX ignores the stretchable\r
+% portion of \dbltextfloatsep, and as a result, double column figures can and\r
+% do result in an non-integer number of lines in the main text columns with\r
+% underfull vbox errors as a consequence. A post to comp.text.tex\r
+% by Donald Arseneau confirms that this had not yet been fixed in 1998.\r
+% IEEEtran V1.6 will fix this problem for you in the titles, but it doesn't\r
+% protect you from other double floats. Happy vspace'ing.\r
+\r
+\@dblfptop 0pt plus 1fil\r
+\@dblfpsep 0.75\baselineskip plus 2fil\r
+\@dblfpbot 0pt plus 1fil\r
+\def\dbltopfraction{0.8}\r
+\def\dblfloatpagefraction{0.8}\r
+\setcounter{dbltopnumber}{4}\r
+\r
+\intextsep 1\baselineskip plus 0.2\baselineskip minus  0.2\baselineskip\r
+\setcounter{topnumber}{2}\r
+\setcounter{bottomnumber}{2}\r
+\setcounter{totalnumber}{4}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% article class provides these, we should too.\r
+\newlength\abovecaptionskip\r
+\newlength\belowcaptionskip\r
+% but only \abovecaptionskip is used above figure captions and *below* table\r
+% captions\r
+\setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.65\baselineskip}\r
+\setlength\belowcaptionskip{0.75\baselineskip}\r
+% V1.6 create hooks in case the caption spacing ever needs to be\r
+% overridden by a user\r
+\def\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace{\vskip\abovecaptionskip\relax}%\r
+\def\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace{\vskip\belowcaptionskip\relax}%\r
+\r
+\r
+% 1.6b revise caption system so that \@makecaption uses two arguments\r
+% as with LaTeX2e. Otherwise, there will be problems when using hyperref.\r
+\def\@IEEEtablestring{table}\r
+\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+% V1.7 compsoc \@makecaption\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference\r
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%\r
+% test if is a for a figure or table\r
+\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring%\r
+% if a table, do table caption\r
+\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}\end{center}%\r
+\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace\r
+% if not a table, format it as a figure\r
+\else\r
+\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}%\r
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize%\r
+% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }%\r
+\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}%\r
+% if caption is shorter than a line, center\r
+\else%\r
+\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%\r
+\fi\fi}\r
+\else% nonconference compsoc\r
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%\r
+% test if is a for a figure or table\r
+\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring%\r
+% if a table, do table caption\r
+\normalsize\begin{center}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #1}\\{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize #2}\end{center}%\r
+\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace\r
+% if not a table, format it as a figure\r
+\else\r
+\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ #2}%\r
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize%\r
+% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize {#1.}~ }%\r
+\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize \noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}%\r
+% if caption is shorter than a line, left justify\r
+\else%\r
+\hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\sffamily\normalsize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%\r
+\fi\fi}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\else% traditional noncompsoc \@makecaption\r
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{%\r
+% test if is a for a figure or table\r
+\ifx\@captype\@IEEEtablestring%\r
+% if a table, do table caption\r
+\footnotesize{\centering\normalfont\footnotesize#1.\qquad\scshape #2\par}%\r
+\@IEEEtablecaptionsepspace\r
+% if not a table, format it as a figure\r
+\else\r
+\@IEEEfigurecaptionsepspace\r
+% 3/2001 use footnotesize, not small; use two nonbreaking spaces, not one\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ #2}%\r
+\ifdim \wd\@tempboxa >\hsize%\r
+% if caption is longer than a line, let it wrap around\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{\normalfont\footnotesize {#1.}~~ }%\r
+\parbox[t]{\hsize}{\normalfont\footnotesize\noindent\unhbox\@tempboxa#2}%\r
+% if caption is shorter than a line, center if conference, left justify otherwise\r
+\else%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%\r
+\else \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%\r
+\fi\fi\fi}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 disable captions class option, do so in a way that retains operation of \label\r
+% within \caption\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+\long\def\@makecaption#1#2{\vspace*{2em}\footnotesize\begin{center}{\footnotesize #1}\end{center}%\r
+\let\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave\label\r
+\let\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax\r
+\def\label##1{\gdef\@IEEEtemplabelargsave{##1}}%\r
+\setbox\@tempboxa\hbox{#2}%\r
+\let\label\@IEEEtemporiglabeldefsave\r
+\ifx\@IEEEtemplabelargsave\relax\else\label{\@IEEEtemplabelargsave}\fi}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 define end environments with \def not \let so as to work OK with\r
+% preview-latex\r
+\newcounter{figure}\r
+\def\thefigure{\@arabic\c@figure}\r
+\def\fps@figure{tbp}\r
+\def\ftype@figure{1}\r
+\def\ext@figure{lof}\r
+\def\fnum@figure{\figurename~\thefigure}\r
+\def\figure{\@float{figure}}\r
+\def\endfigure{\end@float}\r
+\@namedef{figure*}{\@dblfloat{figure}}\r
+\@namedef{endfigure*}{\end@dblfloat}\r
+\newcounter{table}\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\def\thetable{\arabic{table}}\r
+\else\r
+\def\thetable{\@Roman\c@table}\r
+\fi\r
+\def\fps@table{tbp}\r
+\def\ftype@table{2}\r
+\def\ext@table{lot}\r
+\def\fnum@table{\tablename~\thetable}\r
+% V1.6 IEEE uses 8pt text for tables\r
+% to default to footnotesize, we hack into LaTeX2e's \@floatboxreset and pray\r
+\def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}%\r
+  \let\@makefntext\@maketablefntext\r
+  \@float{table}}\r
+\def\endtable{\end@float}\r
+% v1.6b double column tables need to default to footnotesize as well.\r
+\@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}}\r
+\@namedef{endtable*}{\end@dblfloat}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%%\r
+%% START OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS\r
+%%\r
+%% Inspired by the concepts, examples, and previous works of LaTeX \r
+%% coders and developers such as Donald Arseneau, Fred Bartlett, \r
+%% David Carlisle, Tony Liu, Frank Mittelbach, Piet van Oostrum, \r
+%% Roland Winkler and Mark Wooding.\r
+%% I don't make the claim that my work here is even near their calibre. ;)\r
+\r
+\r
+% hook to allow easy changeover to IEEEtran.cls/tools.sty error reporting\r
+\def\@IEEEclspkgerror{\ClassError{IEEEtran}}\r
+\r
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform% flag to indicate if the environment was called as the star form\r
+\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\r
+\r
+\newif\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt% tracks if the environment should advance the col counter\r
+% allows a way to make an \IEEEeqnarraybox that can be used within an \IEEEeqnarray\r
+% used by IEEEeqnarraymulticol so that it can work properly in both\r
+\@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue\r
+\r
+\newcount\@IEEEeqnnumcols % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols are defined\r
+\newcount\@IEEEeqncolcnt  % tracks how many IEEEeqnarray cols the user actually used\r
+\r
+\r
+% The default math style used by the columns\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{\displaystyle}\r
+% The default text style used by the columns\r
+% default to using the current font\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle{\relax}\r
+\r
+% like the iedlistdecl but for \IEEEeqnarray\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydecl{\relax}\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl{\relax}\r
+\r
+% \yesnumber is the opposite of \nonumber\r
+% a novel concept with the same def as the equationarray package\r
+% However, we give IEEE versions too since some LaTeX packages such as \r
+% the MDWtools mathenv.sty redefine \nonumber to something else.\r
+\providecommand{\yesnumber}{\global\@eqnswtrue}\r
+\def\IEEEyesnumber{\global\@eqnswtrue}\r
+\def\IEEEnonumber{\global\@eqnswfalse}\r
+\r
+\r
+\def\IEEEyessubnumber{\global\@IEEEissubequationtrue\global\@eqnswtrue%\r
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% only do something inside an IEEEeqnarray\r
+\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\addtocounter{equation}{-1}\else\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{1}\fi%\r
+\def\@currentlabel{\p@IEEEsubequation\theIEEEsubequation}\fi}\r
+\r
+% flag to indicate that an equation is a sub equation\r
+\newif\if@IEEEissubequation%\r
+\@IEEEissubequationfalse\r
+\r
+% allows users to "push away" equations that get too close to the equation numbers\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraynumspace{\hphantom{\if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\else\theequationdis\fi}}\r
+\r
+% provides a way to span multiple columns within IEEEeqnarray environments\r
+% will consider \if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt before globally advancing the\r
+% column counter - so as to work within \IEEEeqnarraybox\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraymulticol{number cols. to span}{col type}{cell text}\r
+\long\def\IEEEeqnarraymulticol#1#2#3{\multispan{#1}%\r
+% check if column is defined\r
+\relax\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#2\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined%\r
+\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#2\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%\r
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#2\endcsname%\r
+\else% if not, error and use default type\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#2" in \string\IEEEeqnarraymulticol.\MessageBreak\r
+Using a default centering column instead}%\r
+{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}%\r
+\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE@IEEEdefault\endcsname#3\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%\r
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST@IEEEdefault\endcsname%\r
+\fi%\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by #1\relax\fi}\r
+\r
+% like \omit, but maintains track of the column counter for \IEEEeqnarray\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayomit{\omit\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% provides a way to define a letter referenced column type\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcol{col. type letter/name}{pre insertion text}{post insertion text}\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcol#1#2#3{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE#1\endcsname{#2}%\r
+\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST#1\endcsname{#3}%\r
+\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname{1}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% provides a way to define a numerically referenced inter-column glue types\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep{col. glue number}{glue definition}\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\romannumeral #1\endcsname{#2}%\r
+\expandafter\def\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\romannumeral #1\endcsname{1}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined{1}% just a macro for 1, used for checking undefined column types\r
+\r
+\r
+% expands and appends the given argument to the \@IEEEtrantmptoksA token list\r
+% used to build up the \halign preamble\r
+\def\@IEEEappendtoksA#1{\edef\@@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA #1}}%\r
+\@@IEEEappendtoksA}\r
+\r
+% also appends to \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, but does not expand the argument\r
+% uses \toks8 as a scratchpad register\r
+\def\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA#1{\toks8={#1}%\r
+\edef\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\the\toks8}}%\r
+\@@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA}\r
+\r
+% define some common column types for the user\r
+% math\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{l}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{c}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{r}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{L}{$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{C}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{R}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle{}}{{}$}\r
+% text\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{s}{\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{t}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{u}{\hfil\IEEEeqnarraytextstyle}{}\r
+\r
+% vertical rules\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{v}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{vv}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{V}{}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{VV}{\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hfil}%\r
+{\hfil\vrule width\arrayrulewidth\hskip\doublerulesep\vrule width\arrayrulewidth}\r
+\r
+% horizontal rules\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{h}{}{\leaders\hrule height\arrayrulewidth\hfil}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{H}{}{\leaders\vbox{\hrule width\arrayrulewidth\vskip\doublerulesep\hrule width\arrayrulewidth}\hfil}\r
+\r
+% plain\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{x}{}{}\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{X}{$}{$}\r
+\r
+% the default column type to use in the event a column type is not defined\r
+\IEEEeqnarraydefcol{@IEEEdefault}{\hfil$\IEEEeqnarraymathstyle}{$\hfil}\r
+\r
+\r
+% a zero tabskip (used for "-" col types)\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}\r
+% a centering tabskip (used for "+" col types)\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter{1000pt plus 0pt minus 1000pt}\r
+\r
+% top level default tabskip glues for the start, end, and inter-column\r
+% may be reset within environments not always at the top level, e.g., \IEEEeqnarraybox\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default start glue\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}% default end glue\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% creates a vertical rule that extends from the bottom to the top a a cell\r
+% Provided in case other packages redefine \vline some other way.\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayvrule[rule thickness]\r
+% If no argument is provided, \arrayrulewidth will be used for the rule thickness. \r
+\newcommand\IEEEeqnarrayvrule[1][\arrayrulewidth]{\vrule\@width#1\relax}\r
+\r
+% creates a blank separator row\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[separation length][font size commands]\r
+% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax]\r
+% blank arguments inherit the default values\r
+% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprow{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][\relax]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty%\r
+% get the skip value, based on the font commands\r
+% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3\r
+% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}%\r
+\else%\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}%\r
+\fi%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax}\r
+\r
+% creates a blank separator row, but omits all the column templates\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[separation length][font size commands]\r
+% default is \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip][\relax]\r
+% blank arguments inherit the default values\r
+% uses \skip5 as a scratch register - calls \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize which uses more scratch registers\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%\r
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[0.25\normalbaselineskip]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1]}{\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][\relax]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarrayseprowARGONE\@empty%\r
+% get the skip value, based on the font commands\r
+% use skip5 because \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize uses \skip0, \skip2, \skip3\r
+% assign within a bogus box to confine the font changes\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=0.25\normalbaselineskip}}%\r
+\else%\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#2\relax\global\skip5=#1}}%\r
+\fi%\r
+\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{\skip5}{0pt}[\relax]\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% draws a single rule across all the columns optional\r
+% argument determines the rule width, \arrayrulewidth is the default\r
+% updates column counter as needed and turns off struts\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[rule line thickness]\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%\r
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]{\leaders\hrule height#1\hfil\relax% put in our rule \r
+% turn off any struts\r
+\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator row, and then\r
+% another single rule row \r
+% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default\r
+% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing]\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%\r
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1]}%\r
+{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][\doublerulesep]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%\r
+% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][]\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%\r
+\else%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]\relax%\r
+\fi%\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%\r
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[\doublerulesep][\relax]%\r
+\else%\r
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprow[#2][\relax]%\r
+\fi%\r
+\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}%\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%\r
+\else%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]%\r
+\fi%\r
+}\r
+\r
+% draws a double rule by using a single rule row, a separator (cutting) row, and then\r
+% another single rule row \r
+% first optional argument determines the rule thicknesses, \arrayrulewidth is the default\r
+% second optional argument determines the rule spacing, \doublerulesep is the default\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[rule line thickness][rule spacing]\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut{\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}\relax% span all the cols\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%\r
+\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut}{\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[\arrayrulewidth]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1]}%\r
+{\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][\doublerulesep]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut[#1][#2]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%\r
+% we allow the user to say \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerow[][]\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%\r
+\else%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]%\r
+\fi%\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#2}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%\r
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[\doublerulesep][\relax]%\r
+\else%\r
+\\\IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut[#2][\relax]%\r
+\fi%\r
+\\\multispan{\@IEEEeqnnumcols}%\r
+% advance column counter only if the IEEEeqnarray environment wants it\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by \@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\fi%\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowARG\@empty%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[\arrayrulewidth]%\r
+\else%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayrulerow[#1]%\r
+\fi%\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% inserts a full row's worth of &'s\r
+% relies on \@IEEEeqnnumcols to provide the correct number of columns\r
+% uses \@IEEEtrantmptoksA, \count0 as scratch registers\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayhoptolastcolumn{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}\count0=1\relax%\r
+\loop% add cols if the user did not use them all\r
+\ifnum\count0<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}%\r
+\advance\count0 by 1\relax% update the col count\r
+\repeat%\r
+\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA%execute the &'s\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner % flag to indicate if we are within the lines\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse    % of an IEEEeqnarray - after the IEEEeqnarraydecl\r
+\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{0pt} % height and depth of IEEEeqnarray struts\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{0pt}\r
+\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{0pt} % default height and depth of\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{0pt}  % struts within an IEEEeqnarray\r
+\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{0pt} % saved master strut height\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{0pt} % and depth\r
+\r
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut % flag to indicate that the master strut value\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue     % is to be used\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% saves the strut height and depth of the master strut\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave{\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%\r
+% remove stretchability\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+% save values\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE{\the\dimen2}}\r
+\r
+% restores the strut height and depth of the master strut\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore{\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutHSAVE\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutDSAVE\relax%\r
+% remove stretchability\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+% restore values\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% globally restores the strut height and depth to the \r
+% master values and sets the master strut flag to true\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset{\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%\r
+% remove stretchability\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+% restore values\r
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue}\r
+\r
+\r
+% if the master strut is not to be used, make the current\r
+% values of \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight, \@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\r
+% and the use master strut flag, global\r
+% this allows user strut commands issued in the last column to be carried\r
+% into the isolation/strut column\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus{\relax%\r
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut\else%\r
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight}%\r
+\xdef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth}%\r
+\global\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse%\r
+\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{height}{depth}[font size commands]\r
+% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, sets the height\r
+% and depth of both the master and local struts. If called inside\r
+% an IEEEeqnarray line, sets the height and depth of the local strut\r
+% only and sets the flag to indicate the use of the local strut\r
+% values. If the height or depth is left blank, 0.7\normalbaselineskip\r
+% and 0.3\normalbaselineskip will be used, respectively.\r
+% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under\r
+% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current\r
+% font is used.\r
+% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{#1}{#2}[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty%\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.7\normalbaselineskip}}%\r
+\skip0=\skip3\relax%\r
+\else% arg one present\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1\relax}}%\r
+\skip0=\skip3\relax%\r
+\fi% if null arg\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG{#2}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeARG\@empty%\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=0.3\normalbaselineskip}}%\r
+\skip2=\skip3\relax%\r
+\else% arg two present\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2\relax}}%\r
+\skip2=\skip3\relax%\r
+\fi% if null arg\r
+% remove stretchability, just to be safe\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth\r
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master\r
+\else% outer, have to set master strut too\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut\r
+\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{added height}{added depth}[font size commands]\r
+% If called outside the lines of an IEEEeqnarray, adds the given height\r
+% and depth to both the master and local struts.\r
+% If called inside an IEEEeqnarray line, adds the given height and depth\r
+% to the local strut only and sets the flag to indicate the use \r
+% of the local strut values.\r
+% In both cases, if a height or depth is left blank, 0pt is used instead.\r
+% The optional argument can be used to evaluate the lengths under\r
+% a different font size and styles. If none is specified, the current\r
+% font is used.\r
+% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \skip3, \dimen0, \dimen2\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}}{\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd{#1}{#2}[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd#1#2[#3]{\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty%\r
+\skip0=0pt\relax%\r
+\else% arg one present\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#1}}%\r
+\skip0=\skip3\relax%\r
+\fi% if null arg\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg{#2}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEeqnarraystrutsizearg\@empty%\r
+\skip2=0pt\relax%\r
+\else% arg two present\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{#3\relax\global\skip3=#2}}%\r
+\skip2=\skip3\relax%\r
+\fi% if null arg\r
+% remove stretchability, just to be safe\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth\r
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayISinner% inner does not touch master strut size\r
+% get local strut size\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax%\r
+% add it to the user supplied values\r
+\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax%\r
+\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax%\r
+% update the local strut size\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrutfalse% do not use master\r
+\else% outer, have to set master strut too\r
+% get master strut size\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%\r
+% add it to the user supplied values\r
+\advance\dimen0 by \skip0\relax%\r
+\advance\dimen2 by \skip2\relax%\r
+% update the local and master strut sizes\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight{\the\dimen0}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth{\the\dimen2}%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut\r
+\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% allow user a way to see the struts\r
+\newif\ifIEEEvisiblestruts\r
+\IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse\r
+\r
+% inserts an invisible strut using the master or local strut values\r
+% uses scratch registers \skip0, \skip2, \dimen0, \dimen2\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut{\relax%\r
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstrut\r
+% get master strut size\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutheight\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEmasterstrutdepth\relax%\r
+\else%\r
+% get local strut size\r
+\expandafter\skip0=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutheight\relax%\r
+\expandafter\skip2=\@IEEEeqnarrayTHEstrutdepth\relax%\r
+\fi%\r
+% remove stretchability, probably not needed\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+% dimen0 = height, dimen2 = depth\r
+% allow user to see struts if desired\r
+\ifIEEEvisiblestruts%\r
+\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax%\r
+\else%\r
+\vrule width0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% creates an invisible strut, useable even outside \IEEEeqnarray\r
+% if \IEEEvisiblestrutstrue, the strut will be visible and 0.2pt wide. \r
+% usage: \IEEEstrut[height][depth][font size commands]\r
+% default is \IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip][0.3\normalbaselineskip][\relax]\r
+% blank arguments inherit the default values\r
+% uses \dimen0, \dimen2, \skip0, \skip2\r
+\def\IEEEstrut{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEstrut}{\@IEEEstrut[0.7\normalbaselineskip]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEstrut[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEstrut[#1]}{\@@IEEEstrut[#1][0.3\normalbaselineskip]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2]}{\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][\relax]}}\r
+\def\@@@IEEEstrut[#1][#2][#3]{\mbox{#3\relax%\r
+\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#1}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty%\r
+\skip0=0.7\normalbaselineskip\relax%\r
+\else%\r
+\skip0=#1\relax%\r
+\fi%\r
+\def\@IEEEstrutARG{#2}%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEstrutARG\@empty%\r
+\skip2=0.3\normalbaselineskip\relax%\r
+\else%\r
+\skip2=#2\relax%\r
+\fi%\r
+% remove stretchability, probably not needed\r
+\dimen0\skip0\relax%\r
+\dimen2\skip2\relax%\r
+\ifIEEEvisiblestruts%\r
+\vrule width0.2pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax%\r
+\else%\r
+\vrule width0.0pt height\dimen0 depth\dimen2\relax\fi}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% enables strut mode by setting a default strut size and then zeroing the\r
+% \baselineskip, \lineskip, \lineskiplimit and \jot\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraystrutmode{\IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0.7\normalbaselineskip}{0.3\normalbaselineskip}[\relax]%\r
+\baselineskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt\lineskiplimit=0pt\jot=0pt}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarray}\r
+\def\endIEEEeqnarray{\end@IEEEeqnarray}\r
+\r
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarray*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarray}\r
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarray*}{\end@IEEEeqnarray}\r
+\r
+\r
+% \IEEEeqnarray is an enhanced \eqnarray. \r
+% The star form defaults to not putting equation numbers at the end of each row.\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarray[decl]{cols}\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarray{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarray}{\@@IEEEeqnarray[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarray[#1]#2{%\r
+   % default to showing the equation number or not based on whether or not\r
+   % the star form was involked\r
+   \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse\r
+   \else% not the star form\r
+   \global\@eqnswtrue\r
+   \fi% if star form\r
+   \@IEEEissubequationfalse% default to no subequations\r
+   \@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse% assume last line is not a sub equation\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse% not yet within the lines of the halign\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise\r
+   \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off\r
+   % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it\r
+   \lineskip=0pt\relax\r
+   \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax\r
+   \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax%\r
+   \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax%\r
+   \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math\r
+   \@advanceIEEEeqncolcnttrue% advance the col counter for each col the user uses, \r
+                             % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build\r
+   \stepcounter{equation}% advance equation counter before first line\r
+   \setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}% no subequation yet \r
+   \def\@currentlabel{\p@equation\theequation}% redefine the ref label\r
+   \IEEEeqnarraydecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides\r
+   #1\relax% allow user to override defaults\r
+   \let\\\@IEEEeqnarraycr% replace newline with one that can put in eqn. numbers\r
+   \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@% col. count = 0 for first line\r
+   \@IEEEbuildpreamble #2\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA \r
+   % put in the column for the equation number\r
+   \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first\r
+   \toks0={##}%\r
+   % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the isolation col, this helps with error checking\r
+   \@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}%\r
+   % add the isolation column\r
+   \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}%\r
+   % advance the \@IEEEeqncolcnt for the equation number col, this helps with error checking\r
+   \@IEEEappendtoksA{&\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}%\r
+   % add the equation number col to the preamble\r
+   \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\hb@xt@\z@\bgroup\hss\the\toks0\egroup}%\r
+   % note \@IEEEeqnnumcols does not count the equation col or isolation col\r
+   % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build\r
+   \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax\r
+   % begin the display alignment\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines\r
+   $$\everycr{}\halign to\displaywidth\bgroup\r
+   % "exspand" the preamble\r
+   \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr}\r
+\r
+% enter isolation/strut column (or the next column if the user did not use\r
+% every column), record the strut status, complete the columns, do the strut if needed,\r
+% restore counters to correct values and exit\r
+\def\end@IEEEeqnarray{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&\@@IEEEeqnarraycr\egroup%\r
+\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation\global\advance\c@IEEEsubequation\m@ne\fi%\r
+\global\advance\c@equation\m@ne%\r
+$$\@ignoretrue}\r
+\r
+% need a way to remember if last line is a subequation\r
+\newif\if@IEEElastlinewassubequation%\r
+\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse\r
+\r
+% IEEEeqnarray uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to\r
+% end rows. This allows for things like \\*[vskip amount]\r
+% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray\r
+% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid\r
+% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the next column\r
+% as there is an isolation/strut column after the user's columns\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus&% save strut status and advance to next column\r
+   {\ifnum0=`}\fi\r
+   \@ifstar{%\r
+      \global\@eqpen\@M\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR\r
+   }{%\r
+      \global\@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty \@IEEEeqnarrayYCR\r
+   }%\r
+}\r
+\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR\z@skip}\r
+\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayXCR[#1]{%\r
+   \ifnum0=`{\fi}%\r
+   \@@IEEEeqnarraycr\r
+   \noalign{\penalty\@eqpen\vskip\jot\vskip #1\relax}}%\r
+\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraycr{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register\r
+    \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by -1\relax% adjust col count because of the isolation column\r
+    \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt>\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\r
+    \@IEEEclspkgerror{Too many columns within the IEEEeqnarray\MessageBreak\r
+                          environment}%\r
+    {Use fewer \string &'s or put more columns in the IEEEeqnarry column\MessageBreak \r
+     specifications.}\relax%\r
+    \else\r
+    \loop% add cols if the user did not use them all\r
+    \ifnum\@IEEEeqncolcnt<\@IEEEeqnnumcols\relax\r
+    \@IEEEappendtoksA{&}%\r
+    \advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax% update the col count\r
+    \repeat\r
+    % this number of &'s will take us the the isolation column\r
+    \fi\r
+    % execute the &'s\r
+    \the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA%\r
+    % handle the strut/isolation column\r
+    \@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do the strut if needed\r
+    \@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray\r
+    &% and enter the equation number column\r
+    % is this line needs an equation number, display it and advance the\r
+    % (sub)equation counters, record what type this line was\r
+    \if@eqnsw%\r
+     \if@IEEEissubequation\theIEEEsubequationdis\addtocounter{equation}{1}\stepcounter{IEEEsubequation}%\r
+     \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationtrue%\r
+     \else% display a standard equation number, initialize the IEEEsubequation counter\r
+     \theequationdis\stepcounter{equation}\setcounter{IEEEsubequation}{0}%\r
+     \global\@IEEElastlinewassubequationfalse\fi%\r
+    \fi%\r
+    % reset the eqnsw flag to indicate default preference of the display of equation numbers\r
+    \if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\global\@eqnswfalse\else\global\@eqnswtrue\fi\r
+    \global\@IEEEissubequationfalse% reset the subequation flag\r
+    % reset the number of columns the user actually used\r
+    \global\@IEEEeqncolcnt\z@\relax\r
+    % the real end of the line\r
+    \cr}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% \IEEEeqnarraybox is like \IEEEeqnarray except the box form puts everything\r
+% inside a vtop, vbox, or vcenter box depending on the letter in the second\r
+% optional argument (t,b,c). Vbox is the default. Unlike \IEEEeqnarray,\r
+% equation numbers are not displayed and \IEEEeqnarraybox can be nested.\r
+% \IEEEeqnarrayboxm is for math mode (like \array) and does not put the vbox\r
+% within an hbox.\r
+% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt is for text mode (like \tabular) and puts the vbox within\r
+% a \hbox{$ $} construct.\r
+% \IEEEeqnarraybox will auto detect whether to use \IEEEeqnarrayboxm or \r
+% \IEEEeqnarrayboxt depending on the math mode.\r
+% The third optional argument specifies the width this box is to be set to -\r
+% natural width is the default.\r
+% The * forms do not add \jot line spacing\r
+% usage: \IEEEeqnarraybox[decl][pos][width]{cols}\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxm{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxm{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxm*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarrayboxt{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\def\endIEEEeqnarrayboxt{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarrayboxt*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\r
+\def\IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformfalse\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\def\endIEEEeqnarraybox{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\r
+\@namedef{IEEEeqnarraybox*}{\@IEEEeqnarraystarformtrue\ifmmode\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\else\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWtrue\fi%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\@namedef{endIEEEeqnarraybox*}{\end@IEEEeqnarraybox}\r
+\r
+% flag to indicate if the \IEEEeqnarraybox needs to put things into an hbox{$ $} \r
+% for \vcenter in non-math mode\r
+\newif\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW%\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSWfalse\r
+\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarraybox{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox}{\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[\relax]}}\r
+\def\@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1]}{\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][b]}}\r
+\def\@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]{\relax\@ifnextchar[{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2]}{\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][\relax]}}\r
+\r
+% #1 = decl; #2 = t,b,c; #3 = width, #4 = col specs\r
+\def\@@@@IEEEeqnarraybox[#1][#2][#3]#4{\@IEEEeqnarrayISinnerfalse % not yet within the lines of the halign\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutsave% save current master strut values\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarraystrutsize{0pt}{0pt}[\relax]% turn off struts by default\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarrayusemasterstruttrue% use master strut till user asks otherwise\r
+   \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse% diagnostic mode defaults to off\r
+   % no extra space unless the user specifically requests it\r
+   \lineskip=0pt\relax%\r
+   \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax%\r
+   \baselineskip=\normalbaselineskip\relax%\r
+   \jot=\IEEEnormaljot\relax%\r
+   \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math\r
+   % the default end glues are zero for an \IEEEeqnarraybox\r
+   \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default start glue\r
+   \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default end glue\r
+   \edef\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}% default inter-column glue\r
+   \@advanceIEEEeqncolcntfalse% do not advance the col counter for each col the user uses, \r
+                              % used in \IEEEeqnarraymulticol and in the preamble build\r
+   \IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl\relax% allow a way for the user to make global overrides\r
+   #1\relax% allow user to override defaults\r
+   \let\\\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr% replace newline with one that allows optional spacing\r
+   \@IEEEbuildpreamble #4\end\relax% build the preamble and put it into \@IEEEtrantmptoksA\r
+   % add an isolation column to the preamble to stop \\'s {} from getting into the last col\r
+   \ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi% col separator for those after the first\r
+   \toks0={##}%\r
+   % add the isolation column to the preamble\r
+   \@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip\z@skip\bgroup\the\toks0\egroup}% \r
+   % set the starting tabskip glue as determined by the preamble build\r
+   \tabskip=\@IEEEBPstartglue\relax\r
+   % begin the alignment\r
+   \everycr{}%\r
+   % use only the very first token to determine the positioning\r
+   % this stops some problems when the user uses more than one letter,\r
+   % but is probably not worth the effort\r
+   % \noindent is used as a delimiter\r
+   \def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%\r
+   \@IEEEgrabfirstoken#2\relax\relax\noindent\r
+   % \@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded\r
+   % if we need to put things into and hbox and go into math mode, do so now\r
+   \if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW \leavevmode \hbox \bgroup $\fi%\r
+   % use the appropriate vbox type\r
+   \if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken t\relax\vtop\else\if\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken c\relax%\r
+   \vcenter\else\vbox\fi\fi\bgroup%\r
+   \@IEEEeqnarrayISinnertrue% commands are now within the lines\r
+   \ifx#3\relax\halign\else\halign to #3\relax\fi%\r
+   \bgroup\r
+   % "exspand" the preamble\r
+   \span\the\@IEEEtrantmptoksA\cr}\r
+\r
+% carry strut status and enter the isolation/strut column, \r
+% exit from math mode if needed, and exit\r
+\def\end@IEEEeqnarraybox{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status\r
+&% enter isolation/strut column\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed\r
+\@IEEEeqnarraymasterstrutrestore% restore the previous master strut values\r
+% reset the strut system for next IEEEeqnarray\r
+% (sets local strut values back to previous master strut values)\r
+\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset%\r
+% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox\r
+\crcr\egroup\egroup%\r
+% exit from math mode and close hbox if needed\r
+\if@IEEEeqnarrayboxHBOXSW $\egroup\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEeqnarraybox uses a modifed \\ instead of the plain \cr to\r
+% end rows. This allows for things like \\[vskip amount]\r
+% This "cr" macros are modified versions those for LaTeX2e's eqnarray\r
+% For IEEEeqnarraybox, \\* is the same as \\\r
+% the {\ifnum0=`} braces must be kept away from the last column to avoid\r
+% altering spacing of its math, so we use & to advance to the isolation/strut column\r
+% carry strut status into isolation/strut column\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxcr{\@IEEEeqnarrayglobalizestrutstatus% carry strut status\r
+&% enter isolation/strut column\r
+\@IEEEeqnarrayinsertstrut% do strut if needed\r
+% reset the strut system for next line or IEEEeqnarray\r
+\@IEEEeqnarraystrutreset%\r
+{\ifnum0=`}\fi%\r
+\@ifstar{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}{\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR}}\r
+\r
+% test and setup the optional argument to \\[]\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxYCR{\@testopt\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR\z@skip}\r
+\r
+% IEEEeqnarraybox does not automatically increase line spacing by \jot\r
+\def\@IEEEeqnarrayboxXCR[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}%\r
+\cr\noalign{\if@IEEEeqnarraystarform\else\vskip\jot\fi\vskip#1\relax}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% starts the halign preamble build\r
+\def\@IEEEbuildpreamble{\@IEEEtrantmptoksA={}% clear token register\r
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=u%current column type is not yet known\r
+\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=s%the previous column type was the start\r
+\let\@IEEEBPnexttype=u%next column type is not yet known\r
+% ensure these are valid\r
+\def\@IEEEBPcurglue={0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}%\r
+\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}% name of current column definition\r
+% currently acquired numerically referenced glue\r
+% use a name that is easier to remember\r
+\let\@IEEEBPcurnum=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA%\r
+\@IEEEBPcurnum=0%\r
+% tracks number of columns in the preamble\r
+\@IEEEeqnnumcols=0%\r
+% record the default end glues\r
+\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultstart}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEBPendglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultend}%\r
+% now parse the user's column specifications\r
+\@@IEEEbuildpreamble}\r
+\r
+\r
+% parses and builds the halign preamble\r
+\def\@@IEEEbuildpreamble#1#2{\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEbuildpreamble%\r
+% use only the very first token to check the end\r
+% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here\r
+\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%\r
+\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent\r
+\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble=\@@IEEEfinishpreamble\else%\r
+% identify current and next token type\r
+\@IEEEgetcoltype{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurtype}{1}% current, error on invalid\r
+\@IEEEgetcoltype{#2}{\@IEEEBPnexttype}{0}% next, no error on invalid next\r
+% if curtype is a glue, get the glue def\r
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEgetcurglue{#1}{\@IEEEBPcurglue}\fi%\r
+% if curtype is a column, get the column def and set the current column name\r
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEgetcurcol{#1}\fi%\r
+% if curtype is a numeral, acquire the user defined glue\r
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype n\@IEEEprocessNcol{#1}\fi%\r
+% process the acquired glue \r
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype g\@IEEEprocessGcol\fi%\r
+% process the acquired col \r
+\if\@IEEEBPcurtype c\@IEEEprocessCcol\fi%\r
+% ready prevtype for next col spec.\r
+\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPcurtype%\r
+% be sure and put back the future token(s) as a group\r
+\fi\@@nextIEEEbuildpreamble{#2}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% executed just after preamble build is completed\r
+% warn about zero cols, and if prevtype type = u, put in end tabskip glue\r
+\def\@@IEEEfinishpreamble#1{\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols<1\relax\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{No column specifiers declared for IEEEeqnarray}%\r
+{At least one column type must be declared for each IEEEeqnarray.}%\r
+\fi%num cols less than 1\r
+%if last type undefined, set default end tabskip glue\r
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype u\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue}\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Identify and return the column specifier's type code\r
+\def\@IEEEgetcoltype#1#2#3{%\r
+% use only the very first token to determine the type\r
+% \noindent is used as a delimiter as \end can be present here\r
+\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%\r
+\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent\r
+% \@IEEEgrabfirstoken has the first token, the rest are discarded\r
+% n = number\r
+% g = glue (any other char in catagory 12)\r
+% c = letter\r
+% e = \end\r
+% u = undefined\r
+% third argument: 0 = no error message, 1 = error on invalid char\r
+\let#2=u\relax% assume invalid until know otherwise\r
+\ifx\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\end\let#2=e\else\r
+\ifcat\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\relax\else% screen out control sequences\r
+\if0\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if1\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if2\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if3\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if4\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if5\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if6\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if7\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if8\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\if9\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=n\else\r
+\ifcat,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=g\relax\r
+\else\ifcat a\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\let#2=c\relax\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\r
+\if#2u\relax\r
+\if0\noexpand#3\relax\else\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid character in column specifications}%\r
+{Only letters, numerals and certain other symbols are allowed \MessageBreak\r
+as IEEEeqnarray column specifiers.}\fi\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% identify the current letter referenced column\r
+% if invalid, use a default column\r
+\def\@IEEEgetcurcol#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolDEF#1\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined%\r
+\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{#1}\else% invalid column name\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid column type "#1" in column specifications.\MessageBreak\r
+Using a default centering column instead}%\r
+{You must define IEEEeqnarray column types before use.}%\r
+\def\@IEEEBPcurcolname{@IEEEdefault}\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% identify and return the predefined (punctuation) glue value\r
+\def\@IEEEgetcurglue#1#2{%\r
+% ! = \! (neg small)  -0.16667em (-3/18 em)\r
+% , = \, (small)       0.16667em ( 3/18 em)\r
+% : = \: (med)         0.22222em ( 4/18 em)\r
+% ; = \; (large)       0.27778em ( 5/18 em)\r
+% ' = \quad            1em\r
+% " = \qquad           2em\r
+% . = 0.5\arraycolsep\r
+% / = \arraycolsep\r
+% ? = 2\arraycolsep\r
+% * = 1fil\r
+% + = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter\r
+% - = \@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero\r
+% Note that all em values are referenced to the math font (textfont2) fontdimen6\r
+% value for 1em.\r
+% \r
+% use only the very first token to determine the type\r
+% this prevents errant tokens from getting in the main text\r
+% \noindent is used as a delimiter here\r
+\def\@IEEEgrabfirstoken##1##2\noindent{\let\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken=##1}%\r
+\@IEEEgrabfirstoken#1\relax\relax\noindent\r
+% get the math font 1em value\r
+% LaTeX2e's NFSS2 does not preload the fonts, but \IEEEeqnarray needs\r
+% to gain access to the math (\textfont2) font's spacing parameters.\r
+% So we create a bogus box here that uses the math font to ensure\r
+% that \textfont2 is loaded and ready. If this is not done,\r
+% the \textfont2 stuff here may not work.\r
+% Thanks to Bernd Raichle for his 1997 post on this topic.\r
+{\setbox0=\hbox{$\displaystyle\relax$}}%\r
+% fontdimen6 has the width of 1em (a quad).\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\fontdimen6\textfont2\relax%\r
+% identify the glue value based on the first token\r
+% we discard anything after the first\r
+\if!\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=-0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if,\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.16667\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if:\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.22222\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if;\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.27778\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if'\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=1\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if"\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if.\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=0.5\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if/\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\the\arraycolsep}\else\r
+\if?\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=2\arraycolsep\edef#2{\the\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}\else\r
+\if *\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{0pt plus 1fil minus 0pt}\else\r
+\if+\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPcenter}\else\r
+\if-\@IEEEgrabbedfirstoken\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}\else\r
+\edef#2{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}%\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid predefined inter-column glue type "#1" in\MessageBreak\r
+column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak\r
+0pt instead}%\r
+{Only !,:;'"./?*+ and - are valid predefined glue types in the\MessageBreak \r
+IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% process a numerical digit from the column specification\r
+% and look up the corresponding user defined glue value\r
+% can transform current type from n to g or a as the user defined glue is acquired\r
+\def\@IEEEprocessNcol#1{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g%\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak\r
+specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak\r
+after the first}%\r
+{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak \r
+in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}%\r
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue, future digits will be discarded\r
+\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax%\r
+\else% if we previously aborted a glue\r
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain digit abortion\r
+\else%acquire this number\r
+% save the previous type before the numerical digits started\r
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype n\else\let\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype=\@IEEEBPprevtype\fi%\r
+\multiply\@IEEEBPcurnum by 10\relax%\r
+\advance\@IEEEBPcurnum by #1\relax% add in number, \relax is needed to stop TeX's number scan\r
+\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else%close acquisition\r
+\expandafter\ifx\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEPDEF\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname\@IEEEeqnarraycolisdefined%\r
+\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolSEP\expandafter\romannumeral\number\@IEEEBPcurnum\endcsname}%\r
+\else%user glue not defined\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Invalid user defined inter-column glue type "\number\@IEEEBPcurnum" in\MessageBreak\r
+column specifications. Using a default value of\MessageBreak\r
+0pt instead}%\r
+{You must define all IEEEeqnarray numerical inter-column glue types via\MessageBreak\r
+\string\IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep \space before they are used in column specifications.}%\r
+\edef\@IEEEBPcurglue{\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPzero}%\r
+\fi% glue defined or not\r
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=g% change the type to reflect the acquired glue\r
+\let\@IEEEBPprevtype=\@IEEEBPprevsavedtype% restore the prev type before this number glue\r
+\@IEEEBPcurnum=0\relax%ready for next acquisition\r
+\fi%close acquisition, get glue\r
+\fi%discard or acquire number\r
+\fi%prevtype glue or not\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% process an acquired glue\r
+% add any acquired column/glue pair to the preamble\r
+\def\@IEEEprocessGcol{\if\@IEEEBPprevtype a\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a%maintain previous glue abortions\r
+\else\r
+% if this is the start glue, save it, but do nothing else \r
+% as this is not used in the preamble, but before\r
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype s\edef\@IEEEBPstartglue{\@IEEEBPcurglue}%\r
+\else%not the start glue\r
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype g%ignore if back to back glues\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Back-to-back inter-column glue specifiers in column\MessageBreak\r
+specifications. Ignoring consecutive glue specifiers\MessageBreak\r
+after the first}%\r
+{You cannot have two or more glue types next to each other\MessageBreak \r
+in the IEEEeqnarray column specifications.}%\r
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue\r
+\else% not a back to back glue\r
+\if\@IEEEBPprevtype c\relax% if the previoustype was a col, add column/glue pair to preamble\r
+\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi\r
+\toks0={##}%\r
+% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi\r
+% insert the column defintion into the preamble, being careful not to expand\r
+% the column definition\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPcurglue}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%\r
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%\r
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}%\r
+\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble\r
+\else% error: non-start glue with no pending column\r
+\@IEEEclspkgerror{Inter-column glue specifier without a prior column\MessageBreak\r
+type in the column specifications. Ignoring this glue\MessageBreak \r
+specifier}%\r
+{Except for the first and last positions, glue can be placed only\MessageBreak\r
+between column types.}%\r
+\let\@IEEEBPcurtype=a% abort this glue\r
+\fi% previous was a column\r
+\fi% back-to-back glues\r
+\fi% is start column glue\r
+\fi% prev type not a\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+% process an acquired letter referenced column and, if necessary, add it to the preamble\r
+\def\@IEEEprocessCcol{\if\@IEEEBPnexttype g\else\r
+\if\@IEEEBPnexttype n\else\r
+% we have a column followed by something other than a glue (or numeral glue)\r
+% so we must add this column to the preamble now\r
+\ifnum\@IEEEeqnnumcols>0\relax\@IEEEappendtoksA{&}\fi%col separator for those after the first\r
+\if\@IEEEBPnexttype e\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEBPendglue\relax}\else%put in end glue\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\tabskip=\@IEEEeqnarraycolSEPdefaultmid\relax}\fi% or default mid glue\r
+\toks0={##}%\r
+% make preamble advance col counter if this environment needs this\r
+\if@advanceIEEEeqncolcnt\@IEEEappendtoksA{\global\advance\@IEEEeqncolcnt by 1\relax}\fi\r
+% insert the column definition into the preamble, being careful not to expand\r
+% the column definition\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\begingroup\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPRE}%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname}%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\the\toks0}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%\r
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\csname @IEEEeqnarraycolPOST}%\r
+\@IEEEappendtoksA{\@IEEEBPcurcolname}%\r
+\@IEEEappendNOEXPANDtoksA{\endcsname\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax%\r
+\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\endgroup}%\r
+\advance\@IEEEeqnnumcols by 1\relax%one more column in the preamble\r
+\fi%next type not numeral\r
+\fi%next type not glue\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+%%\r
+%% END OF IEEEeqnarry DEFINITIONS\r
+%%\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% set up the running headings, this complex because of all the different\r
+% modes IEEEtran supports\r
+\if@twoside\r
+ \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\r
+   \def\ps@headings{%\r
+       \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}\r
+       \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}\r
+       \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+            \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\r
+               \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%\r
+            \else\r
+               \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT}\r
+               \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date}\r
+            \fi\r
+       \else\r
+            \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}\r
+       \fi}\r
+ \else % not a technote\r
+   \def\ps@headings{%\r
+       \ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+        \def\@oddhead{}\r
+        \def\@evenhead{}\r
+       \else\r
+        \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage}\r
+        \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}\r
+       \fi\r
+       \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+            \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\rightmark \hfil \thepage}\r
+            \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}\r
+            \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\r
+               \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%\r
+            \else\r
+               \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize\@date\hfil DRAFT}\r
+               \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil\@date}\r
+            \fi\r
+       \else\r
+            \def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%\r
+       \fi}\r
+ \fi\r
+\else % single side\r
+\def\ps@headings{%\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+     \def\@oddhead{}\r
+     \def\@evenhead{}\r
+    \else\r
+     \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}\r
+     \def\@evenhead{}\r
+    \fi\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+          \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}\r
+          \def\@evenhead{}\r
+          \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\r
+             \def\@oddfoot{}\r
+          \else\r
+             \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date \hfil DRAFT}\r
+          \fi\r
+    \else\r
+         \def\@oddfoot{}\r
+    \fi\r
+    \def\@evenfoot{}}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% title page style\r
+\def\ps@IEEEtitlepagestyle{\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+   \def\@oddhead{}%\r
+   \def\@evenhead{}%\r
+\else\r
+   \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}%\r
+   \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}%\r
+\fi\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+   \def\@oddhead{\hbox{}\scriptsize\leftmark \hfil \thepage}%\r
+   \def\@evenhead{\scriptsize\thepage \hfil \leftmark\hbox{}}%\r
+   \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else\r
+      \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}%\r
+      \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}%\r
+   \fi\r
+\else\r
+   % all non-draft mode footers\r
+   \if@IEEEusingpubid\r
+      % for title pages that are using a pubid\r
+      % do not repeat pubid if using peer review option\r
+      \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+      \else\r
+         \footskip 0pt%\r
+         \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+           \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+           \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+         \else\r
+           \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+           \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+         \fi\r
+      \fi\r
+   \fi\r
+\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% peer review cover page style\r
+\def\ps@IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle{%\r
+\def\@oddhead{}\def\@evenhead{}%\r
+\def\@oddfoot{}\def\@evenfoot{}%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+   \ifCLASSOPTIONdraftclsnofoot\else\r
+      \def\@oddfoot{\scriptsize \@date\hfil DRAFT}%\r
+      \def\@evenfoot{\scriptsize DRAFT\hfil \@date}%\r
+   \fi\r
+\else\r
+   % non-draft mode footers\r
+   \if@IEEEusingpubid\r
+      \footskip 0pt%\r
+      \ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+        \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+        \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\scriptsize\raisebox{-1.5\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}[0ex][0ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+      \else\r
+        \def\@oddfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+        \def\@evenfoot{\hss\normalfont\footnotesize\raisebox{1.5ex}[1.5ex]{\@IEEEpubid}\hss}%\r
+      \fi\r
+   \fi\r
+\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% start with empty headings\r
+\def\rightmark{}\def\leftmark{}\r
+\r
+\r
+%% Defines the command for putting the header. \footernote{TEXT} is the same\r
+%% as \markboth{TEXT}{TEXT}. \r
+%% Note that all the text is forced into uppercase, if you have some text\r
+%% that needs to be in lower case, for instance et. al., then either manually\r
+%% set \leftmark and \rightmark or use \MakeLowercase{et. al.} within the\r
+%% arguments to \markboth.\r
+\def\markboth#1#2{\def\leftmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#1}}%\r
+\def\rightmark{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\MakeUppercase{#2}}}\r
+\def\footernote#1{\markboth{#1}{#1}}\r
+\r
+\def\today{\ifcase\month\or\r
+    January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or\r
+    July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi\r
+    \space\number\day, \number\year}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% CITATION AND BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMANDS\r
+%% \r
+%% V1.6 no longer supports the older, nonstandard \shortcite and \citename setup stuff\r
+% \r
+% \r
+% Modify Latex2e \@citex to separate citations with "], ["\r
+\def\@citex[#1]#2{%\r
+  \let\@citea\@empty\r
+  \@cite{\@for\@citeb:=#2\do\r
+    {\@citea\def\@citea{], [}%\r
+     \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb\@empty}%\r
+     \if@filesw\immediate\write\@auxout{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi\r
+     \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb}{\mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%\r
+       \G@refundefinedtrue\r
+       \@latex@warning\r
+         {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}}%\r
+       {\hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}}}}{#1}}\r
+\r
+% V1.6 we create hooks for the optional use of Donald Arseneau's\r
+% cite.sty package. cite.sty is "smart" and will notice that the\r
+% following format controls are already defined and will not\r
+% redefine them. The result will be the proper sorting of the\r
+% citation numbers and auto detection of 3 or more entry "ranges" -\r
+% all in IEEE style:  [1], [2], [5]--[7], [12]\r
+% This also allows for an optional note, i.e., \cite[mynote]{..}.\r
+% If the \cite with note has more than one reference, the note will\r
+% be applied to the last of the listed references. It is generally\r
+% desired that if a note is given, only one reference is listed in\r
+% that \cite.\r
+% Thanks to Mr. Arseneau for providing the required format arguments\r
+% to produce the IEEE style.\r
+\def\citepunct{], [}\r
+\def\citedash{]--[}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 default to using same font for urls made by url.sty\r
+\AtBeginDocument{\csname url@samestyle\endcsname}\r
+\r
+% V1.6 class files should always provide these\r
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em\@plus.33em\@minus.07em}\r
+\let\@openbib@code\@empty\r
+\r
+\r
+% Provide support for the control entries of IEEEtran.bst V1.00 and later.\r
+% V1.7 optional argument allows for a different aux file to be specified in\r
+% order to handle multiple bibliographies. For example, with multibib.sty:\r
+% \newcites{sec}{Secondary Literature}\r
+% \bstctlcite[@auxoutsec]{BSTcontrolhak}\r
+\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}}\r
+\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack\r
+  \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%\r
+    \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%\r
+    \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}%\r
+  \@esphack}\r
+\r
+% V1.6 provide a way for a user to execute a command just before \r
+% a given reference number - used to insert a \newpage to balance\r
+% the columns on the last page\r
+\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{0}   % the default of zero means that\r
+                              % the command is not executed\r
+\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{\newpage}\r
+\r
+% allow the user to alter the triggered command\r
+\long\def\IEEEtriggercmd#1{\long\def\@IEEEtriggercmd{#1}}\r
+\r
+% allow user a way to specify the reference number just before the\r
+% command is executed\r
+\def\IEEEtriggeratref#1{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=#1%\r
+\edef\@IEEEtriggerrefnum{\the\@IEEEtrantmpcountA}}%\r
+\r
+% trigger command at the given reference\r
+\def\@IEEEbibitemprefix{\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtriggerrefnum\relax%\r
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax%\r
+\ifnum\c@enumiv=\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax\@IEEEtriggercmd\relax\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]}\r
+\r
+% compsoc journals left align the reference numbers\r
+\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\def\@biblabel#1{[#1]\hfill}}\r
+\r
+% controls bib item spacing\r
+\def\IEEEbibitemsep{2.5pt plus .5pt}\r
+\r
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\IEEEbibitemsep{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\def\thebibliography#1{\section*{\refname}%\r
+    \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\refname}%\r
+    % V1.6 add some rubber space here and provide a command trigger\r
+    \footnotesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\small}\vskip 0.3\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip%\r
+    \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%\r
+    {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}%\r
+    \leftmargin\labelwidth\r
+    \labelsep 1em\r
+    \advance\leftmargin\labelsep\relax\r
+    \itemsep \IEEEbibitemsep\relax\r
+    \usecounter{enumiv}%\r
+    \let\p@enumiv\@empty\r
+    \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}%\r
+    \let\@IEEElatexbibitem\bibitem%\r
+    \def\bibitem{\@IEEEbibitemprefix\@IEEElatexbibitem}%\r
+\def\newblock{\hskip .11em plus .33em minus .07em}%\r
+% originally:\r
+%   \sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%\r
+% by adding the \interlinepenalty here, we make it more\r
+% difficult, but not impossible, for LaTeX to break within a reference.\r
+% IEEE almost never breaks a reference (but they do it more often with\r
+% technotes). You may get an underfull vbox warning around the bibliography, \r
+% but the final result will be much more like what IEEE will publish. \r
+% MDS 11/2000\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty100%\r
+\else\sloppy\clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000\interlinepenalty500\fi%\r
+    \sfcode`\.=1000\relax}\r
+\let\endthebibliography=\endlist\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% TITLE PAGE COMMANDS\r
+% \r
+% \r
+% \IEEEmembership is used to produce the sublargesize italic font used to indicate author \r
+% IEEE membership. compsoc uses a large size sans slant font\r
+\def\IEEEmembership#1{{\@IEEEnotcompsoconly{\sublargesize}\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\textit{#1}}}\r
+ \r
+\r
+% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a footnote type symbol to indicate author affiliation.\r
+% When given an argument of 1 to 9, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} follows the standard LaTeX footnote\r
+% symbol sequence convention. However, for arguments 10 and above, \IEEEauthorrefmark{} \r
+% reverts to using lower case roman numerals, so it cannot overflow. Do note that you \r
+% cannot use \footnotemark[] in place of \IEEEauthorrefmark{} within \author as the footnote\r
+% symbols will have been turned off to prevent \thanks from creating footnote marks.\r
+% \IEEEauthorrefmark{} produces a symbol that appears to LaTeX as having zero vertical\r
+% height - this allows for a more compact line packing, but the user must ensure that\r
+% the interline spacing is large enough to prevent \IEEEauthorrefmark{} from colliding\r
+% with the text above.\r
+% V1.7 make this a robust command\r
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEauthorrefmark}[1]{\raisebox{0pt}[0pt][0pt]{\textsuperscript{\footnotesize\ensuremath{\ifcase#1\or *\or \dagger\or \ddagger\or%\r
+    \mathsection\or \mathparagraph\or \|\or **\or \dagger\dagger%\r
+    \or \ddagger\ddagger \else\textsuperscript{\expandafter\romannumeral#1}\fi}}}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% FONT CONTROLS AND SPACINGS FOR CONFERENCE MODE AUTHOR NAME AND AFFILIATION BLOCKS\r
+% \r
+% The default font styles for the author name and affiliation blocks (confmode)\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}}\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\itshape}\normalsize\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\large}}\r
+% The default if the user does not use an author block\r
+\def\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsocnotconfonly{\sffamily}\sublargesize}\r
+\r
+% spacing from title (or special paper notice) to author name blocks (confmode)\r
+% can be negative\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{-0.25em}\r
+% compsoc conferences need more space here\r
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{0.75\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip}}\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\def\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace{20pt}\fi\r
+\r
+% spacing between name and affiliation blocks (confmode)\r
+% This can be negative.\r
+% IEEE doesn't want any added spacing here, but I will leave these\r
+% controls in place in case they ever change their mind.\r
+% Personally, I like 0.75ex.\r
+%\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.75ex}\r
+%\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.75ex}\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace{0.0ex}\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace{0.0ex}\r
+% baseline spacing within name and affiliation blocks (confmode)\r
+% must be positive, spacings below certain values will make \r
+% the position of line of text sensitive to the contents of the\r
+% line above it i.e., whether or not the prior line has descenders, \r
+% subscripts, etc. For this reason it is a good idea to keep\r
+% these above 2.6ex\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace{2.6ex}\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace{2.75ex}\r
+\r
+% This tracks the required strut size.\r
+% See the \@IEEEauthorhalign command for the actual default value used.\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex}\r
+\r
+% variables to retain font size and style across groups\r
+% values given here have no effect as they will be overwritten later\r
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize{10}\r
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip{12}\r
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding{OT1}\r
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily{ptm}\r
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries{m}\r
+\gdef\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape{n}\r
+\r
+% saves the current font attributes\r
+\def\@IEEEcurfontSAVE{\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize\f@size%\r
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip\f@baselineskip%\r
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding\f@encoding%\r
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily\f@family%\r
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries\f@series%\r
+\global\let\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape\f@shape}\r
+\r
+% restores the saved font attributes\r
+\def\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE{\fontsize{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontsize}{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontbaselineskip}%\r
+\fontencoding{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontencoding}%\r
+\fontfamily{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontfamily}%\r
+\fontseries{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontseries}%\r
+\fontshape{\@IEEESAVESTATEfontshape}%\r
+\selectfont}\r
+\r
+\r
+% variable to indicate if the current block is the first block in the column\r
+\newif\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol   \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse\r
+\r
+\r
+% the command places a strut with height and depth = \@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace\r
+% we use this technique to have complete manual control over the spacing of the lines\r
+% within the halign environment.\r
+% We set the below baseline portion at 30%, the above\r
+% baseline portion at 70% of the total length.\r
+% Responds to changes in the document's \baselinestretch\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorstrutrule{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace%\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselinestretch\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%\r
+\rule[-0.3\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA]{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% blocks to hold the authors' names and affilations. \r
+% Makes formatting easy for conferences\r
+%\r
+% use real definitions in conference mode\r
+% name block\r
+\def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockNstyle% set the default text style\r
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}% disable strut for spacer row\r
+% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs\r
+% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro\r
+% do a spacer row if needed\r
+\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline\fi\r
+\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column\r
+%restore the correct strut value\r
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockNinterlinespace}%\r
+% input the author names\r
+#1%\r
+% end the row if the user did not already\r
+\crcr}\r
+% spacer row for names\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockNtopspace}}\r
+%\r
+% affiliation block\r
+\def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{\relax\@IEEEauthorblockAstyle% set the default text style\r
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{0pt}%disable strut for spacer row\r
+% the \expandafter hides the \cr in conditional tex, see the array.sty docs\r
+% for details, probably not needed here as the \cr is in a macro\r
+% do a spacer row if needed\r
+\if@IEEEprevauthorblockincol\expandafter\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline\fi\r
+\global\@IEEEprevauthorblockincoltrue% we now have a block in this column\r
+%restore the correct strut value\r
+\gdef\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{\@IEEEauthorblockAinterlinespace}%\r
+% input the author affiliations\r
+#1%\r
+% end the row if the user did not already\r
+\crcr}\r
+% spacer row for affiliations\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspaceline{\cr\noalign{\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockAtopspace}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% allow papers to compile even if author blocks are used in modes other\r
+% than conference or peerreviewca. For such cases, we provide dummy blocks.\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+\else\r
+   \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca\else\r
+      % not conference or peerreviewca mode\r
+      \def\IEEEauthorblockN#1{#1}%\r
+      \def\IEEEauthorblockA#1{#1}%\r
+   \fi\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% we provide our own halign so as not to have to depend on tabular\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorhalign{\@IEEEauthordefaulttextstyle% default text style\r
+   \lineskip=0pt\relax% disable line spacing\r
+   \lineskiplimit=0pt\relax%\r
+   \baselineskip=0pt\relax%\r
+   \@IEEEcurfontSAVE% save the current font\r
+   \mathsurround\z@\relax% no extra spacing around math\r
+   \let\\\@IEEEauthorhaligncr% replace newline with halign friendly one\r
+   \tabskip=0pt\relax% no column spacing\r
+   \everycr{}% ensure no problems here\r
+   \@IEEEprevauthorblockincolfalse% no author blocks yet\r
+   \def\@IEEEauthorblockXinterlinespace{2.7ex}% default interline space\r
+   \vtop\bgroup%vtop box\r
+   \halign\bgroup&\relax\hfil\@IEEEcurfontRESTORE\relax ##\relax\r
+   \hfil\@IEEEcurfontSAVE\@IEEEauthorstrutrule\cr}\r
+\r
+% ensure last line, exit from halign, close vbox\r
+\def\end@IEEEauthorhalign{\crcr\egroup\egroup}\r
+\r
+% handle bogus star form\r
+\def\@IEEEauthorhaligncr{{\ifnum0=`}\fi\@ifstar{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}{\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr}}\r
+\r
+% test and setup the optional argument to \\[]\r
+\def\@@IEEEauthorhaligncr{\@testopt\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr\z@skip}\r
+\r
+% end the line and do the optional spacer\r
+\def\@@@IEEEauthorhaligncr[#1]{\ifnum0=`{\fi}\cr\noalign{\vskip#1\relax}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% flag to prevent multiple \and warning messages\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNand\r
+\@IEEEWARNandtrue\r
+\r
+% if in conference or peerreviewca modes, we support the use of \and as \author is a\r
+% tabular environment, otherwise we warn the user that \and is invalid\r
+% outside of conference or peerreviewca modes.\r
+\def\and{\relax} % provide a bogus \and that we will then override\r
+\r
+\renewcommand{\and}[1][\relax]{\if@IEEEWARNand\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\and is valid only\r
+                               when in conference or peerreviewca}\typeout{modes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNandfalse}\r
+\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference%\r
+\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}%\r
+\fi\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca\r
+\renewcommand{\and}[1][\hfill]{\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}#1\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}}%\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% page clearing command\r
+% based on LaTeX2e's \cleardoublepage, but allows different page styles\r
+% for the inserted blank pages\r
+\def\@IEEEcleardoublepage#1{\clearpage\if@twoside\ifodd\c@page\else\r
+\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\thispagestyle{#1}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% user command to invoke the title page\r
+\def\maketitle{\par%\r
+  \begingroup%\r
+  \normalfont%\r
+  \def\thefootnote{}%  the \thanks{} mark type is empty\r
+  \def\footnotemark{}% and kill space from \thanks within author\r
+  \let\@makefnmark\relax% V1.7, must *really* kill footnotemark to remove all \textsuperscript spacing as well.\r
+  \footnotesize%       equal spacing between thanks lines\r
+  \footnotesep 0.7\baselineskip%see global setting of \footnotesep for more info\r
+  % V1.7 disable \thanks note indention for compsoc\r
+  \@IEEEcompsoconly{\long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent\hbox{\@makefnmark}##1}}%\r
+  \normalsize%\r
+  \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+     \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext%\r
+     \thispagestyle{IEEEpeerreviewcoverpagestyle}\@thanks%\r
+  \else\r
+     \if@twocolumn%\r
+        \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%\r
+           \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext%\r
+        \else\r
+           \twocolumn[\@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext]%\r
+        \fi\r
+     \else\r
+        \newpage\global\@topnum\z@ \@maketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\@IEEEaftertitletext%\r
+     \fi\r
+     \thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}\@thanks%\r
+  \fi\r
+  % pullup page for pubid if used.\r
+  \if@IEEEusingpubid\r
+     \enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}%\r
+  \fi \r
+  \endgroup\r
+  \setcounter{footnote}{0}\let\maketitle\relax\let\@maketitle\relax\r
+  \gdef\@thanks{}%\r
+  % v1.6b do not clear these as we will need the title again for peer review papers\r
+  % \gdef\@author{}\gdef\@title{}%\r
+  \let\thanks\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 parbox to format \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\r
+\long\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox#1{\parbox{0.915\textwidth}{#1}}\r
+\r
+% formats the Title, authors names, affiliations and special paper notice\r
+% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING COMMAND! Do not allow blank lines or unintentional\r
+% spaces to enter the definition - use % at the end of each line\r
+\def\@maketitle{\newpage\r
+\begingroup\centering\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technotes\r
+   {\bfseries\large\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@title\par}\vskip 1.3em{\lineskip .5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@author\r
+   \@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax\r
+   \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\r
+   \hfill\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax\r
+\else% not a technote\r
+   \vskip0.2em{\Huge\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\normalfont\normalsize\vskip 2\@IEEEnormalsizeunitybaselineskip\r
+   \bfseries\Large}\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par%\r
+   % V1.6 handle \author differently if in conference mode\r
+   \ifCLASSOPTIONconference%\r
+      {\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace%\r
+       \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par}\relax\r
+   \else% peerreviewca, peerreview or journal\r
+      \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreviewca\r
+         % peerreviewca handles author names just like conference mode\r
+         {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\mbox{}\vskip\@IEEEauthorblockconfadjspace%\r
+          \mbox{}\hfill\begin{@IEEEauthorhalign}\@author\end{@IEEEauthorhalign}\hfill\mbox{}\par\r
+          {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax\r
+           \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill\r
+           \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax\r
+      \else% journal or peerreview\r
+         {\lineskip.5em\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\sublargesize\@author\@IEEEspecialpapernotice\par\r
+          {\@IEEEcompsoconly{\vskip 1.5em\relax\r
+           \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextextbox{\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext}\par\hfill\r
+           \@IEEEcompsocdiamondline\hfill\hbox{}\par}}}\relax\r
+      \fi\r
+   \fi\r
+\fi\par\endgroup}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7 Computer Society "diamond line" which follows index terms for nonconference papers\r
+\def\@IEEEcompsocdiamondline{\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\hspace{7.5pt}%\r
+\raisebox{-3.5pt}{\fontfamily{pzd}\fontencoding{U}\fontseries{m}\fontshape{n}\fontsize{11}{12}\selectfont\char70}%\r
+\hspace{7.5pt}\vrule depth 0pt height 0.5pt width 4cm\relax}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 standard LateX2e \thanks, but with \itshape under compsoc. Also make it a \long\def\r
+% We also need to trigger the one-shot footnote rule\r
+\def\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule{\global\@IEEEenableoneshotfootnoteruletrue}\r
+\r
+\r
+\long\def\thanks#1{\footnotemark\r
+    \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks\r
+        \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\@IEEEcompsoconly{\itshape\r
+        \protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule\relax}\ignorespaces#1}}}\r
+\let\@thanks\@empty\r
+\r
+% V1.7 allow \author to contain \par's. This is needed to allow \thanks to contain \par.\r
+\long\def\author#1{\gdef\@author{#1}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% in addition to setting up IEEEitemize, we need to remove a baselineskip space above and\r
+% below it because \list's \pars introduce blank lines because of the footnote struts.\r
+\def\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist{\def\labelitemi{$\bullet$}%\r
+\setlength{\IEEElabelindent}{0pt}\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}%\r
+\setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}\setlength{\topsep}{0.5\baselineskip}\vspace{-1\baselineskip}\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+% flag for fake non-compsoc \IEEEcompsocthanksitem - prevents line break on very first item\r
+\newif\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem \@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse\r
+\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+% V1.7 compsoc bullet item \thanks\r
+% also, we need to redefine this to destroy the argument in \@IEEEdynamictitlevspace\r
+\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\relax\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemfalse\footnotemark\r
+    \protected@xdef\@thanks{\@thanks\r
+        \protect\footnotetext[\the\c@footnote]{\itshape\protect\@IEEEtriggeroneshotfootnoterule\r
+        {\let\IEEEiedlistdecl\relax\protect\begin{IEEEitemize}[\protect\@IEEEsetupcompsocitemizelist]\ignorespaces#1\relax\r
+        \protect\end{IEEEitemize}}\protect\vspace{-1\baselineskip}}}}\r
+\DeclareRobustCommand*{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\item}\r
+\else\r
+% non-compsoc, allow for dual compilation via rerouting to normal \thanks\r
+\long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks#1{\thanks{#1}}\r
+% redirect to "pseudo-par" \hfil\break\indent after swallowing [] from \IEEEcompsocthanksitem[]\r
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem}{\@ifnextchar [{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg}%\r
+{\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[\relax]}}\r
+% be sure and break only after first item, be sure and ignore spaces after optional argument\r
+\def\@IEEEthanksswallowoptionalarg[#1]{\relax\if@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitem\hfil\break\r
+\indent\fi\@IEEEbreakcompsocthanksitemtrue\ignorespaces}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6b define the \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle as needed\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\@IEEEcleardoublepage{empty}%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn\r
+\twocolumn[\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace]\r
+\else\r
+\newpage\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\@IEEEstatictitlevskip\r
+\fi\r
+\thispagestyle{IEEEtitlepagestyle}}\r
+\else\r
+% \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle does nothing if peer review option has not been selected\r
+\def\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\relax}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% peerreview formats the repeated title like the title in journal papers.\r
+\def\@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle{\begin{center}\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}%\r
+\normalfont\normalsize\vskip0.2em{\Huge\@title\par}\vskip1.0em\par\r
+\end{center}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6 \r
+% this is a static rubber spacer between the title/authors and the main text\r
+% used for single column text, or when the title appears in the first column\r
+% of two column text (technotes). \r
+\def\@IEEEstatictitlevskip{{\normalfont\normalsize\r
+% adjust spacing to next text\r
+% v1.6b handle peer review papers\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+% for peer review papers, the same value is used for both title pages\r
+% regardless of the other paper modes\r
+   \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip\r
+\else\r
+   \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% conference\r
+      \vskip 0.6\baselineskip\r
+   \else%\r
+      \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote% technote\r
+         \vskip 1\baselineskip plus 0.375\baselineskip minus 0.1875\baselineskip%\r
+      \else% journal uses more space\r
+         \vskip 2.5\baselineskip plus 0.75\baselineskip minus 0.375\baselineskip%\r
+      \fi\r
+   \fi\r
+\fi}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6\r
+% This is a dynamically determined rigid spacer between the title/authors \r
+% and the main text. This is used only for single column titles over two \r
+% column text (most common)\r
+% This is bit tricky because we have to ensure that the textheight of the\r
+% main text is an integer multiple of \baselineskip\r
+% otherwise underfull vbox problems may develop in the second column of the\r
+% text on the titlepage\r
+% The possible use of \IEEEpubid must also be taken into account.\r
+\def\@IEEEdynamictitlevspace{{%\r
+    % we run within a group so that all the macros can be forgotten when we are done\r
+    \long\def\thanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \thanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height\r
+    \long\def\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks##1{\relax}%don't allow \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks to run when we evaluate the vbox height\r
+    \normalfont\normalsize% we declare more descriptive variable names\r
+    \let\@IEEEmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%height of the main text columns\r
+    \let\@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%height of the main text columns with integer # lines\r
+    % set the nominal and minimum values for the title spacer\r
+    % the dynamic algorithm will not allow the spacer size to\r
+    % become less than \@IEEEMINtitlevspace - instead it will be\r
+    % lengthened\r
+    % default to journal values\r
+    \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{2.5\baselineskip}%\r
+    \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{2\baselineskip}%\r
+    % conferences and technotes need tighter spacing\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONconference%conference\r
+     \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}%\r
+     \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}%\r
+    \fi\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote%technote\r
+      \def\@IEEENORMtitlevspace{1\baselineskip}%\r
+      \def\@IEEEMINtitlevspace{0.75\baselineskip}%\r
+    \fi%\r
+    % get the height that the title will take up\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+       \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle}}%\r
+    \else\r
+       \settoheight{\@IEEEmaintextheight}{\vbox{\hsize\textwidth \@maketitle}}%\r
+    \fi\r
+    \@IEEEmaintextheight=-\@IEEEmaintextheight% title takes away from maintext, so reverse sign\r
+    % add the height of the page textheight\r
+    \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by \textheight%\r
+    % correct for title pages using pubid\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else\r
+       % peerreview papers use the pubid on the cover page only.\r
+       % And the cover page uses a static spacer.\r
+       \if@IEEEusingpubid\advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEpubidpullup\fi\r
+    \fi%\r
+    % subtract off the nominal value of the title bottom spacer\r
+    \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\@IEEENORMtitlevspace%\r
+    % \topskip takes away some too\r
+    \advance\@IEEEmaintextheight by -\topskip%\r
+    % calculate the column height of the main text for lines\r
+    % now we calculate the main text height as if holding\r
+    % an integer number of \normalsize lines after the first\r
+    % and discard any excess fractional remainder\r
+    % we subtracted the first line, because the first line\r
+    % is placed \topskip into the maintext, not \baselineskip like the\r
+    % rest of the lines.\r
+    \@IEEEINTmaintextheight=\@IEEEmaintextheight%\r
+    \divide\@IEEEINTmaintextheight  by \baselineskip%\r
+    \multiply\@IEEEINTmaintextheight  by \baselineskip%\r
+    % now we calculate how much the title spacer height will\r
+    % have to be reduced from nominal (\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight is always\r
+    % a positive value) so that the maintext area will contain an integer\r
+    % number of normal size lines\r
+    % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer\r
+    % need \@IEEEINTmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register\r
+    \let\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight=\@IEEEINTmaintextheight%\r
+    \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by -\@IEEEmaintextheight%\r
+    \advance\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight by \baselineskip%\r
+    % this is the calculated height of the spacer\r
+    % we change variable names here (to avoid confusion) as we no longer\r
+    % need \@IEEEmaintextheight and can reuse its dimen register\r
+    \let\@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEEmaintextheight%\r
+    \@IEEECOMPENSATElen=\@IEEENORMtitlevspace% set the nominal value\r
+    % we go with the reduced length if it is smaller than an increase\r
+    \ifdim\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight < 0.5\baselineskip\relax%\r
+     \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight%\r
+     % if the resulting spacer is too small back out and go with an increase instead\r
+     \ifdim\@IEEECOMPENSATElen<\@IEEEMINtitlevspace\relax%\r
+      \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip%\r
+     \fi%\r
+    \else%\r
+     % go with an increase because it is closer to the nominal than a decrease\r
+     \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by -\@IEEEREDUCEmaintextheight%\r
+     \advance\@IEEECOMPENSATElen by \baselineskip%\r
+    \fi%\r
+    % set the calculated rigid spacer\r
+    \vspace{\@IEEECOMPENSATElen}}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6\r
+% we allow the user access to the last part of the title area\r
+% useful in emergencies such as when a different spacing is needed\r
+% This text is NOT compensated for in the dynamic sizer.\r
+\let\@IEEEaftertitletext=\relax\r
+\long\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\def\@IEEEaftertitletext{#1}}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 provide a way for users to enter abstract and keywords\r
+% into the onecolumn title are. This text is compensated for\r
+% in the dynamic sizer.\r
+\let\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext=\relax\r
+\long\def\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext#1{\def\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{#1}}\r
+% V1.7 provide a way for users to get the \@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext if\r
+% not in compsoc journal mode - this way abstract and keywords can be placed\r
+% in their conventional position if not in compsoc mode.\r
+\def\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext{%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc% display if compsoc conf\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi\r
+\else% or if not compsoc\r
+\@IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+% command to allow alteration of baselinestretch, but only if the current\r
+% baselineskip is unity. Used to tweak the compsoc abstract and keywords line spacing.\r
+\def\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch#1{{\def\baselinestretch{1}\selectfont\r
+\global\@tempskipa\baselineskip}\ifnum\@tempskipa=\baselineskip%\r
+\def\baselinestretch{#1}\selectfont\fi\relax}\r
+\r
+\r
+% abstract and keywords are in \small, except \r
+% for 9pt docs in which they are in \footnotesize\r
+% Because 9pt docs use an 8pt footnotesize, \small\r
+% becomes a rather awkward 8.5pt\r
+\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\small}\r
+\ifx\CLASSOPTIONpt\@IEEEptsizenine\r
+ \def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% compsoc journals use \footnotesize, compsoc conferences use normalsize\r
+\@IEEEcompsoconly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\footnotesize}}\r
+\@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\def\@IEEEabskeysecsize{\normalsize}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6 have abstract and keywords strip leading spaces, pars and newlines\r
+% so that spacing is more tightly controlled.\r
+\def\abstract{\normalfont\r
+    \if@twocolumn\r
+      \par\@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\leavevmode\kern-1pt\textit{\abstractname}---\relax\r
+    \else\r
+      \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize\r
+    \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}\r
+% V1.6 IEEE wants only 1 pica from end of abstract to introduction heading when in \r
+% conference mode (the heading already has this much above it)\r
+\def\endabstract{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\vspace{0ex}\else\vspace{1.34ex}\fi\par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi\r
+    \normalfont\normalsize}\r
+\r
+\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\r
+    \if@twocolumn\r
+      \@IEEEabskeysecsize\bfseries\leavevmode\kern-1pt\textit{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax\r
+    \else\r
+      \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize\r
+    \fi\itshape\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}\r
+\def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{0.5ex}\fi\r
+    \par\if@twocolumn\else\endquotation\fi%\r
+    \normalfont\normalsize}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 compsoc keywords index terms\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+  \ifCLASSOPTIONconference% compsoc conference\r
+\def\abstract{\normalfont\r
+      \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\abstractname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip\r
+      \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize%\r
+      \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}\r
+\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\vskip 1.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip\r
+      \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\large\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.1\baselineskip minus 0.1\baselineskip\r
+      \if@twocolumn\else\quotation\fi\itshape\@IEEEabskeysecsize%\r
+      \par\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}\r
+  \else% compsoc not conference\r
+\def\abstract{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily\r
+    \if@twocolumn\r
+      \@IEEEabskeysecsize\noindent\textbf{\abstractname}---\relax\r
+    \else\r
+      \begin{center}\vspace{-1.78ex}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\abstractname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize%\r
+    \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}\r
+\def\IEEEkeywords{\normalfont\@IEEEtweakunitybaselinestretch{1.15}\sffamily\r
+    \if@twocolumn\r
+      \@IEEEabskeysecsize\vskip 0.5\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip\noindent\r
+      \textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}---\relax\r
+    \else\r
+      \begin{center}\@IEEEabskeysecsize\textbf{\IEEEkeywordsname}\end{center}\quotation\@IEEEabskeysecsize%\r
+    \fi\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}\r
+  \fi\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% gobbles all leading \, \\ and \par, upon finding first token that\r
+% is not a \ , \\ or a \par, it ceases and returns that token\r
+% \r
+% used to strip leading \, \\ and \par from the input\r
+% so that such things in the beginning of an environment will not\r
+% affect the formatting of the text\r
+\long\def\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP#1{\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=0%\r
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken#1%\r
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken=\par%\r
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken=\\%\r
+\let\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken=\ %\r
+\def\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO{\ }%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadPARtoken%\r
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%\r
+\fi%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadNLtoken%\r
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%\r
+\fi%\r
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPtoken%\r
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%\r
+\fi%\r
+% a control space will come in as a macro\r
+% when it is the last one on a line\r
+\ifx\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSPtoken\@IEEEgobbleleadSPMACRO%\r
+\let\@IEEEswallowthistoken=1%\r
+\fi%\r
+% if we have to swallow this token, do so and taste the next one\r
+% else spit it out and stop gobbling\r
+\ifx\@IEEEswallowthistoken 1\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP\else%\r
+\let\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP=#1\fi%\r
+\@IEEEnextgobbleleadPARNLSP}%\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% TITLING OF SECTIONS\r
+\def\@IEEEsectpunct{:\ \,}  % Punctuation after run-in section heading  (headings which are\r
+                            % part of the paragraphs), need little bit more than a single space\r
+                            % spacing from section number to title\r
+% compsoc conferences use regular period/space punctuation\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+\def\@IEEEsectpunct{.\ }\r
+\fi\fi\r
+\r
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\hb@xt@ 1.4em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}}\r
+\def\@seccntformatinl#1{\hb@xt@ 1.1em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}}\r
+\def\@seccntformatch#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax}\r
+\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+% compsoc journals need extra spacing\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\else\r
+\def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax}\r
+\fi\fi\r
+\r
+%v1.7 put {} after #6 to allow for some types of user font control\r
+%and use \@@par rather than \par\r
+\def\@sect#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]#8{%\r
+  \ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\r
+     \let\@svsec\@empty\r
+  \else\r
+     \refstepcounter{#1}%\r
+     % load section label and spacer into \@svsec\r
+     \ifnum #2=1\r
+        \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatch{#1}\relax}%\r
+     \else\r
+        \ifnum #2>2\r
+           \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatinl{#1}\relax}%\r
+        \else\r
+           \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%\r
+        \fi\r
+     \fi\r
+  \fi%\r
+  \@tempskipa #5\relax\r
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@% tempskipa determines whether is treated as a high\r
+     \begingroup #6{\relax% or low level heading\r
+      \noindent % subsections are NOT indented\r
+       % print top level headings. \@svsec is label, #8 is heading title\r
+       % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal\r
+       {\hskip #3\relax\@svsec}{\interlinepenalty \@M #8\@@par}}%\r
+     \endgroup\r
+     \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else\r
+               \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}%\r
+  \else % printout low level headings\r
+     % svsechd seems to swallow the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{}\r
+     % got rid of sectionmark stuff\r
+     \def\@svsechd{#6{\hskip #3\relax\@svsec #8\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}%\r
+     \addcontentsline{toc}{#1}{\ifnum #2>\c@secnumdepth\relax\else\r
+               \protect\numberline{\csname the#1\endcsname}\fi#7}}%\r
+  \fi%skip down\r
+  \@xsect{#5}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% section* handler\r
+%v1.7 put {} after #4 to allow for some types of user font control\r
+%and use \@@par rather than \par\r
+\def\@ssect#1#2#3#4#5{\@tempskipa #3\relax\r
+  \ifdim \@tempskipa>\z@\r
+     %\begingroup #4\@hangfrom{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\par}\endgroup\r
+     % IEEE does not block indent the section title text, it flows like normal\r
+     \begingroup \noindent #4{\relax{\hskip #1}{\interlinepenalty \@M #5\@@par}}\endgroup\r
+  % svsechd swallows the trailing space, protect it with \mbox{}\r
+  \else \def\@svsechd{#4{\hskip #1\relax #5\@IEEEsectpunct\mbox{}}}\fi\r
+  \@xsect{#3}}\r
+\r
+\r
+%% SECTION heading spacing and font\r
+%%\r
+% arguments are: #1 - sectiontype name\r
+% (for \@sect)   #2 - section level\r
+%                #3 - section heading indent\r
+%                #4 - top separation (absolute value used, neg indicates not to indent main text)\r
+%                     If negative, make stretch parts negative too!\r
+%                #5 - (absolute value used) positive: bottom separation after heading,\r
+%                      negative: amount to indent main text after heading\r
+%                Both #4 and #5 negative means to indent main text and use negative top separation\r
+%                #6 - font control\r
+% You've got to have \normalfont\normalsize in the font specs below to prevent\r
+% trouble when you do something like:\r
+% \section{Note}{\ttfamily TT-TEXT} is known to ... \r
+% IEEE sometimes REALLY stretches the area before a section\r
+% heading by up to about 0.5in. However, it may not be a good\r
+% idea to let LaTeX have quite this much rubber.\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference%\r
+% IEEE wants section heading spacing to decrease for conference mode\r
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}%\r
+{1sp}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}%\r
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 0.5ex}%\r
+{1sp}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%\r
+\else % for journals\r
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{3.0ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}% V1.6 3.0ex from 3.5ex\r
+{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\centering\scshape}}%\r
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{3.5ex plus 1.5ex minus 1.5ex}%\r
+{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% for both journals and conferences\r
+% decided to put in a little rubber above the section, might help somebody\r
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%\r
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%\r
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%\r
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\itshape}}%\r
+\r
+\r
+% compsoc\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+% compsoc conference\r
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}%\r
+{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}}%\r
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}%\r
+{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}{\normalfont\sublargesize\bfseries}}%\r
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{1\baselineskip plus 0.25\baselineskip minus 0.25\baselineskip}%\r
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}%\r
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{0ex plus 0.1ex minus 0.1ex}%\r
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}%\r
+\else% compsoc journals\r
+% use negative top separation as compsoc journals do not indent paragraphs after section titles\r
+\def\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-3ex plus -2ex minus -1.5ex}%\r
+{0.7ex plus 1ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\large\sffamily\bfseries\scshape}}%\r
+% Note that subsection and smaller may not be correct for the Computer Society,\r
+% I have to look up an example.\r
+\def\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-3.5ex plus -1.5ex minus -1.5ex}%\r
+{0.7ex plus .5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\bfseries}}%\r
+\def\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.5ex plus -1ex minus -1ex}%\r
+{0.5ex plus 0.5ex minus 0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\sffamily\itshape}}%\r
+\def\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{2\parindent}{-0ex plus -0.1ex minus -0.1ex}%\r
+{0ex}{\normalfont\normalsize}}%\r
+\fi\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% ENVIRONMENTS\r
+% "box" symbols at end of proofs\r
+\def\IEEEQEDclosed{\mbox{\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{1.3ex}}} % for a filled box\r
+% V1.6 some journals use an open box instead that will just fit around a closed one\r
+\def\IEEEQEDopen{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.2pt}\fbox{\rule[0pt]{0pt}{1.3ex}\rule[0pt]{1.3ex}{0pt}}}}\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDopen}   % default to open for compsoc\r
+\else\r
+\def\IEEEQED{\IEEEQEDclosed} % otherwise default to closed\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% v1.7 name change to avoid namespace collision with amsthm. Also add support\r
+% for an optional argument.\r
+\def\IEEEproof{\@ifnextchar[{\@IEEEproof}{\@IEEEproof[\IEEEproofname]}}\r
+\def\@IEEEproof[#1]{\par\noindent\hspace{2em}{\itshape #1: }}\r
+\def\endIEEEproof{\hspace*{\fill}~\IEEEQED\par}\r
+\r
+\r
+%\itemindent is set to \z@ by list, so define new temporary variable\r
+\newdimen\@IEEEtmpitemindent\r
+\def\@begintheorem#1#2{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily\trivlist%\r
+    \item[\hskip \labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2:}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent}\r
+\def\@opargbegintheorem#1#2#3{\@IEEEtmpitemindent\itemindent\topsep 0pt\rmfamily \trivlist%\r
+% V1.6 IEEE is back to using () around theorem names which are also in italics\r
+% Thanks to Christian Peel for reporting this.\r
+    \item[\hskip\labelsep{\indent\itshape #1\ #2\ (#3):}]\itemindent\@IEEEtmpitemindent}\r
+% V1.7 remove bogus \unskip that caused equations in theorems to collide with\r
+% lines below.\r
+\def\@endtheorem{\endtrivlist}\r
+\r
+% V1.6\r
+% display command for the section the theorem is in - so that \thesection\r
+% is not used as this will be in Roman numerals when we want arabic.\r
+% LaTeX2e uses \def\@thmcounter#1{\noexpand\arabic{#1}} for the theorem number\r
+% (second part) display and \def\@thmcountersep{.} as a separator.\r
+% V1.7 intercept calls to the section counter and reroute to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection\r
+% to allow \appendix(ices} to override as needed.\r
+%\r
+% special handler for sections, allows appendix(ices) to override\r
+\gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection#1{\arabic{#1}}\r
+% string macro\r
+\edef\@IEEEstringsection{section}\r
+\r
+% redefine the #1#2[#3] form of newtheorem to use a hook to \@IEEEthmcounterinsection\r
+% if section in_counter is used\r
+\def\@xnthm#1#2[#3]{%\r
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #1\endcsname\r
+    {\@definecounter{#1}\@newctr{#1}[#3]%\r
+     \edef\@IEEEstringtmp{#3}\r
+     \ifx\@IEEEstringtmp\@IEEEstringsection\r
+     \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{%\r
+     \noexpand\@IEEEthmcounterinsection{#3}\@thmcountersep\r
+          \@thmcounter{#1}}%\r
+     \else\r
+     \expandafter\xdef\csname the#1\endcsname{%\r
+       \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#3\endcsname \@thmcountersep\r
+          \@thmcounter{#1}}%\r
+     \fi\r
+     \global\@namedef{#1}{\@thm{#1}{#2}}%\r
+     \global\@namedef{end#1}{\@endtheorem}}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% SET UP THE DEFAULT PAGESTYLE\r
+\ps@headings\r
+\pagenumbering{arabic}\r
+\r
+% normally the page counter starts at 1\r
+\setcounter{page}{1}\r
+% however, for peerreview the cover sheet is page 0 or page -1\r
+% (for duplex printing)\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+   \if@twoside\r
+      \setcounter{page}{-1}\r
+   \else\r
+      \setcounter{page}{0}\r
+   \fi\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% standard book class behavior - let bottom line float up and down as\r
+% needed when single sided\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwoside\else\raggedbottom\fi\r
+% if two column - turn on twocolumn, allow word spacings to stretch more and\r
+% enforce a rigid position for the last lines\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtwocolumn\r
+% the peer review option delays invoking twocolumn\r
+   \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else\r
+      \twocolumn\r
+   \fi\r
+\sloppy \r
+\flushbottom\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% \APPENDIX and \APPENDICES definitions\r
+\r
+% This is the \@ifmtarg command from the LaTeX ifmtarg package\r
+% by Peter Wilson (CUA) and Donald Arseneau\r
+% \@ifmtarg is used to determine if an argument to a command\r
+% is present or not.\r
+% For instance:\r
+% \@ifmtarg{#1}{\typeout{empty}}{\typeout{has something}}\r
+% \@ifmtarg is used with our redefined \section command if\r
+% \appendices is invoked.\r
+% The command \section will behave slightly differently depending\r
+% on whether the user specifies a title: \r
+% \section{My appendix title}\r
+% or not:\r
+% \section{}\r
+% This way, we can eliminate the blank lines where the title\r
+% would be, and the unneeded : after Appendix in the table of\r
+% contents \r
+\begingroup\r
+\catcode`\Q=3\r
+\long\gdef\@ifmtarg#1{\@xifmtarg#1QQ\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo\@nil}\r
+\long\gdef\@xifmtarg#1#2Q#3#4#5\@nil{#4}\r
+\endgroup\r
+% end of \@ifmtarg defs\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.7\r
+% command that allows the one time saving of the original definition\r
+% of section to \@IEEEappendixsavesection for \appendix or \appendices \r
+% we don't save \section here as it may be redefined later by other\r
+% packages (hyperref.sty, etc.)\r
+\def\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce{\let\@IEEEappendixsavesection\section\r
+\let\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\relax}\r
+\r
+% neat trick to grab and process the argument from \section{argument}\r
+% we process differently if the user invoked \section{} with no\r
+% argument (title)\r
+% note we reroute the call to the old \section*\r
+\def\@IEEEprocessthesectionargument#1{%\r
+\@ifmtarg{#1}{%\r
+\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis}%\r
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection}}{%\r
+\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\thesectiondis \\* #1}%\r
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname~\thesection: #1}}}\r
+\r
+% we use this if the user calls \section{} after\r
+% \appendix-- which has no meaning. So, we ignore the\r
+% command and its argument. Then, warn the user.\r
+\def\@IEEEdestroythesectionargument#1{\typeout{** WARNING: Ignoring useless\r
+\protect\section\space in Appendix (line \the\inputlineno).}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% remember \thesection forms will be displayed in \ref calls\r
+% and in the Table of Contents.\r
+% The \sectiondis form is used in the actual heading itself\r
+\r
+% appendix command for one single appendix\r
+% normally has no heading. However, if you want a \r
+% heading, you can do so via the optional argument:\r
+% \appendix[Optional Heading]\r
+\def\appendix{\relax}\r
+\renewcommand{\appendix}[1][]{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par\r
+    % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique\r
+    \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.A}%\r
+    % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section\r
+    \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}%\r
+    \setcounter{section}{0}%\r
+    \setcounter{subsection}{0}%\r
+    \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}%\r
+    \setcounter{paragraph}{0}%\r
+    \gdef\thesection{A}%\r
+    \gdef\thesectiondis{}% \r
+    \gdef\thesubsection{\Alph{subsection}}%\r
+    \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A}\r
+    \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter\r
+    \@ifmtarg{#1}{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname}%\r
+                  \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname}}{%\r
+             \@IEEEappendixsavesection*{\appendixname~\\* #1}%\r
+             \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\appendixname: #1}}%\r
+    % redefine \section command for appendix\r
+    % leave \section* as is\r
+    \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{%\r
+                    \@IEEEdestroythesectionargument}}% throw out the argument\r
+                                                     % of the normal form\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% appendices command for multiple appendices\r
+% user then calls \section with an argument (possibly empty) to\r
+% declare the individual appendices\r
+\def\appendices{\@IEEEsaveoriginalsectiononce\par\r
+    % v1.6 keep hyperref's identifiers unique\r
+    \gdef\theHsection{Appendix.\Alph{section}}%\r
+    % v1.6 adjust hyperref's string name for the section\r
+    \xdef\Hy@chapapp{appendix}%\r
+    \setcounter{section}{-1}% we want \refstepcounter to use section 0\r
+    \setcounter{subsection}{0}%\r
+    \setcounter{subsubsection}{0}%\r
+    \setcounter{paragraph}{0}%\r
+    \ifCLASSOPTIONromanappendices%\r
+    \gdef\thesection{\Roman{section}}%\r
+    \gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}}%\r
+    \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Roman{section}.}}%\r
+    \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{A\arabic{##1}}\r
+    \else%\r
+    \gdef\thesection{\Alph{section}}%\r
+    \gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}}%\r
+    \@IEEEcompsocconfonly{\gdef\thesectiondis{\Alph{section}.}}%\r
+    \gdef\@IEEEthmcounterinsection##1{\Alph{##1}}\r
+    \fi%\r
+    \refstepcounter{section}% update the \ref counter\r
+    \setcounter{section}{0}% NEXT \section will be the FIRST appendix\r
+    % redefine \section command for appendices\r
+    % leave \section* as is\r
+    \def\section{\@ifstar{\@IEEEappendixsavesection*}{% process the *-form\r
+                    \refstepcounter{section}% or is a new section so,\r
+                    \@IEEEprocessthesectionargument}}% process the argument \r
+                                                 % of the normal form\r
+}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% \IEEEPARstart\r
+% Definition for the big two line drop cap letter at the beginning of the\r
+% first paragraph of journal papers. The first argument is the first letter\r
+% of the first word, the second argument is the remaining letters of the\r
+% first word which will be rendered in upper case.\r
+% In V1.6 this has been completely rewritten to:\r
+% \r
+% 1. no longer have problems when the user begins an environment\r
+%    within the paragraph that uses \IEEEPARstart.\r
+% 2. auto-detect and use the current font family\r
+% 3. revise handling of the space at the end of the first word so that\r
+%    interword glue will now work as normal.\r
+% 4. produce correctly aligned edges for the (two) indented lines.\r
+% \r
+% We generalize things via control macros - playing with these is fun too.\r
+% \r
+% V1.7 added more control macros to make it easy for IEEEtrantools.sty users\r
+% to change the font style.\r
+% \r
+% the number of lines that are indented to clear it\r
+% may need to increase if using decenders\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES{2}\r
+% minimum number of lines left on a page to allow a \@IEEEPARstart\r
+% Does not take into consideration rubber shrink, so it tends to\r
+% be overly cautious\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES{2}\r
+% V1.7 the height of the drop cap is adjusted to match the height of this text\r
+% in the current font (when \IEEEPARstart is called).\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT{T}\r
+% the depth the letter is lowered below the baseline\r
+% the height (and size) of the letter is determined by the sum\r
+% of this value and the height of the \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current\r
+% font. It is a good idea to set this value in terms of the baselineskip\r
+% so that it can respond to changes therein.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH{1.1\baselineskip}\r
+% V1.7 the font the drop cap will be rendered in,\r
+% can take zero or one argument.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\bfseries}\r
+% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify\r
+% the drop cap letter, can take zero or one argument.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase}\r
+% V1.7 the font that will be used to render the rest of the word,\r
+% can take zero or one argument.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\relax}\r
+% V1.7 any additional, non-font related commands needed to modify\r
+% the rest of the word, can take zero or one argument.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\MakeUppercase}\r
+% This is the horizontal separation distance from the drop letter to the main text.\r
+% Lengths that depend on the font (e.g., ex, em, etc.) will be referenced\r
+% to the font that is active when \IEEEPARstart is called. \r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartSEP{0.15em}\r
+% V1.7 horizontal offset applied to the left of the drop cap.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET{0em}\r
+% V1.7 Italic correction command applied at the end of the drop cap.\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT{\/}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 compoc uses nonbold drop cap and small caps word style\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\mdseries}\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\scshape}\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\relax}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% definition of \IEEEPARstart\r
+% THIS IS A CONTROLLED SPACING AREA, DO NOT ALLOW SPACES WITHIN THESE LINES\r
+% \r
+% The token \@IEEEPARstartfont will be globally defined after the first use\r
+% of \IEEEPARstart and will be a font command which creates the big letter\r
+% The first argument is the first letter of the first word and the second\r
+% argument is the rest of the first word(s).\r
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{\par{%\r
+% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start\r
+% on a new one\r
+\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEPARstartMINPAGELINES\baselineskip}{\relax}%\r
+% V1.7 move this up here in case user uses \textbf for \@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE\r
+% which uses command \leavevmode which causes an unwanted \indent to be issued\r
+\noindent\r
+% calculate the desired height of the big letter\r
+% it extends from the top of \@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT in the current font\r
+% down to \@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH below the current baseline\r
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartHEIGHTTEXT}%\r
+\addtolength{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}%\r
+% extract the name of the current font in bold\r
+% and place it in \@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\r
+\def\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD##1 ##2\relax{##1}%\r
+{\@IEEEPARstartFONTSTYLE{\selectfont\edef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE{\fontname\font\space}%\r
+\xdef\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME{\expandafter\@IEEEPARstartGETFIRSTWORD\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAMESPACE\relax}}}%\r
+% define a font based on this name with a point size equal to the desired\r
+% height of the drop letter\r
+\font\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\relax%\r
+% save this value as a counter (integer) value (sp points)\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%\r
+% now get the height of the actual letter produced by this font size\r
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\@IEEEPARstartsubfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1}}%\r
+% If something bogus happens like the first argument is empty or the\r
+% current font is strange, do not allow a zero height.\r
+\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0pt\relax%\r
+\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEPARstart drop letter has zero height! (line \the\inputlineno)}%\r
+\typeout{ Forcing the drop letter font size to 10pt.}%\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=10pt%\r
+\fi%\r
+% and store it as a counter\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpcountB=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%\r
+% Since a font size doesn't exactly correspond to the height of the capital\r
+% letters in that font, the actual height of the letter, \@IEEEtrantmpcountB,\r
+% will be less than that desired, \@IEEEtrantmpcountA\r
+% we need to raise the font size, \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA \r
+% by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA / \@IEEEtrantmpcountB\r
+% But, TeX doesn't have floating point division, so we have to use integer\r
+% division. Hence the use of the counters.\r
+% We need to reduce the denominator so that the loss of the remainder will\r
+% have minimal affect on the accuracy of the result\r
+\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountB by 200%\r
+\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountB%\r
+% Then reequalize things when we use TeX's ability to multiply by\r
+% floating point values\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=0.005\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA%\r
+\multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA%\r
+% \@IEEEPARstartfont is globaly set to the calculated font of the big letter\r
+% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to to create the\r
+% big letter.\r
+\global\font\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartFONTNAME\space at \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB%\r
+% Now set \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA to the width of the big letter\r
+% We need to carry this out of the local calculation area to set the\r
+% hanging indent\r
+\settowidth{\global\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEPARstartfont\r
+\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}}}%\r
+% end of the isolated calculation environment\r
+% add in the extra clearance we want\r
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartSEP\relax%\r
+% add in the optional offset\r
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET\relax%\r
+% V1.7 don't allow negative offsets to produce negative hanging indents\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA\r
+\ifnum\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB < 0 \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB 0pt\fi\r
+% \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA has the width of the big letter plus the\r
+% separation space and \@IEEEPARstartfont is the font we need to use\r
+% Now, we make the letter and issue the hanging indent command\r
+% The letter is placed in a box of zero width and height so that other\r
+% text won't be displaced by it.\r
+\hangindent\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\hangafter=-\@IEEEPARstartDROPLINES%\r
+\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}%\r
+\raisebox{-\@IEEEPARstartDROPDEPTH}[0pt][0pt]{\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartHOFFSET}%\r
+\@IEEEPARstartfont\@IEEEPARstartCAPSTYLE{#1\@IEEEPARstartITLCORRECT}%\r
+\hspace{\@IEEEPARstartSEP}}}%\r
+{\@IEEEPARstartWORDFONTSTYLE{\@IEEEPARstartWORDCAPSTYLE{\selectfont#2}}}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% determines if the space remaining on a given page is equal to or greater\r
+% than the specified space of argument one\r
+% if not, execute argument two (only if the remaining space is greater than zero)\r
+% and issue a \newpage\r
+% \r
+% example: \@IEEEtranneedspace{2in}{\vfill}\r
+% \r
+% Does not take into consideration rubber shrinkage, so it tends to\r
+% be overly cautious\r
+% Based on an example posted by Donald Arseneau\r
+% Note this macro uses \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB internally for calculations,\r
+% so DO NOT PASS \@IEEEtrantmpdimenB to this routine\r
+% if you need a dimen register, import with \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA instead\r
+\def\@IEEEtranneedspace#1#2{\penalty-100\begingroup%shield temp variable\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\pagegoal\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB-\pagetotal% space left\r
+\ifdim #1>\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB\relax% not enough space left\r
+\ifdim\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB>\z@\relax #2\fi%\r
+\newpage%\r
+\fi\endgroup}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEbiography ENVIRONMENT\r
+% Allows user to enter biography leaving place for picture (adapts to font size)\r
+% As of V1.5, a new optional argument allows you to have a real graphic!\r
+% V1.5 and later also fixes the "colliding biographies" which could happen when a \r
+% biography's text was shorter than the space for the photo.\r
+% MDS 7/2001\r
+% V1.6 prevent multiple biographies from making multiple TOC entries\r
+\newif\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade\r
+\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadetrue\r
+\r
+% biography counter so hyperref can jump directly to the biographies\r
+% and not just the previous section\r
+\newcounter{IEEEbiography}\r
+\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{0}\r
+\r
+% photo area size\r
+\def\@IEEEBIOphotowidth{1.0in}    % width of the biography photo area\r
+\def\@IEEEBIOphotodepth{1.25in}   % depth (height) of the biography photo area\r
+% area cleared for photo\r
+\def\@IEEEBIOhangwidth{1.14in}    % width cleared for the biography photo area\r
+\def\@IEEEBIOhangdepth{1.25in}    % depth cleared for the biography photo area\r
+                                  % actual depth will be a multiple of \r
+                                  % \baselineskip, rounded up\r
+\def\@IEEEBIOskipN{4\baselineskip}% nominal value of the vskip above the biography\r
+\r
+\newenvironment{IEEEbiography}[2][]{\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize%\r
+\unitlength 1in\parskip=0pt\par\parindent 1em\interlinepenalty500%\r
+% we need enough space to support the hanging indent\r
+% the nominal value of the spacer\r
+% and one extra line for good measure\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth%\r
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEBIOskipN%\r
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by 1\baselineskip%\r
+% if this page does not have enough space, break it and lets start\r
+% with a new one\r
+\@IEEEtranneedspace{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\relax}%\r
+% nominal spacer can strech, not shrink use 1fil so user can out stretch with \vfill\r
+\vskip \@IEEEBIOskipN plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip%\r
+% the default box for where the photo goes\r
+\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{{\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}\framebox{%\r
+\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}\centering PLACE\\ PHOTO\\ HERE \end{minipage}}}}%\r
+%\r
+% detect if the optional argument was supplied, this requires the\r
+% \@ifmtarg command as defined in the appendix section above\r
+% and if so, override the default box with what they want\r
+\@ifmtarg{#1}{\relax}{\def\@IEEEtempbiographybox{\mbox{\begin{minipage}[b][\@IEEEBIOphotodepth][c]{\@IEEEBIOphotowidth}%\r
+\centering%\r
+#1%\r
+\end{minipage}}}}% end if optional argument supplied\r
+% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before\r
+\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade%\r
+% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump\r
+% to the biography, not the previous section\r
+\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}%\r
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%\r
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}%\r
+\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse%\r
+\fi%\r
+% one more biography\r
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%\r
+% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents \r
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#2}%\r
+% V1.6 properly handle if a new paragraph should occur while the\r
+% hanging indent is still active. Do this by redefining \par so\r
+% that it will not start a new paragraph. (But it will appear to the\r
+% user as if it did.) Also, strip any leading pars, newlines, or spaces.\r
+\let\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD=\par% save the original \par command\r
+\edef\par{\hfil\break\indent}% the new \par will not be a "real" \par\r
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}% get height of biography box\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB=\@IEEEBIOhangdepth%\r
+\@IEEEtrantmpcountA=\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB% countA has the hang depth\r
+\divide\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by \baselineskip%  calculates lines needed to produce the hang depth\r
+\advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by 1% ensure we overestimate\r
+% set the hanging indent\r
+\hangindent\@IEEEBIOhangwidth%\r
+\hangafter-\@IEEEtrantmpcountA%\r
+% reference the top of the photo area to the top of a capital T\r
+\settoheight{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}{\mbox{T}}%\r
+% set the photo box, give it zero width and height so as not to disturb anything\r
+\noindent\makebox[0pt][l]{\hspace{-\@IEEEBIOhangwidth}\raisebox{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenB}[0pt][0pt]{%\r
+\raisebox{-\@IEEEBIOphotodepth}[0pt][0pt]{\@IEEEtempbiographybox}}}%\r
+% now place the author name and begin the bio text\r
+\noindent\textbf{#2\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\let\par=\@IEEEBIOORGparCMD\par%\r
+% 7/2001 V1.5 detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo area\r
+% and pad the unused area - preventing a collision from the next biography entry\r
+% MDS\r
+\ifnum \prevgraf <\@IEEEtrantmpcountA\relax% detect when the biography text is shorter than the photo\r
+    \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -\prevgraf% calculate how many lines we need to pad\r
+    \advance\@IEEEtrantmpcountA by -1\relax% we compensate for the fact that we indented an extra line\r
+    \@IEEEtrantmpdimenA=\baselineskip% calculate the length of the padding\r
+    \multiply\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA by \@IEEEtrantmpcountA%\r
+    \noindent\rule{0pt}{\@IEEEtrantmpdimenA}% insert an invisible support strut\r
+\fi%\r
+\par\normalfont}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% V1.6\r
+% added biography without a photo environment\r
+\newenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{%\r
+% Make an entry into the table of contents only if we have not done so before\r
+\if@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmade%\r
+% link labels to the biography counter so hyperref will jump\r
+% to the biography, not the previous section\r
+\setcounter{IEEEbiography}{-1}%\r
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%\r
+\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{Biographies}%\r
+\global\@IEEEbiographyTOCentrynotmadefalse%\r
+\fi%\r
+% one more biography\r
+\refstepcounter{IEEEbiography}%\r
+% Make an entry for this name into the table of contents \r
+\addcontentsline{toc}{subsection}{#1}%\r
+\normalfont\@IEEEcompsoconly{\sffamily}\footnotesize\interlinepenalty500%\r
+\vskip 4\baselineskip plus 1fil minus 0\baselineskip%\r
+\parskip=0pt\par%\r
+\noindent\textbf{#1\ }\@IEEEgobbleleadPARNLSP}{\relax\par\normalfont}\r
+\r
+\r
+% provide the user with some old font commands\r
+% got this from article.cls\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf}\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\tt}{\normalfont\ttfamily}{\mathtt}\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\bf}{\normalfont\bfseries}{\mathbf}\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\it}{\normalfont\itshape}{\mathit}\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sl}{\normalfont\slshape}{\@nomath\sl}\r
+\DeclareOldFontCommand{\sc}{\normalfont\scshape}{\@nomath\sc}\r
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cal{\@fontswitch\relax\mathcal}\r
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\mit{\@fontswitch\relax\mathnormal}\r
+\r
+\r
+% SPECIAL PAPER NOTICE COMMANDS\r
+% \r
+% holds the special notice text\r
+\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{\relax}\r
+ \r
+% for special papers, like invited papers, the user can do:\r
+% \IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)} before \maketitle\r
+\def\IEEEspecialpapernotice#1{\ifCLASSOPTIONconference%\r
+\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\Large#1\vspace*{1em}}}%\r
+\else%\r
+\def\@IEEEspecialpapernotice{{\\*[1.5ex]\sublargesize\textit{#1}}\vspace*{-2ex}}%\r
+\fi}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% PUBLISHER ID COMMANDS\r
+% to insert a publisher's ID footer\r
+% V1.6 \IEEEpubid has been changed so that the change in page size and style\r
+% occurs in \maketitle. \IEEEpubid must now be issued prior to \maketitle\r
+% use \IEEEpubidadjcol as before - in the second column of the title page\r
+% These changes allow \maketitle to take the reduced page height into\r
+% consideration when dynamically setting the space between the author \r
+% names and the maintext.\r
+%\r
+% the amount the main text is pulled up to make room for the\r
+% publisher's ID footer\r
+% IEEE uses about 1.3\baselineskip for journals, \r
+% dynamic title spacing will clean up the fraction\r
+\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{1.3\baselineskip}\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\r
+% for technotes it must be an integer of baselineskip as there can be no\r
+% dynamic title spacing for two column mode technotes (the title is in the\r
+% in first column) and we should maintain an integer number of lines in the\r
+% second column\r
+% There are some examples (such as older issues of "Transactions on\r
+% Information Theory") in which IEEE really pulls the text off the ID for\r
+% technotes - about 0.55in (or 4\baselineskip). We'll use 2\baselineskip\r
+% and call it even.\r
+\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{2\baselineskip}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% V1.7 compsoc does not use a pullup\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+\def\@IEEEpubidpullup{0pt}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+% holds the ID text\r
+\def\@IEEEpubid{\relax}\r
+\r
+% flag so \maketitle can tell if \IEEEpubid was called\r
+\newif\if@IEEEusingpubid\r
+\global\@IEEEusingpubidfalse\r
+% issue this command in the page to have the ID at the bottom\r
+% V1.6 use before \maketitle\r
+\def\IEEEpubid#1{\def\@IEEEpubid{#1}\global\@IEEEusingpubidtrue}\r
+\r
+\r
+% command which will pull up (shorten) the column it is executed in\r
+% to make room for the publisher ID. Place in the second column of\r
+% the title page when using \IEEEpubid\r
+% Is smart enough not to do anything when in single column text or\r
+% if the user hasn't called \IEEEpubid\r
+% currently needed in for the second column of a page with the\r
+% publisher ID. If not needed in future releases, please provide this\r
+% command and define it as \relax for backward compatibility\r
+% v1.6b do not allow command to operate if the peer review option has been \r
+% selected because \IEEEpubidadjcol will not be on the cover page.\r
+% V1.7 do nothing if compsoc\r
+\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\else\ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\else\r
+\if@twocolumn\if@IEEEusingpubid\enlargethispage{-\@IEEEpubidpullup}\fi\fi\fi\fi}\r
+\r
+% Special thanks to Peter Wilson, Daniel Luecking, and the other\r
+% gurus at comp.text.tex, for helping me to understand how best to\r
+% implement the IEEEpubid command in LaTeX.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%% Lockout some commands under various conditions\r
+\r
+% general purpose bit bucket\r
+\newsavebox{\@IEEEtranrubishbin}\r
+\r
+% flags to prevent multiple warning messages\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNthanks\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership\r
+\newif\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext\r
+\@IEEEWARNthankstrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstarttrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographytrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophototrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidtrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcoltrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershiptrue\r
+\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletexttrue\r
+\r
+\r
+%% Lockout some commands when in various modes, but allow them to be restored if needed\r
+%%\r
+% save commands which might be locked out\r
+% so that the user can later restore them if needed\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDthanks\thanks\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart\IEEEPARstart\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography\IEEEbiography\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography\endIEEEbiography\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto\IEEEbiographynophoto\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto\endIEEEbiographynophoto\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid\IEEEpubid\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol\IEEEpubidadjcol\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership\IEEEmembership\r
+\let\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext\IEEEaftertitletext\r
+\r
+\r
+% disable \IEEEPARstart when in draft mode\r
+% This may have originally been done because the pre-V1.6 drop letter\r
+% algorithm had problems with a non-unity baselinestretch\r
+% At any rate, it seems too formal to have a drop letter in a draft\r
+% paper.\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONdraftcls\r
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** ATTENTION: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart\r
+ is disabled in draft mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse}\r
+\fi\r
+% and for technotes\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\r
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart\r
+ is locked out for technotes (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% lockout unneeded commands when in conference mode\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONconference\r
+% when locked out, \thanks, \IEEEbiography, \IEEEbiographynophoto, \IEEEpubid,\r
+% \IEEEmembership and \IEEEaftertitletext will all swallow their given text. \r
+% \IEEEPARstart will output a normal character instead\r
+% warn the user about these commands only once to prevent the console screen\r
+% from filling up with redundant messages\r
+\def\thanks#1{\if@IEEEWARNthanks\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\thanks\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNthanksfalse}\r
+\def\IEEEPARstart#1#2{#1#2\if@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstart\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEPARstart\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEPARstartfalse}\r
+\r
+\r
+% LaTeX treats environments and commands with optional arguments differently.\r
+% the actual ("internal") command is stored as \\commandname \r
+% (accessed via \csname\string\commandname\endcsname )\r
+% the "external" command \commandname is a macro with code to determine\r
+% whether or not the optional argument is presented and to provide the \r
+% default if it is absent. So, in order to save and restore such a command\r
+% we would have to save and restore \\commandname as well. But, if LaTeX\r
+% ever changes the way it names the internal names, the trick would break.\r
+% Instead let us just define a new environment so that the internal\r
+% name can be left undisturbed.\r
+\newenvironment{@IEEEbogusbiography}[2][]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiography\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiography\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographyfalse%\r
+\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax}\r
+% and make biography point to our bogus biography\r
+\let\IEEEbiography=\@IEEEbogusbiography\r
+\let\endIEEEbiography=\end@IEEEbogusbiography\r
+\r
+\renewenvironment{IEEEbiographynophoto}[1]{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophoto\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEbiographynophoto\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEbiographynophotofalse%\r
+\setbox\@IEEEtranrubishbin\vbox\bgroup}{\egroup\relax}\r
+\r
+\def\IEEEpubid#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubid\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubid \r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidfalse}\r
+\def\IEEEpubidadjcol{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcol\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEpubidadjcol\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEpubidadjcolfalse}\r
+\def\IEEEmembership#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEmembership\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEmembership\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEmembershipfalse}\r
+\def\IEEEaftertitletext#1{\if@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletext\typeout{** WARNING: \noexpand\IEEEaftertitletext\r
+ is locked out when in conference mode (line \the\inputlineno).}\fi\global\@IEEEWARNIEEEaftertitletextfalse}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+% provide a way to restore the commands that are locked out\r
+\def\IEEEoverridecommandlockouts{%\r
+\typeout{** ATTENTION: Overriding command lockouts (line \the\inputlineno).}%\r
+\let\thanks\@IEEESAVECMDthanks%\r
+\let\IEEEPARstart\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEPARstart%\r
+\let\IEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiography%\r
+\let\endIEEEbiography\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiography%\r
+\let\IEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEbiographynophoto%\r
+\let\endIEEEbiographynophoto\@IEEESAVECMDendIEEEbiographynophoto%\r
+\let\IEEEpubid\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubid%\r
+\let\IEEEpubidadjcol\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEpubidadjcol%\r
+\let\IEEEmembership\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEmembership%\r
+\let\IEEEaftertitletext\@IEEESAVECMDIEEEaftertitletext}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% need a backslash character for typeout output\r
+{\catcode`\|=0 \catcode`\\=12\r
+|xdef|@IEEEbackslash{\}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% hook to allow easy disabling of all legacy warnings\r
+\def\@IEEElegacywarn#1#2{\typeout{** ATTENTION: \@IEEEbackslash #1 is deprecated (line \the\inputlineno).\r
+Use \@IEEEbackslash #2 instead.}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% provide for legacy commands\r
+\def\authorblockA{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockA}{IEEEauthorblockA}\IEEEauthorblockA}\r
+\def\authorblockN{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorblockN}{IEEEauthorblockN}\IEEEauthorblockN}\r
+\def\authorrefmark{\@IEEElegacywarn{authorrefmark}{IEEEauthorrefmark}\IEEEauthorrefmark}\r
+\def\PARstart{\@IEEElegacywarn{PARstart}{IEEEPARstart}\IEEEPARstart}\r
+\def\pubid{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubid}{IEEEpubid}\IEEEpubid}\r
+\def\pubidadjcol{\@IEEElegacywarn{pubidadjcol}{IEEEpubidadjcol}\IEEEpubidadjcol}\r
+\def\QED{\@IEEElegacywarn{QED}{IEEEQED}\IEEEQED}\r
+\def\QEDclosed{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDclosed}{IEEEQEDclosed}\IEEEQEDclosed}\r
+\def\QEDopen{\@IEEElegacywarn{QEDopen}{IEEEQEDopen}\IEEEQEDopen}\r
+\def\specialpapernotice{\@IEEElegacywarn{specialpapernotice}{IEEEspecialpapernotice}\IEEEspecialpapernotice}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% provide for legacy environments\r
+\def\biography{\@IEEElegacywarn{biography}{IEEEbiography}\IEEEbiography}\r
+\def\biographynophoto{\@IEEElegacywarn{biographynophoto}{IEEEbiographynophoto}\IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\def\keywords{\@IEEElegacywarn{keywords}{IEEEkeywords}\IEEEkeywords}\r
+\def\endbiography{\endIEEEbiography}\r
+\def\endbiographynophoto{\endIEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\def\endkeywords{\endIEEEkeywords}\r
+\r
+\r
+% provide for legacy IED commands/lengths when possible\r
+\let\labelindent\IEEElabelindent\r
+\def\calcleftmargin{\@IEEElegacywarn{calcleftmargin}{IEEEcalcleftmargin}\IEEEcalcleftmargin}\r
+\def\setlabelwidth{\@IEEElegacywarn{setlabelwidth}{IEEEsetlabelwidth}\IEEEsetlabelwidth}\r
+\def\usemathlabelsep{\@IEEElegacywarn{usemathlabelsep}{IEEEusemathlabelsep}\IEEEusemathlabelsep}\r
+\def\iedlabeljustifyc{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyc}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyc}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyc}\r
+\def\iedlabeljustifyl{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyl}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyl}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyl}\r
+\def\iedlabeljustifyr{\@IEEElegacywarn{iedlabeljustifyr}{IEEEiedlabeljustifyr}\IEEEiedlabeljustifyr}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% let \proof use the IEEEtran version even after amsthm is loaded\r
+% \proof is now deprecated in favor of \IEEEproof\r
+\AtBeginDocument{\def\proof{\@IEEElegacywarn{proof}{IEEEproof}\IEEEproof}\def\endproof{\endIEEEproof}}\r
+\r
+% V1.7 \overrideIEEEmargins is no longer supported.\r
+\def\overrideIEEEmargins{%\r
+\typeout{** WARNING: \string\overrideIEEEmargins \space no longer supported (line \the\inputlineno).}%\r
+\typeout{** Use the \string\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin, \string\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin \space controls instead.}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\endinput\r
+\r
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of IEEEtran.cls  %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%\r
+% That's all folks!\r
+\r

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtranS.bst b/IEEEtran/IEEEtranS.bst
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..29e5b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/IEEEtranS.bst
@@ -0,0 +1,2607 @@
+%%
+%% IEEEtranS.bst
+%% BibTeX Bibliography Style file
+%% Sorting version of IEEEtran.bst
+%% *** Not for normal IEEE work ***
+%% Version 1.12 (2007/01/11)
+%% 
+%% Copyright (c) 2003-2007 Michael Shell
+%% 
+%% Original starting code base and algorithms obtained from the output of
+%% Patrick W. Daly's makebst package as well as from prior versions of
+%% IEEE BibTeX styles:
+%% 
+%% 1. Howard Trickey and Oren Patashnik's ieeetr.bst  (1985/1988)
+%% 2. Silvano Balemi and Richard H. Roy's IEEEbib.bst (1993)
+%% 
+%% Added sorting code is from plain.bst.
+%% 
+%% Support sites:
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/
+%% and/or
+%% http://www.ieee.org/
+%% 
+%% For use with BibTeX version 0.99a or later
+%%
+%% This is a numerical citation style.
+%% 
+%%*************************************************************************
+%% Legal Notice:
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! 
+%% User assumes all risk.
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+%% of any information contained here.
+%%
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+%%
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+%%
+%% File list of work: IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib, IEEEexample.bib,
+%%                    IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst, IEEEtranSA.bst,
+%%                    IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst, IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf
+%%*************************************************************************
+%
+%
+% Changelog:
+%
+% 1.10 (2002/09/27) Initial release
+%
+% 1.11 (2003/04/02)
+%  1. Fixed bug with URLs containing underscores when using url.sty. Thanks
+%     to Ming Kin Lai for reporting this.
+%
+% 1.12 (2007/01/11)
+%  1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained
+%     more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this.
+%  2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a
+%     type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for
+%     reporting this.
+%  3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support
+%     latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions
+%     of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended.
+%     Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html.
+%     Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this.
+%  4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output.
+%  5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands
+%     just prior to the first entry.
+%  6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to
+%     better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles.
+%  7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul.,
+%     and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann
+%     for reporting this.
+%  8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest
+%     label width.
+%  9. Added alias www for electronic/online.
+% 10. Added CTLname_url_prefix control entry type.
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% DEFAULTS FOR THE CONTROLS OF THE BST STYLE %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% These are the defaults for the user adjustable controls. The values used
+% here can be overridden by the user via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.
+
+% NOTE: The recommended LaTeX command to invoke a control entry type is:
+% 
+%\makeatletter
+%\def\bstctlcite{\@ifnextchar[{\@bstctlcite}{\@bstctlcite[@auxout]}}
+%\def\@bstctlcite[#1]#2{\@bsphack
+%  \@for\@citeb:=#2\do{%
+%    \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+%    \if@filesw\immediate\write\csname #1\endcsname{\string\citation{\@citeb}}\fi}%
+%  \@esphack}
+%\makeatother
+%
+% It is called at the start of the document, before the first \cite, like:
+% \bstctlcite{IEEEexample:BSTcontrol}
+%
+% IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later does provide this command.
+
+
+
+% #0 turns off the display of the number for articles.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.number.for.article} { #1 }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the display of the paper and type fields in @inproceedings.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.paper} { #1 }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the forced use of "et al."
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.forced.et.al} { #0 }
+
+% The maximum number of names that can be present beyond which an "et al."
+% usage is forced. Be sure that num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al (below)
+% is not greater than this value!
+% Note: There are many instances of references in IEEE journals which have
+% a very large number of authors as well as instances in which "et al." is
+% used profusely.
+FUNCTION {default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al} { #10 }
+
+% The number of names that will be shown with a forced "et al.".
+% Must be less than or equal to max.num.names.before.forced.et.al
+FUNCTION {default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al} { #1 }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing} { #1 }
+
+% If alternate interword spacing for entries with URLs is enabled, this is
+% the interword spacing stretch factor that will be used. For example, the
+% default "4" here means that the interword spacing in entries with URLs can
+% stretch to four times normal. Does not have to be an integer. Note that
+% the value specified here can be overridden by the user in their LaTeX
+% code via a command such as: 
+% "\providecommand\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor{1.5}" in addition to
+% that via the IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.
+FUNCTION {default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor} { "4" }
+
+
+% #0 turns off the "dashification" of repeated (i.e., identical to those
+% of the previous entry) names. IEEE normally does this.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {default.is.dash.repeated.names} { #1 }
+
+
+% The default name format control string.
+FUNCTION {default.name.format.string}{ "{f.~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" }
+
+
+% The default LaTeX font command for the names.
+FUNCTION {default.name.latex.cmd}{ "" }
+
+
+% The default URL prefix.
+FUNCTION {default.name.url.prefix}{ "[Online]. Available:" }
+
+
+% Other controls that cannot be accessed via IEEEtranBSTCTL entry type.
+
+% #0 turns off the terminal startup banner/completed message so as to
+% operate more quietly.
+% #1 enables
+FUNCTION {is.print.banners.to.terminal} { #1 }
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% FILE VERSION AND BANNER %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION{bst.file.version} { "1.12" }
+FUNCTION{bst.file.date} { "2007/01/11" }
+FUNCTION{bst.file.website} { "http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/" }
+
+FUNCTION {banner.message}
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal
+     { "-- IEEEtranS.bst version" " " * bst.file.version *
+       " (" * bst.file.date * ") " * "by Michael Shell." *
+       top$
+       "-- " bst.file.website *
+       top$
+       "-- See the " quote$ * "IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf" * quote$ * " manual for usage information." *
+       top$
+       "** Sorting version - not for normal IEEE work."
+       top$
+     }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {completed.message}
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal
+     { ""
+       top$
+       "Done."
+       top$
+     }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% STRING CONSTANTS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {bbl.and}{ "and" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.etal}{ "et~al." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.editors}{ "eds." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.editor}{ "ed." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.edition}{ "ed." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.volume}{ "vol." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.of}{ "of" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.number}{ "no." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.in}{ "in" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.pages}{ "pp." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.page}{ "p." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.chapter}{ "ch." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.paper}{ "paper" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.part}{ "pt." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.patent}{ "Patent" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.patentUS}{ "U.S." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.revision}{ "Rev." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.series}{ "ser." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.standard}{ "Std." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.techrep}{ "Tech. Rep." }
+FUNCTION {bbl.mthesis}{ "Master's thesis" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.phdthesis}{ "Ph.D. dissertation" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.st}{ "st" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.nd}{ "nd" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.rd}{ "rd" }
+FUNCTION {bbl.th}{ "th" }
+
+
+% This is the LaTeX spacer that is used when a larger than normal space
+% is called for (such as just before the address:publisher).
+FUNCTION {large.space} { "\hskip 1em plus 0.5em minus 0.4em\relax " }
+
+% The LaTeX code for dashes that are used to represent repeated names.
+% Note: Some older IEEE journals used something like
+% "\rule{0.275in}{0.5pt}\," which is fairly thick and runs right along
+% the baseline. However, IEEE now uses a thinner, above baseline,
+% six dash long sequence.
+FUNCTION {repeated.name.dashes} { "------" }
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% PREDEFINED STRING MACROS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+MACRO {jan} {"Jan."}
+MACRO {feb} {"Feb."}
+MACRO {mar} {"Mar."}
+MACRO {apr} {"Apr."}
+MACRO {may} {"May"}
+MACRO {jun} {"Jun."}
+MACRO {jul} {"Jul."}
+MACRO {aug} {"Aug."}
+MACRO {sep} {"Sep."}
+MACRO {oct} {"Oct."}
+MACRO {nov} {"Nov."}
+MACRO {dec} {"Dec."}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% ENTRY FIELDS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    assignee
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    day
+    dayfiled
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    intype
+    journal
+    key
+    language
+    month
+    monthfiled
+    nationality
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    paper
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    revision
+    title
+    type
+    url
+    volume
+    year
+    yearfiled
+    CTLuse_article_number
+    CTLuse_paper
+    CTLuse_forced_etal
+    CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+    CTLnames_show_etal
+    CTLuse_alt_spacing
+    CTLalt_stretch_factor
+    CTLdash_repeated_names
+    CTLname_format_string
+    CTLname_latex_cmd
+    CTLname_url_prefix
+  }
+  {}
+  { label }
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% INTEGER VARIABLES %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+INTEGERS { prev.status.punct this.status.punct punct.std
+           punct.no punct.comma punct.period 
+           prev.status.space this.status.space space.std
+           space.no space.normal space.large
+           prev.status.quote this.status.quote quote.std
+           quote.no quote.close
+           prev.status.nline this.status.nline nline.std
+           nline.no nline.newblock 
+           status.cap cap.std
+           cap.no cap.yes}
+
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width multiresult nameptr namesleft number.label numnames }
+
+INTEGERS { is.use.number.for.article
+           is.use.paper
+           is.forced.et.al
+           max.num.names.before.forced.et.al
+           num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al
+           is.use.alt.interword.spacing
+           is.dash.repeated.names}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% STRING VARIABLES %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+STRINGS { bibinfo
+          longest.label
+          oldname
+          s
+          t
+          ALTinterwordstretchfactor
+          name.format.string
+          name.latex.cmd
+          name.url.prefix}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LOW LEVEL FUNCTIONS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.controls}
+{ default.is.use.number.for.article 'is.use.number.for.article :=
+  default.is.use.paper 'is.use.paper :=
+  default.is.forced.et.al 'is.forced.et.al :=
+  default.max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=
+  default.num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=
+  default.is.use.alt.interword.spacing 'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=
+  default.is.dash.repeated.names 'is.dash.repeated.names :=
+  default.ALTinterwordstretchfactor 'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=
+  default.name.format.string 'name.format.string :=
+  default.name.latex.cmd 'name.latex.cmd :=
+  default.name.url.prefix 'name.url.prefix :=
+}
+
+
+% This IEEEtran.bst features a very powerful and flexible mechanism for
+% controlling the capitalization, punctuation, spacing, quotation, and
+% newlines of the formatted entry fields. (Note: IEEEtran.bst does not need
+% or use the newline/newblock feature, but it has been implemented for
+% possible future use.) The output states of IEEEtran.bst consist of
+% multiple independent attributes and, as such, can be thought of as being
+% vectors, rather than the simple scalar values ("before.all", 
+% "mid.sentence", etc.) used in most other .bst files.
+% 
+% The more flexible and complex design used here was motivated in part by
+% IEEE's rather unusual bibliography style. For example, IEEE ends the
+% previous field item with a period and large space prior to the publisher
+% address; the @electronic entry types use periods as inter-item punctuation
+% rather than the commas used by the other entry types; and URLs are never
+% followed by periods even though they are the last item in the entry.
+% Although it is possible to accommodate these features with the conventional
+% output state system, the seemingly endless exceptions make for convoluted,
+% unreliable and difficult to maintain code.
+%
+% IEEEtran.bst's output state system can be easily understood via a simple
+% illustration of two most recently formatted entry fields (on the stack):
+%
+%               CURRENT_ITEM
+%               "PREVIOUS_ITEM
+%
+% which, in this example, is to eventually appear in the bibliography as:
+% 
+%               "PREVIOUS_ITEM," CURRENT_ITEM
+%
+% It is the job of the output routine to take the previous item off of the
+% stack (while leaving the current item at the top of the stack), apply its
+% trailing punctuation (including closing quote marks) and spacing, and then
+% to write the result to BibTeX's output buffer:
+% 
+%               "PREVIOUS_ITEM," 
+% 
+% Punctuation (and spacing) between items is often determined by both of the
+% items rather than just the first one. The presence of quotation marks
+% further complicates the situation because, in standard English, trailing
+% punctuation marks are supposed to be contained within the quotes.
+% 
+% IEEEtran.bst maintains two output state (aka "status") vectors which
+% correspond to the previous and current (aka "this") items. Each vector
+% consists of several independent attributes which track punctuation,
+% spacing, quotation, and newlines. Capitalization status is handled by a
+% separate scalar because the format routines, not the output routine,
+% handle capitalization and, therefore, there is no need to maintain the
+% capitalization attribute for both the "previous" and "this" items.
+% 
+% When a format routine adds a new item, it copies the current output status
+% vector to the previous output status vector and (usually) resets the
+% current (this) output status vector to a "standard status" vector. Using a
+% "standard status" vector in this way allows us to redefine what we mean by
+% "standard status" at the start of each entry handler and reuse the same
+% format routines under the various inter-item separation schemes. For
+% example, the standard status vector for the @book entry type may use
+% commas for item separators, while the @electronic type may use periods,
+% yet both entry handlers exploit many of the exact same format routines.
+% 
+% Because format routines have write access to the output status vector of
+% the previous item, they can override the punctuation choices of the
+% previous format routine! Therefore, it becomes trivial to implement rules
+% such as "Always use a period and a large space before the publisher." By
+% pushing the generation of the closing quote mark to the output routine, we
+% avoid all the problems caused by having to close a quote before having all
+% the information required to determine what the punctuation should be.
+%
+% The IEEEtran.bst output state system can easily be expanded if needed.
+% For instance, it is easy to add a "space.tie" attribute value if the
+% bibliography rules mandate that two items have to be joined with an
+% unbreakable space. 
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.status.constants}
+{ #0 'punct.no :=
+  #1 'punct.comma :=
+  #2 'punct.period :=
+  #0 'space.no := 
+  #1 'space.normal :=
+  #2 'space.large :=
+  #0 'quote.no :=
+  #1 'quote.close :=
+  #0 'cap.no :=
+  #1 'cap.yes :=
+  #0 'nline.no :=
+  #1 'nline.newblock :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.comma}
+{ punct.comma 'punct.std :=
+  space.normal 'space.std :=
+  quote.no 'quote.std :=
+  nline.no 'nline.std :=
+  cap.no 'cap.std :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {std.status.using.period}
+{ punct.period 'punct.std :=
+  space.normal 'space.std :=
+  quote.no 'quote.std :=
+  nline.no 'nline.std :=
+  cap.yes 'cap.std :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.prev.this.status}
+{ punct.no 'prev.status.punct :=
+  space.no 'prev.status.space :=
+  quote.no 'prev.status.quote :=
+  nline.no 'prev.status.nline :=
+  punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+  space.no 'this.status.space :=
+  quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+  nline.no 'this.status.nline :=
+  cap.yes 'status.cap :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {this.status.std}
+{ punct.std 'this.status.punct :=
+  space.std 'this.status.space :=
+  quote.std 'this.status.quote :=
+  nline.std 'this.status.nline :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {cap.status.std}{ cap.std 'status.cap := }
+
+FUNCTION {this.to.prev.status}
+{ this.status.punct 'prev.status.punct :=
+  this.status.space 'prev.status.space :=
+  this.status.quote 'prev.status.quote :=
+  this.status.nline 'prev.status.nline :=
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   { skip$ }
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% convert the strings "yes" or "no" to #1 or #0 respectively
+FUNCTION {yes.no.to.int}
+{ "l" change.case$ duplicate$
+    "yes" =
+    { pop$  #1 }
+    { duplicate$ "no" =
+        { pop$ #0 }
+        { "unknown boolean " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *
+          " in " * cite$ * warning$
+          #0
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% pushes true if the single char string on the stack is in the
+% range of "0" to "9"
+FUNCTION {is.num}
+{ chr.to.int$
+  duplicate$ "0" chr.to.int$ < not
+  swap$ "9" chr.to.int$ > not and
+}
+
+% multiplies the integer on the stack by a factor of 10
+FUNCTION {bump.int.mag}
+{ #0 'multiresult :=
+    { duplicate$ #0 > }
+    { #1 -
+      multiresult #10 +
+      'multiresult :=
+    }
+  while$
+pop$
+multiresult
+}
+
+% converts a single character string on the stack to an integer
+FUNCTION {char.to.integer}
+{ duplicate$ 
+  is.num
+    { chr.to.int$ "0" chr.to.int$ - }
+    {"noninteger character " quote$ * swap$ * quote$ *
+          " in integer field of " * cite$ * warning$
+    #0
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% converts a string on the stack to an integer
+FUNCTION {string.to.integer}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ 'namesleft :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  #0 'numnames :=
+    { nameptr namesleft > not }
+    { duplicate$ nameptr #1 substring$
+      char.to.integer numnames bump.int.mag +
+      'numnames :=
+      nameptr #1 +
+      'nameptr :=
+    }
+  while$
+pop$
+numnames
+}
+
+
+
+
+% The output routines write out the *next* to the top (previous) item on the
+% stack, adding punctuation and such as needed. Since IEEEtran.bst maintains
+% the output status for the top two items on the stack, these output
+% routines have to consider the previous output status (which corresponds to
+% the item that is being output). Full independent control of punctuation,
+% closing quote marks, spacing, and newblock is provided.
+% 
+% "output.nonnull" does not check for the presence of a previous empty
+% item.
+% 
+% "output" does check for the presence of a previous empty item and will
+% remove an empty item rather than outputing it.
+% 
+% "output.warn" is like "output", but will issue a warning if it detects
+% an empty item.
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ swap$
+  prev.status.punct punct.comma =
+     { "," * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  prev.status.punct punct.period =
+     { add.period$ }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$ 
+  prev.status.quote quote.close =
+     { "''" * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  prev.status.space space.normal =
+     { " " * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  prev.status.space space.large =
+     { large.space * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+  write$
+  prev.status.nline nline.newblock =
+     { newline$ "\newblock " write$ }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.warn}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+% "fin.entry" is the output routine that handles the last item of the entry
+% (which will be on the top of the stack when "fin.entry" is called).
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ this.status.punct punct.no =
+     { skip$ }
+     { add.period$ }
+   if$
+   this.status.quote quote.close =
+     { "''" * }
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+write$
+newline$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {is.last.char.not.punct}
+{ duplicate$
+   "}" * add.period$
+   #-1 #1 substring$ "." =
+}
+
+FUNCTION {is.multiple.pages}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {capitalize}{ "u" change.case$ "t" change.case$ }
+
+FUNCTION {emphasize}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\emph{" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {do.name.latex.cmd}
+{ name.latex.cmd
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { name.latex.cmd "{" * swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+% IEEEtran.bst uses its own \BIBforeignlanguage command which directly
+% invokes the TeX hyphenation patterns without the need of the Babel
+% package. Babel does a lot more than switch hyphenation patterns and
+% its loading can cause unintended effects in many class files (such as
+% IEEEtran.cls).
+FUNCTION {select.language}
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'pop$
+    { language empty$ 'skip$
+        { "\BIBforeignlanguage{" language * "}{" * swap$ * "}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.prefix}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { " " }
+  if$
+  swap$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {get.bbl.editor}
+{ editor num.names$ #1 > 'bbl.editors 'bbl.editor if$ }
+
+FUNCTION {space.word}{ " " swap$ * " " * }
+
+
+% Field Conditioners, Converters, Checkers and External Interfaces
+
+FUNCTION {empty.field.to.null.string}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    { pop$ }
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.entry.warn}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$ url empty$
+  and and and and and and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% The bibinfo system provides a way for the electronic parsing/acquisition
+% of a bibliography's contents as is done by ReVTeX. For example, a field
+% could be entered into the bibliography as:
+% \bibinfo{volume}{2}
+% Only the "2" would show up in the document, but the LaTeX \bibinfo command
+% could do additional things with the information. IEEEtran.bst does provide
+% a \bibinfo command via "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}". However, it is
+% currently not used as the bogus bibinfo functions defined here output the
+% entry values directly without the \bibinfo wrapper. The bibinfo functions
+% themselves (and the calls to them) are retained for possible future use.
+% 
+% bibinfo.check avoids acting on missing fields while bibinfo.warn will
+% issue a warning message if a missing field is detected. Prior to calling
+% the bibinfo functions, the user should push the field value and then its
+% name string, in that order.
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.check}
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$
+    { pop$ pop$ "" }
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { swap$ pop$ }
+        { swap$ pop$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {bibinfo.warn}
+{ swap$ duplicate$ missing$
+    { swap$ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ pop$ "" }
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { swap$ "empty " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+        { swap$ pop$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% IEEE separates large numbers with more than 4 digits into groups of
+% three. IEEE uses a small space to separate these number groups. 
+% Typical applications include patent and page numbers.
+
+% number of consecutive digits required to trigger the group separation.
+FUNCTION {large.number.trigger}{ #5 }
+
+% For numbers longer than the trigger, this is the blocksize of the groups.
+% The blocksize must be less than the trigger threshold, and 2 * blocksize
+% must be greater than the trigger threshold (can't do more than one
+% separation on the initial trigger).
+FUNCTION {large.number.blocksize}{ #3 }
+
+% What is actually inserted between the number groups.
+FUNCTION {large.number.separator}{ "\," }
+
+% So as to save on integer variables by reusing existing ones, numnames
+% holds the current number of consecutive digits read and nameptr holds
+% the number that will trigger an inserted space.
+FUNCTION {large.number.separate}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  #0 'numnames :=
+  large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=
+  { t empty$ not }
+  { t #-1 #1 substring$ is.num
+      { numnames #1 + 'numnames := }
+      { #0 'numnames := 
+        large.number.trigger 'nameptr :=
+      }
+    if$
+    t #-1 #1 substring$ swap$ *
+    t #-2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    numnames nameptr =
+      { duplicate$ #1 nameptr large.number.blocksize - substring$ swap$
+        nameptr large.number.blocksize - #1 + global.max$ substring$
+        large.number.separator swap$ * *
+        nameptr large.number.blocksize - 'numnames :=
+        large.number.blocksize #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      }
+      { skip$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  while$
+}
+
+% Converts all single dashes "-" to double dashes "--".
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ large.number.separate
+  't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+
+% This function detects entries with names that are identical to that of
+% the previous entry and replaces the repeated names with dashes (if the
+% "is.dash.repeated.names" user control is nonzero).
+FUNCTION {name.or.dash}
+{ 's :=
+   oldname empty$
+     { s 'oldname := s }
+     { s oldname =
+         { is.dash.repeated.names
+              { repeated.name.dashes }
+              { s 'oldname := s }
+            if$
+         }
+         { s 'oldname := s }
+       if$
+     }
+   if$
+}
+
+% Converts the number string on the top of the stack to
+% "numerical ordinal form" (e.g., "7" to "7th"). There is
+% no artificial limit to the upper bound of the numbers as the
+% least significant digit always determines the ordinal form.
+FUNCTION {num.to.ordinal}
+{ duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "1" =
+     { bbl.st * }
+     { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "2" =
+         { bbl.nd * }
+         { duplicate$ #-1 #1 substring$ "3" =
+             { bbl.rd * }
+             { bbl.th * }
+           if$
+         }
+       if$
+     }
+   if$
+}
+
+% If the string on the top of the stack begins with a number,
+% (e.g., 11th) then replace the string with the leading number
+% it contains. Otherwise retain the string as-is. s holds the
+% extracted number, t holds the part of the string that remains
+% to be scanned.
+FUNCTION {extract.num}
+{ duplicate$ 't :=
+  "" 's :=
+  { t empty$ not }
+  { t #1 #1 substring$
+    t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+    duplicate$ is.num
+      { s swap$ * 's := }
+      { pop$ "" 't := }
+    if$
+  }
+  while$
+  s empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$ s }
+  if$
+}
+
+% Converts the word number string on the top of the stack to
+% Arabic string form. Will be successful up to "tenth".
+FUNCTION {word.to.num}
+{ duplicate$ "l" change.case$ 's :=
+  s "first" =
+    { pop$ "1" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "second" =
+    { pop$ "2" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "third" =
+    { pop$ "3" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "fourth" =
+    { pop$ "4" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "fifth" =
+    { pop$ "5" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "sixth" =
+    { pop$ "6" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "seventh" =
+    { pop$ "7" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "eighth" =
+    { pop$ "8" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "ninth" =
+    { pop$ "9" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  s "tenth" =
+    { pop$ "10" }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% Converts the string on the top of the stack to numerical
+% ordinal (e.g., "11th") form.
+FUNCTION {convert.edition}
+{ duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+        { extract.num
+          num.to.ordinal
+        }
+        { word.to.num
+          duplicate$ #1 #1 substring$ is.num
+            { num.to.ordinal }
+            { "edition ordinal word " quote$ * edition * quote$ *
+              " may be too high (or improper) for conversion" * " in " * cite$ * warning$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LATEX BIBLIOGRAPHY CODE %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {start.entry}
+{ newline$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  initialize.prev.this.status
+}
+
+% Here we write out all the LaTeX code that we will need. The most involved
+% code sequences are those that control the alternate interword spacing and
+% foreign language hyphenation patterns. The heavy use of \providecommand
+% gives users a way to override the defaults. Special thanks to Javier Bezos,
+% Johannes Braams, Robin Fairbairns, Heiko Oberdiek, Donald Arseneau and all
+% the other gurus on comp.text.tex for their help and advice on the topic of
+% \selectlanguage, Babel and BibTeX.
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ "% Generated by IEEEtranS.bst, version: " bst.file.version * " (" * bst.file.date * ")" *
+  write$ newline$
+  preamble$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" *
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\url}[1]{#1}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\csname url@samestyle\endcsname"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\newblock}{\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\bibinfo}[2]{#2}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=0pt\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"
+  ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing}{\spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font plus "
+  write$ newline$
+  "\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor\fontdimen3\font minus \fontdimen4\font\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBforeignlanguage}[2]{{%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\expandafter\ifx\csname l@#1\endcsname\relax"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\typeout{** WARNING: IEEEtranS.bst: No hyphenation pattern has been}%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\typeout{** loaded for the language `#1'. Using the pattern for}%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\typeout{** the default language instead.}%"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\else"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\language=\csname l@#1\endcsname"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\fi"
+  write$ newline$
+  "#2}}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\providecommand{\BIBdecl}{\relax}"
+  write$ newline$
+  "\BIBdecl"
+  write$ newline$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$ "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$ }
+
+FUNCTION {if.url.alt.interword.spacing}
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing 
+     {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentryALTinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {if.url.std.interword.spacing}
+{ is.use.alt.interword.spacing 
+     {url empty$ 'skip$ {"\BIBentrySTDinterwordspacing" write$ newline$} if$}
+     { skip$ }
+   if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% LONGEST LABEL PASS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" =
+    { skip$ }
+    { number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+      number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+      label width$ longest.label.width >
+        { label 'longest.label :=
+          label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+        }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% FORMAT HANDLERS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%% Lower Level Formats (used by higher level formats)
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.org.or.pub.date}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+  year empty$
+    { "empty year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  address empty$ t empty$ and
+  year empty$ and month empty$ and
+    { skip$ }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      address "address" bibinfo.check *
+      t empty$
+        { skip$ }
+        { punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=
+          space.large 'prev.status.space :=
+          address empty$
+            { skip$ }
+            { ": " * }
+          if$
+          t *
+        }
+      if$
+      year empty$ month empty$ and
+        { skip$ }
+        { t empty$ address empty$ and
+            { skip$ }
+            { ", " * }
+          if$
+          month empty$
+            { year empty$
+                { skip$ }
+                { year "year" bibinfo.check * }
+              if$
+            }
+            { month "month" bibinfo.check *
+              year empty$
+                 { skip$ }
+                 { " " * year "year" bibinfo.check * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 'bibinfo :=
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$ {
+  this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  's :=
+  "" 't :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { s nameptr
+      name.format.string
+      format.name$
+      bibinfo bibinfo.check
+      't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { nameptr num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al #1 + =
+          numnames max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >
+          is.forced.et.al and and
+            { "others" 't :=
+              #1 'namesleft :=
+            }
+            { skip$ }
+          if$
+          namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t do.name.latex.cmd * }
+            { s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ duplicate$ "others" =
+                { 't := }
+                { pop$ }
+              if$
+              t "others" =
+                { " " * bbl.etal emphasize * }
+                { numnames #2 >
+                    { "," * }
+                    { skip$ }
+                  if$
+                  bbl.and
+                  space.word * t do.name.latex.cmd *
+                }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t do.name.latex.cmd }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+  cap.status.std
+  } if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%% Higher Level Formats
+
+%% addresses/locations
+
+FUNCTION {format.address}
+{ address duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% author/editor names
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}{ author "author" format.names }
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor "editor" format.names duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { ", " *
+      get.bbl.editor
+      capitalize
+      *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% date
+
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{
+  month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+  year  "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+    { swap$ 'skip$
+        { this.to.prev.status
+          this.status.std
+          cap.status.std
+         "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$ }
+      if$
+      *
+    }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      swap$ 'skip$
+        {
+          swap$
+          " " * swap$
+        }
+      if$
+      *
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.date.electronic}
+{ month "month" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+  year  "year" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$
+    { swap$ 
+        { pop$ }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+        pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ *
+        this.to.prev.status
+        punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+        space.normal 'this.status.space :=
+        quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+        cap.yes  'status.cap :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { swap$ 
+        { swap$ pop$ ")" * "(" swap$ * }
+        { "(" swap$ * ", " * swap$ * ")" * }
+      if$
+    this.to.prev.status
+    punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+    space.normal 'this.status.space :=
+    quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+    cap.yes  'status.cap :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% edition/title
+
+% Note: IEEE considers the edition to be closely associated with
+% the title of a book. So, in IEEEtran.bst the edition is normally handled 
+% within the formatting of the title. The format.edition function is 
+% retained here for possible future use.
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      convert.edition
+      status.cap
+        { "t" }
+        { "l" }
+      if$ change.case$
+      "edition" bibinfo.check
+      "~" * bbl.edition *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% This is used to format the booktitle of a conference proceedings.
+% Here we use the "intype" field to provide the user a way to 
+% override the word "in" (e.g., with things like "presented at")
+% Use of intype stops the emphasis of the booktitle to indicate that
+% we no longer mean the written conference proceedings, but the
+% conference itself.
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle}
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      select.language
+      intype missing$
+        { emphasize
+          bbl.in " " *
+        }
+        { intype " " * }
+      if$
+      swap$ *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+% This is used to format the booktitle of collection.
+% Here the "intype" field is not supported, but "edition" is.
+FUNCTION {format.in.booktitle.edition}
+{ booktitle "booktitle" bibinfo.check duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+      edition empty$ 'skip$
+        { ", " *
+          edition
+          convert.edition
+          "l" change.case$
+          * "~" * bbl.edition *
+        }
+      if$
+      bbl.in " " * swap$ *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.title}
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      "t" change.case$
+    }
+  if$
+  "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { quote.close 'this.status.quote :=
+      is.last.char.not.punct
+        { punct.std 'this.status.punct := }
+        { punct.no 'this.status.punct := }
+      if$
+      select.language
+      "``" swap$ *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.article.title.electronic}
+{ title duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      "t" change.case$ 
+    }
+  if$
+  "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$ 
+    { skip$ } 
+    { select.language }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.title.edition}
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { "empty title in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+      edition empty$ 'skip$
+        { ", " *
+          edition
+          convert.edition
+          status.cap
+            { "t" }
+            { "l" }
+          if$
+          change.case$
+          * "~" * bbl.edition *
+        }
+      if$
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.title}
+{ title "title" bibinfo.check
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% journal
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal}
+{ journal duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+      select.language
+      emphasize
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% how published
+
+FUNCTION {format.howpublished}
+{ howpublished duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% institutions/organization/publishers/school
+
+FUNCTION {format.institution}
+{ institution duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization}
+{ organization duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.warn format.address.org.or.pub.date }
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.publisher.date.nowarn}
+{ publisher "publisher" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }
+
+FUNCTION {format.address.organization.date}
+{ organization "organization" bibinfo.check format.address.org.or.pub.date }
+
+FUNCTION {format.school}
+{ school duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% volume/number/series/chapter/pages
+
+FUNCTION {format.volume}
+{ volume empty.field.to.null.string
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      bbl.volume 
+      status.cap
+        { capitalize }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+      swap$ tie.or.space.prefix
+      "volume" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{ number empty.field.to.null.string
+  duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      status.cap
+         { bbl.number capitalize }
+         { bbl.number }
+       if$
+      swap$ tie.or.space.prefix
+      "number" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.number.if.use.for.article}
+{ is.use.number.for.article 
+     { format.number }
+     { "" }
+   if$
+}
+
+% IEEE does not seem to tie the series so closely with the volume
+% and number as is done in other bibliography styles. Instead the
+% series is treated somewhat like an extension of the title.
+FUNCTION {format.series}
+{ series empty$ 
+   { "" }
+   { this.to.prev.status
+     this.status.std
+     bbl.series " " *
+     series "series" bibinfo.check *
+     cap.status.std
+   }
+ if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter}
+{ chapter empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      type empty$
+        { bbl.chapter }
+        { type "l" change.case$
+          "type" bibinfo.check
+        }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.prefix
+      "chapter" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+% The intended use of format.paper is for paper numbers of inproceedings.
+% The paper type can be overridden via the type field.
+% We allow the type to be displayed even if the paper number is absent
+% for things like "postdeadline paper"
+FUNCTION {format.paper}
+{ is.use.paper
+     { paper empty$
+        { type empty$
+            { "" }
+            { this.to.prev.status
+              this.status.std
+              type "type" bibinfo.check
+              cap.status.std
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { this.to.prev.status
+          this.status.std
+          type empty$
+            { bbl.paper }
+            { type "type" bibinfo.check }
+          if$
+          " " * paper
+          "paper" bibinfo.check
+          *
+          cap.status.std
+        }
+      if$
+     }
+     { "" } 
+   if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages duplicate$ empty$ 'skip$
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      duplicate$ is.multiple.pages
+        {
+          bbl.pages swap$
+          n.dashify
+        }
+        {
+          bbl.page swap$
+        }
+      if$
+      tie.or.space.prefix
+      "pages" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% technical report number
+
+FUNCTION {format.tech.report.number}
+{ number "number" bibinfo.check
+  this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  cap.status.std
+  type duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ 
+      bbl.techrep
+    }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  "type" bibinfo.check 
+  swap$ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ }
+    { tie.or.space.prefix * * }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% note
+
+FUNCTION {format.note}
+{ note empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      punct.period 'this.status.punct :=
+      note #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "{" =
+        { skip$ }
+        { status.cap
+          { "u" }
+          { "l" }
+        if$
+        change.case$
+        }
+      if$
+      note #2 global.max$ substring$ * "note" bibinfo.check
+      cap.yes  'status.cap :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+%% patent
+
+FUNCTION {format.patent.date}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  year empty$
+    { monthfiled duplicate$ empty$
+        { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }
+        { "monthfiled" bibinfo.check }
+      if$
+      dayfiled duplicate$ empty$
+        { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }
+        { "dayfiled" bibinfo.check 
+          monthfiled empty$ 
+             { "dayfiled without a monthfiled in " cite$ * warning$
+               * 
+             }
+             { " " swap$ * * }
+           if$
+        }
+      if$
+      yearfiled empty$
+        { "no year or yearfiled in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        { yearfiled "yearfiled" bibinfo.check 
+          swap$
+          duplicate$ empty$
+             { pop$ }
+             { ", " * swap$ * }
+           if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month duplicate$ empty$
+        { "month" bibinfo.check pop$ "" }
+        { "month" bibinfo.check }
+      if$
+      day duplicate$ empty$
+        { "day" bibinfo.check pop$ "" * }
+        { "day" bibinfo.check 
+          month empty$ 
+             { "day without a month in " cite$ * warning$
+               * 
+             }
+             { " " swap$ * * }
+           if$
+        }
+      if$
+      year "year" bibinfo.check 
+      swap$
+      duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ }
+        { ", " * swap$ * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  cap.status.std
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.patent.nationality.type.number}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  nationality duplicate$ empty$
+    { "nationality" bibinfo.warn pop$ "" }
+    { "nationality" bibinfo.check
+      duplicate$ "l" change.case$ "united states" =
+        { pop$ bbl.patentUS }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+      " " *
+    }
+  if$
+  type empty$
+    { bbl.patent "type" bibinfo.check }
+    { type "type" bibinfo.check }
+  if$  
+  *
+  number duplicate$ empty$
+    { "number" bibinfo.warn pop$ }
+    { "number" bibinfo.check
+      large.number.separate
+      swap$ " " * swap$ *
+    }
+  if$ 
+  cap.status.std
+}
+
+
+
+%% standard
+
+FUNCTION {format.organization.institution.standard.type.number}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  organization duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ 
+      institution duplicate$ empty$
+        { "institution" bibinfo.warn }
+        { "institution" bibinfo.warn " " * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "organization" bibinfo.warn " " * }
+  if$
+  type empty$
+    { bbl.standard "type" bibinfo.check }
+    { type "type" bibinfo.check }
+  if$  
+  *
+  number duplicate$ empty$
+    { "number" bibinfo.check pop$ }
+    { "number" bibinfo.check
+      large.number.separate
+      swap$ " " * swap$ *
+    }
+  if$ 
+  cap.status.std
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.revision}
+{ revision empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      bbl.revision
+      revision tie.or.space.prefix
+      "revision" bibinfo.check
+      * *
+      cap.status.std
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+%% thesis
+
+FUNCTION {format.master.thesis.type}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  type empty$
+    {
+      bbl.mthesis
+    }
+    { 
+      type "type" bibinfo.check
+    }
+  if$
+cap.status.std
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.phd.thesis.type}
+{ this.to.prev.status
+  this.status.std
+  type empty$
+    {
+      bbl.phdthesis
+    }
+    { 
+      type "type" bibinfo.check
+    }
+  if$
+cap.status.std
+}
+
+
+
+%% URL
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    { this.to.prev.status
+      this.status.std
+      cap.yes 'status.cap :=
+      name.url.prefix " " *
+      "\url{" * url * "}" *
+      punct.no 'this.status.punct :=
+      punct.period 'prev.status.punct :=
+      space.normal 'this.status.space :=
+      space.normal 'prev.status.space :=
+      quote.no 'this.status.quote :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% ENTRY HANDLERS %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% Note: In many journals, IEEE (or the authors) tend not to show the number
+% for articles, so the display of the number is controlled here by the
+% switch "is.use.number.for.article"
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.journal "journal" bibinfo.check "journal" output.warn
+  format.volume output
+  format.number.if.use.for.article output
+  format.pages output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title.edition output
+  format.series output
+  author empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { format.editors output }
+  if$
+  format.address.publisher.date output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {electronic}
+{ std.status.using.period
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.date.electronic output
+  format.article.title.electronic output
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.entry.warn
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.warn }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title.edition output
+  format.series output
+  format.address.publisher.date output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.chapter output
+  format.pages output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.in.booktitle.edition "booktitle" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.editors output
+  format.address.publisher.date.nowarn output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.chapter output
+  format.pages output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.in.booktitle "booktitle" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.editors output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  publisher empty$
+    { format.address.organization.date output }
+    { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+      format.address.publisher.date output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.paper output
+  format.pages output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title.edition "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.master.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title output
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.pages output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.entry.warn
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {patent}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title output
+  format.patent.nationality.type.number output
+  format.patent.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.entry.warn
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {periodical}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.editors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title "title" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.phd.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  format.school "school" bibinfo.warn output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.editors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title "title" output.warn
+  format.series output
+  format.volume output
+  format.number output
+  publisher empty$
+    { format.address.organization.date output }
+    { format.organization "organization" bibinfo.check output
+      format.address.publisher.date output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {standard}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors output
+  name.or.dash
+  format.book.title "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.organization.institution.standard.type.number output
+  format.revision output
+  format.date output
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.howpublished "howpublished" bibinfo.check output 
+  format.institution "institution" bibinfo.warn output
+  format.address "address" bibinfo.check output
+  format.tech.report.number output.nonnull
+  format.date "year" output.warn
+  format.note output
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ std.status.using.comma
+  start.entry
+  if.url.alt.interword.spacing
+  format.authors "author" output.warn
+  name.or.dash
+  format.article.title "title" output.warn
+  format.date output
+  format.note "note" output.warn
+  format.url output
+  fin.entry
+  if.url.std.interword.spacing
+}
+
+
+% The special entry type which provides the user interface to the
+% BST controls
+FUNCTION {IEEEtranBSTCTL}
+{ is.print.banners.to.terminal
+    { "** IEEEtran BST control entry " quote$ * cite$ * quote$ * " detected." *
+      top$
+    }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_article_number
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_article_number
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.use.number.for.article :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_paper
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_paper
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.use.paper :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_forced_etal
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_forced_etal
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLmax_names_forced_etal
+      string.to.integer
+      'max.num.names.before.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLnames_show_etal
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLnames_show_etal
+      string.to.integer
+      'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLuse_alt_spacing
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLuse_alt_spacing
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.use.alt.interword.spacing :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLalt_stretch_factor
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLalt_stretch_factor
+      'ALTinterwordstretchfactor :=
+      "\renewcommand{\BIBentryALTinterwordstretchfactor}{"
+      ALTinterwordstretchfactor * "}" *
+      write$ newline$
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLdash_repeated_names
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLdash_repeated_names
+      yes.no.to.int
+      'is.dash.repeated.names :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLname_format_string
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLname_format_string
+      'name.format.string :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLname_latex_cmd
+  empty$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLname_latex_cmd
+      'name.latex.cmd :=
+    }
+  if$
+  CTLname_url_prefix
+  missing$
+    { skip$ }
+    { CTLname_url_prefix
+      'name.url.prefix :=
+    }
+  if$
+
+
+  num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al max.num.names.before.forced.et.al >
+    { "CTLnames_show_etal cannot be greater than CTLmax_names_forced_etal in " cite$ * warning$ 
+      max.num.names.before.forced.et.al 'num.names.shown.with.forced.et.al :=
+    }
+    { skip$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% ENTRY ALIASES %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+FUNCTION {conference}{inproceedings}
+FUNCTION {online}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {internet}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {webpage}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {www}{electronic}
+FUNCTION {default.type}{misc}
+
+
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% MAIN PROGRAM %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+READ
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.controls}
+EXECUTE {initialize.status.constants}
+EXECUTE {banner.message}
+
+
+
+% BEGIN sort code based on that of plain.bst
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    { s }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        { skip$ }
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.institution.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { institution empty$
+            { key empty$
+                { "to sort, need author, organization, institution or key in " cite$ * warning$ "" }
+                { key sortify }
+              if$
+            }
+            { "The " #4 institution chop.word sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "ieeetranbstctl" =
+    { key empty$
+        { "_" }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { type$ "book" =
+      type$ "inbook" =
+      or 
+        { author.editor.sort }
+        { type$ "proceedings" =
+          type$ "periodical" =
+          or
+            { editor.organization.sort }
+            { type$ "manual" =
+              type$ "electronic" =
+              type$ "misc" =
+              or or
+                { author.organization.sort }
+                { type$ "standard" =
+                   { author.organization.institution.sort }
+                   { author.sort }
+                 if$ 
+                }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      "    "
+      *
+      type$ "patent" =
+        { year empty$
+          { yearfiled }
+          { year }
+        if$
+        }
+        { year }
+      if$
+      empty.field.to.null.string sortify
+      *
+      "    "
+      *
+      title empty.field.to.null.string
+      sort.format.title
+      *
+    }
+  if$
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+% END sort code based on that of plain.bst
+
+
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+
+EXECUTE{completed.message}
+
+
+%% That's all folks, mds.

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..f196c7f
Binary files /dev/null and b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf differ

diff --git a/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c3af20e
Binary files /dev/null and b/IEEEtran/IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf differ

diff --git a/IEEEtran/README b/IEEEtran/README
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..3d3d61c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/README
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+
+January 11, 2007
+
+
+IEEEtran.bst is the official BibTeX style for authors of the Institute of
+Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Transactions journals and
+conferences.
+
+It also may have applications for other academic work such as theses and
+technical reports. The alphanumeric and natbib variants extend the
+applicability of the IEEEtran bibstyle family to the natural sciences
+and beyond.
+
+The IEEEtran bibstyle is a very comprehensive BibTeX style which provides
+many features beyond the standard BibTeX styles, including full support
+for references of online documents, patents, periodicals and standards.
+See the provided user manual for detailed usage information.
+
+The latest version of the IEEEtran BibTeX style can be found at CTAN:
+
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/bibtex/
+
+as well as within IEEE's site:
+
+http://www.ieee.org/
+
+Note that the packages at IEEE's site do not contain the natbib and
+alphanumeric variants (e.g., IEEEtranN.bst, etc.) as these are not used
+for IEEE related work. These files can be obtained on CTAN.
+
+For helpful tips, answers to frequently asked questions and other support,
+visit the IEEEtran home page at my website:
+
+http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/
+
+
+Enjoy!
+
+Michael Shell
+http://www.michaelshell.org/
+
+*******
+Version 1.12 (2007/01/11) changes:
+
+ 1. Fixed bug with unwanted comma before "et al." when an entry contained
+    more than two author names. Thanks to Pallav Gupta for reporting this.
+
+ 2. Fixed bug with anomalous closing quote in tech reports that have a
+    type, but without a number or address. Thanks to Mehrdad Mirreza for
+    reporting this.
+
+ 3. Use braces in \providecommand in begin.bib to better support
+    latex2html. TeX style length assignments OK with recent versions
+    of latex2html - 1.71 (2002/2/1) or later is strongly recommended.
+    Use of the language field still causes trouble with latex2html.
+    Thanks to Federico Beffa for reporting this.
+
+ 4. Added IEEEtran.bst ID and version comment string to .bbl output.
+
+ 5. Provide a \BIBdecl hook that allows the user to execute commands
+    just prior to the first entry.
+
+ 6. Use default urlstyle (is using url.sty) of "same" rather than rm to
+    better work with a wider variety of bibliography styles.
+
+ 7. Changed month abbreviations from Sept., July and June to Sep., Jul.,
+    and Jun., respectively, as IEEE now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann
+    for reporting this.
+
+ 8. Control entry types should not be considered when calculating longest
+    label width.
+
+ 9. Added alias www for electronic/online.
+
+10. Updated full and abbreviated journal name string definitions in
+    IEEEfull.bib and IEEEabrv.bib.
+
+11. New IEEEtranSA.bst, IEEEtranN.bst, and IEEEtranSN.bst variants for
+    alphanumeric citation tags and natbib compatibility.
+
+
+********************************** Files **********************************
+
+README                 - This file.
+
+IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf - The user manual.
+
+IEEEtran.bst           - The standard IEEEtran BibTeX style file. For use
+                         with IEEE work.
+
+IEEEtranS.bst          - A version of IEEEtran.bst that sorts the entries.
+                         Some IEEE conferences/publications may use/allow
+                         sorted bibliographies.
+
+IEEEexample.bib        - An example BibTeX database that contains the
+                         references shown in the user manual.
+
+IEEEabrv.bib           - String definitions for the abbreviated names of
+                         IEEE journals. (For use with IEEE work.)
+                         
+IEEEfull.bib           - String definitions for the full names of IEEE
+                         journals. (Do not use for IEEE work.)
+
+
+Carried on CTAN only, for non-IEEE related work:
+
+IEEEtranSA.bst         - Like IEEEtranS.bst, but with alphanumeric citation
+                         tags like alpha.bst. Not for normal IEEE use.
+
+EEEtranN.bst          - Like IEEEtran.bst, but based on plainnat.bst and
+                         is compatible with Patrick W. Daly's natbib
+                         package. Not for normal IEEE use.
+
+IEEEtranSN.bst         - Sorting version of IEEEtranN.bst. Not for normal
+                         IEEE use
+
+***************************************************************************
+Legal Notice:
+This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or
+implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! 
+User assumes all risk.
+In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for
+any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,
+consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse
+of any information contained here.
+
+All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not
+necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.
+
+This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)
+( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,
+distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included
+in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released
+2003/12/01 or later.
+Retain all contribution notices and credits.
+** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **
+** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **
+
+File list of work: IEEEtran_bst_HOWTO.pdf, IEEEtran.bst, IEEEtranS.bst,
+                   IEEEtranSA.bst, IEEEtranN.bst, IEEEtranSN.bst,
+                   IEEEexample.bib, IEEEabrv.bib, IEEEfull.bib
+                   
+***************************************************************************

diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_adv.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_adv.tex
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..0007bec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/bare_adv.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1100 @@
+\r
+%% bare_adv.tex\r
+%% V1.3\r
+%% 2007/01/11\r
+%% by Michael Shell\r
+%% See: \r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+%% for current contact information.\r
+%%\r
+%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the advanced use of IEEEtran.cls\r
+%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE Computer\r
+%% Society journal paper.\r
+%%\r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex,\r
+%%                    bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+\r
+% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system  ***\r
+% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform ***\r
+% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do  ***\r
+% *** not appear when using other class files.                            ***\r
+% The testflow support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran V1.7 and later provides for these CLASSINPUT macros to allow the\r
+% user to reprogram some IEEEtran.cls defaults if needed. These settings\r
+% override the internal defaults of IEEEtran.cls regardless of which class\r
+% options are used. Do not use these unless you have good reason to do so as\r
+% they can result in nonIEEE compliant documents. User beware. ;)\r
+%\r
+%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch}{1.0} % baselinestretch\r
+%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}{1in} % inner side margin\r
+%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}{1in} % outer side margin\r
+%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTtoptextmargin}{1in}   % top text margin\r
+%\newcommand{\CLASSINPUTbottomtextmargin}{1in}% bottom text margin\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in\r
+% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will\r
+% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be\r
+% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will).\r
+% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of\r
+% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system.\r
+%\r
+% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option\r
+% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in\r
+% draft mode.\r
+%\r
+\documentclass[12pt,journal,compsoc]{IEEEtran}\r
+% The Computer Society requires 12pt.\r
+% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files,\r
+% manually specify the path to it like:\r
+% \documentclass[10pt,journal,compsoc]{../sty/IEEEtran}\r
+\r
+\r
+% For Computer Society journals, IEEEtran defaults to the use of \r
+% Palatino/Palladio as is done in IEEE Computer Society journals.\r
+% To go back to Times Roman, you can use this code:\r
+%\renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ptm}\selectfont\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Some very useful LaTeX packages include:\r
+% (uncomment the ones you want to load)\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{ifpdf}\r
+% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional\r
+% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi.\r
+% usage:\r
+% \ifpdf\r
+%   % pdf code\r
+% \else\r
+%   % dvi code\r
+% \fi\r
+% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/\r
+% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin\r
+% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way.\r
+% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may\r
+% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** CITATION PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+  % IEEE Computer Society needs nocompress option\r
+  % requires cite.sty v4.0 or later (November 2003)\r
+  % \usepackage[nocompress]{cite}\r
+\else\r
+  % normal IEEE\r
+  % \usepackage{cite}\r
+\fi\r
+% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau\r
+% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package\r
+% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will\r
+% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly\r
+% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using\r
+% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's\r
+% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's\r
+% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off.\r
+% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use\r
+% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does\r
+% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations.\r
+% The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/\r
+% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself.\r
+%\r
+% Note that some packages require special options to format as the Computer\r
+% Society requires. In particular, Computer Society  papers do not use\r
+% compressed citation ranges as is done in typical IEEE papers\r
+% (e.g., [1]-[4]). Instead, they list every citation separately in order\r
+% (e.g., [1], [2], [3], [4]). To get the latter we need to load the cite\r
+% package with the nocompress option which is supported by cite.sty v4.0\r
+% and later. Note also the use of a CLASSOPTION conditional provided by\r
+% IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+  % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png}\r
+\else\r
+  % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx\r
+  % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no\r
+  % driver is specified.\r
+  % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../eps/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps}\r
+\fi\r
+% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is\r
+% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at: \r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/\r
+% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in\r
+% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or\r
+% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/\r
+%\r
+% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated\r
+% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics\r
+% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure\r
+% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and\r
+% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats\r
+% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as\r
+% well as large increases in file sizes.\r
+%\r
+% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at:\r
+% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{ps4pdf}\r
+% dvi->ps workflow is required to use such packages as psfrag.sty and\r
+% pstricks.sty. However, Rolf Niepraschk's ps4pdf.sty provides a way to\r
+% apply psfrag/pstricks effects to .eps figures and then get the resultant\r
+% figures in .pdf form. Thus, providing an easier way for migrating from\r
+% .eps to .pdf figures. After ps4pdf.sty loads, if:\r
+% 1. producing .dvi output: the output file will consist ONLY of the\r
+%    figures (or other constructs encased within \PSforPDF commands)\r
+% 2. producing .pdf output: pdflatex will look in the filename-pics.pdf\r
+%    file, where filename is the basename of the tex document, for the\r
+%    graphics (or other constructs encased within \PSforPDF commands).\r
+%    NOTE: If you ever change your figures, you must remember to remake\r
+%    the filename-pics.pdf file.\r
+%\r
+% This way you can do a:\r
+% \r
+% latex filename\r
+% dvips -Ppdf -o filename-pics.ps filename.dvi\r
+% ps2pdf filename-pics.ps filename-pics.pdf\r
+% \r
+% to produce a filename-pics.pdf graphics container that contains\r
+% .pdf versions of the graphics with psfrag, pstricks, etc. features.\r
+% Note that you will not typically be able to view the figures in \r
+% filename-pics.ps because of an offset. However, you will be able to\r
+% view them in filename-pics.pdf. Also, note that when ps4pdf is in effect\r
+% with .dvi output, you may get harmless over/under full box warnings - \r
+% ignore them. \r
+% Then, run pdflatex:\r
+% \r
+% pdflatex filename\r
+% \r
+% to use pdflatex to make PDF output, automatically using the figures in\r
+% filename-pics.pdf. Alternatively, you could use dvips -i option to\r
+% obtain separate .pdf files for each figure:\r
+%\r
+% dvips -Ppdf -i -E -o fig filename\r
+%\r
+% then convert each figure to pdf via a command such as epstopdf and then\r
+% use pdflatex with these pdf figures and then to dispense with ps4pdf.\r
+%\r
+% Remember to rerun through latex/dvips/ps2pdf if you ever change your\r
+% figures so that filename-pics.pdf gets updated.\r
+% ps4pdf requires David Kastrup's preview-latex and a recent LaTeX system\r
+% (circa 2001 or later). The ps4pdf package and documentation can be\r
+% obtained at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/ps4pdf/\r
+% The preview-latex package and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/preview/\r
+%\r
+% provide a bogus \PSforPDF, even when not loading pd4pdf. This way we can\r
+% stop loading ps4pdf.sty if we choose to make separate .pdf versions of\r
+% each of our figures.\r
+\providecommand{\PSforPDF}[1]{#1}\r
+% Note that in order for ps4pdf to work, all commands related to psfrag,\r
+% pstricks, etc. must be called within the PSforPDF command. This applies\r
+% even when *loading* via \usepackage psfrag.sty, etc.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\PSforPDF{\usepackage{psfrag}}\r
+% psfrag.sty was written by Craig Barratt, Michael C. Grant, and\r
+% David Carlisle. It allows you to substitute LaTeX commands for text in\r
+% imported EPS graphic files. In this way, LaTeX symbols can be placed into\r
+% graphics that have been generated by other applications. You must use\r
+% latex->dvips->ps2pdf workflow (not direct pdf output from pdflatex) if\r
+% you wish to use this capability because it works via some PostScript\r
+% tricks. Alternatively, the graphics could be processed as separate files\r
+% via psfrag and dvips, then converted to PDF for inclusion in the main file\r
+% which uses pdflatex. ps4pdf.sty (above) provides a way of doing this all\r
+% at once within the main file.\r
+% Docs are in "The PSfrag System" by Michael C. Grant and David Carlisle.\r
+% There is also some information about using psfrag in "Using Imported\r
+% Graphics in LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which documents the graphicx\r
+% package (see above). The psfrag package and documentation can be obtained\r
+% at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/psfrag/\r
+% \r
+% Note that the current version of psfrag does not "turn itself off" when\r
+% running under pdf output. This will result in a harmless warning\r
+% about a non-PDF \special. However, to silence this, a bogus psfrag\r
+% command can be provided instead of loading psfrag.sty when PDF output\r
+% is being used. Thus, a more complex alternative conditional loading scheme\r
+% can be employed instead of the straightforword way above:\r
+%\r
+%\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+% if outputting PDF, do not use or load psfrag.sty as current versions\r
+% output a non-PDF special that generates a harmless, but annoying warning.\r
+% Instead, we provide a bogus \psfrag command that does nothing with\r
+% its arguments. This is a tad tricky because \psfrag can have up to six\r
+% arguments four of which are optional: \psfrag{}[][][][]{}\r
+% Code based on that in psfrag.sty\r
+%\makeatletter\r
+%\def\psfrag{\@ifstar{\@BOGUSpsfraga}{\@BOGUSpsfraga}}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfraga{\begingroup\r
+%   \@makeother\"\@makeother\*\@makeother\!\@makeother\~%\r
+%   \@makeother\:\@makeother\\\@makeother\%\@makeother\#%\r
+%   \@makeother\ \@BOGUSpsfragb}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfragb#1{\endgroup\r
+%                \@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfragc}%\r
+%                              {\@BOGUSpsfrag}}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfragc[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfragd}%\r
+%                                     {\@BOGUSpsfrag}}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfragd[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfrage}%\r
+%                                     {\@BOGUSpsfrag}}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfrage[#1]{\@ifnextchar [{\@BOGUSpsfragf}%\r
+%                                     {\@BOGUSpsfrag}}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfragf[#1]{\@BOGUSpsfrag}\r
+%\def\@BOGUSpsfrag#1{\ignorespaces}\r
+%\makeatother\r
+%\else\r
+% using dvi output, load psfrag, but funnel it through PSforPDF\r
+% as required by ps4pdf.sty\r
+%\PSforPDF{\usepackage{psfrag}}\r
+%\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MATH PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath}\r
+% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides\r
+% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using\r
+% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that\r
+% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option,\r
+% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within\r
+% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a\r
+% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant!\r
+%\r
+% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000\r
+% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use:\r
+%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500\r
+% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally\r
+% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES ***\r
+%\usepackage{acronym}\r
+% acronym.sty was written by Tobias Oetiker. This package provides tools for\r
+% managing documents with large numbers of acronyms. (You don't *have* to\r
+% use this package - unless you have a lot of acronyms, you may feel that\r
+% such package management of them is bit of an overkill.)\r
+% Do note that the acronym environment (which lists acronyms) will have a\r
+% problem when used under IEEEtran.cls because acronym.sty relies on the\r
+% description list environment - which IEEEtran.cls has customized for\r
+% producing IEEE style lists. A workaround is to declared the longest\r
+% label width via the IEEEtran.cls \IEEEiedlistdecl global control:\r
+%\r
+% \renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\IEEEsetlabelwidth{SONET}}\r
+% \begin{acronym}\r
+%\r
+% \end{acronym}\r
+% \renewcommand{\IEEEiedlistdecl}{\relax}% remember to reset \IEEEiedlistdecl\r
+%\r
+% instead of using the acronym environment's optional argument.\r
+% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/acronym/\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{algorithmic}\r
+% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito.\r
+% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms.\r
+% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure\r
+% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm\r
+% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or\r
+% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated\r
+% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide\r
+% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of\r
+% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/\r
+% There is also a support site at:\r
+% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html\r
+% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable)\r
+% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{array}\r
+% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves\r
+% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better\r
+% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table\r
+% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with\r
+% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly\r
+% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty)\r
+% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The\r
+% latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{mdwmath}\r
+%\usepackage{mdwtab}\r
+% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools,\r
+% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations\r
+% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most\r
+% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to\r
+% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high\r
+% quality.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{eqparbox}\r
+% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating\r
+% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes".\r
+% Available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES ***\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%\usepackage[tight,normalsize,sf,SF]{subfigure}\r
+%\else\r
+%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure}\r
+%\fi\r
+% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it\r
+% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE\r
+% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce\r
+% the amount of white space around the subfigures. Computer Society papers\r
+% use a larger font and \sffamily font for their captions, hence the\r
+% additional options needed under compsoc mode. subfigure.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/\r
+% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false]{caption}\r
+%  \usepackage[font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig}\r
+%\else\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false]{caption}\r
+%  \usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+%\fi\r
+% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern\r
+% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and\r
+% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style\r
+% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload\r
+% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later \r
+% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports\r
+% the caption=false option directly:\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false,font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig}\r
+%\else\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+%\fi\r
+%\r
+% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/\r
+% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** FLOAT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{fixltx2e}\r
+% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by\r
+% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems\r
+% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current\r
+% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not\r
+% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a\r
+% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column\r
+% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{stfloats}\r
+% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e\r
+% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well\r
+% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in\r
+% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command:\r
+%\fnbelowfloat\r
+% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard\r
+% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package\r
+% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work\r
+% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/\r
+% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the\r
+% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE\r
+% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the\r
+% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and\r
+% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the\r
+% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does\r
+% not format its papers in such ways.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+%  \usepackage[nomarkers]{endfloat}\r
+% \let\MYoriglatexcaption\caption\r
+% \renewcommand{\caption}[2][\relax]{\MYoriglatexcaption[#2]{#2}}\r
+%\fi\r
+% endfloat.sty was written by James Darrell McCauley and Jeff Goldberg.\r
+% This package may be useful when used in conjunction with IEEEtran.cls'\r
+% captionsoff option. Some IEEE journals/societies require that submissions\r
+% have lists of figures/tables at the end of the paper and that\r
+% figures/tables without any captions are placed on a page by themselves at\r
+% the end of the document. If needed, the draftcls IEEEtran class option or\r
+% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch interface can be used to increase the line\r
+% spacing as well. Be sure and use the nomarkers option of endfloat to\r
+% prevent endfloat from "marking" where the figures would have been placed\r
+% in the text. The two hack lines of code above are a slight modification of\r
+% that suggested by in the endfloat docs (section 8.3.1) to ensure that\r
+% the full captions always appear in the list of figures/tables - even if\r
+% the user used the short optional argument of \caption[]{}.\r
+% IEEE papers do not typically make use of \caption[]'s optional argument,\r
+% so this should not be an issue. A similar trick can be used to disable\r
+% captions of packages such as subfig.sty that lack options to turn off\r
+% the subcaptions:\r
+% For subfig.sty:\r
+% \let\MYorigsubfloat\subfloat\r
+% \renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfloat[]{#2}}\r
+% For subfigure.sty:\r
+% \let\MYorigsubfigure\subfigure\r
+% \renewcommand{\subfigure}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfigure[]{#2}}\r
+% However, the above trick will not work if both optional arguments of\r
+% the \subfloat/subfig command are used. Furthermore, there needs to be a\r
+% description of each subfigure *somewhere* and endfloat does not add\r
+% subfigure captions to its list of figures. Thus, the best approach is to\r
+% avoid the use of subfigure captions (many IEEE journals avoid them anyway)\r
+% and instead reference/explain all the subfigures within the main caption.\r
+% The latest version of endfloat.sty and its documentation can obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/\r
+%\r
+% The IEEEtran \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff conditional can also be used\r
+% later in the document, say, to conditionally put the References on a \r
+% page by themselves.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{url}\r
+% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for\r
+% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX\r
+% systems. The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/\r
+% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically,\r
+% \url{my_url_here}.\r
+\r
+\r
+% NOTE: PDF thumbnail features are not required in IEEE papers\r
+%       and their use requires extra complexity and work.\r
+%\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+%  \usepackage[pdftex]{thumbpdf}\r
+%\else\r
+%  \usepackage[dvips]{thumbpdf}\r
+%\fi\r
+% thumbpdf.sty and its companion Perl utility were written by Heiko Oberdiek.\r
+% It allows the user a way to produce PDF documents that contain fancy\r
+% thumbnail images of each of the pages (which tools like acrobat reader can\r
+% utilize). This is possible even when using dvi->ps->pdf workflow if the\r
+% correct thumbpdf driver options are used. thumbpdf.sty incorporates the\r
+% file containing the PDF thumbnail information (filename.tpm is used with\r
+% dvips, filename.tpt is used with pdftex, where filename is the base name of\r
+% your tex document) into the final ps or pdf output document. An external\r
+% utility, the thumbpdf *Perl script* is needed to make these .tpm or .tpt\r
+% thumbnail files from a .ps or .pdf version of the document (which obviously\r
+% does not yet contain pdf thumbnails). Thus, one does a:\r
+% \r
+% thumbpdf filename.pdf \r
+%\r
+% to make a filename.tpt, and:\r
+%\r
+% thumbpdf --mode dvips filename.ps\r
+%\r
+% to make a filename.tpm which will then be loaded into the document by\r
+% thumbpdf.sty the NEXT time the document is compiled (by pdflatex or\r
+% latex->dvips->ps2pdf). Users must be careful to regenerate the .tpt and/or\r
+% .tpm files if the main document changes and then to recompile the\r
+% document to incorporate the revised thumbnails to ensure that thumbnails\r
+% match the actual pages. It is easy to forget to do this!\r
+% \r
+% Unix systems come with a Perl interpreter. However, MS Windows users\r
+% will usually have to install a Perl interpreter so that the thumbpdf\r
+% script can be run. The Ghostscript PS/PDF interpreter is also required.\r
+% See the thumbpdf docs for details. The latest version and documentation\r
+% can be obtained at.\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/support/thumbpdf/\r
+% Be sure and use only version 3.8 (2005/07/06) or later of thumbpdf as\r
+% earlier versions will not work properly with recent versions of pdfTeX\r
+% (1.20a and later).\r
+\r
+\r
+% NOTE: PDF hyperlink and bookmark features are not required in IEEE\r
+%       papers and their use requires extra complexity and work.\r
+% *** IF USING HYPERREF BE SURE AND CHANGE THE EXAMPLE PDF ***\r
+% *** TITLE/SUBJECT/AUTHOR/KEYWORDS INFO BELOW!!           ***\r
+\newcommand\MYhyperrefoptions{bookmarks=true,bookmarksnumbered=true,\r
+pdfpagemode={UseOutlines},plainpages=false,pdfpagelabels=true,\r
+colorlinks=true,linkcolor={black},citecolor={black},pagecolor={black},\r
+urlcolor={black},\r
+pdftitle={Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Computer Society Journals},%<!CHANGE!\r
+pdfsubject={Typesetting},%<!CHANGE!\r
+pdfauthor={Michael D. Shell},%<!CHANGE!\r
+pdfkeywords={Computer Society, IEEEtran, journal, LaTeX, paper,\r
+             template}}%<^!CHANGE!\r
+%\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+%\usepackage[\MYhyperrefoptions,pdftex]{hyperref}\r
+%\else\r
+%\usepackage[\MYhyperrefoptions,breaklinks=true,dvips]{hyperref}\r
+%\usepackage{breakurl}\r
+%\fi\r
+% One significant drawback of using hyperref under DVI output is that the\r
+% LaTeX compiler cannot break URLs across lines or pages as can be done\r
+% under pdfLaTeX's PDF output via the hyperref pdftex driver. This is\r
+% probably the single most important capability distinction between the\r
+% DVI and PDF output. Perhaps surprisingly, all the other PDF features\r
+% (PDF bookmarks, thumbnails, etc.) can be preserved in\r
+% .tex->.dvi->.ps->.pdf workflow if the respective packages/scripts are\r
+% loaded/invoked with the correct driver options (dvips, etc.). \r
+% As most IEEE papers use URLs sparingly (mainly in the references), this\r
+% may not be as big an issue as with other publications.\r
+%\r
+% That said, recently Vilar Camara Neto introduced his breakurl.sty\r
+% package which permits hyperref to easily break URLs even in dvi\r
+% mode. Note that breakurl, unlike most other packages, must be loaded\r
+% AFTER hyperref. The latest version of breakurl and its documentation can\r
+% be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/breakurl/\r
+% breakurl.sty is not for use under pdflatex pdf mode. Versions 1.10 \r
+% (September 23, 2005) and later are recommened to avoid bugs in earlier\r
+% releases.\r
+%\r
+% The advanced features offer by hyperref.sty are not required for IEEE\r
+% submission, so users should weigh these features against the added\r
+% complexity of use. Users who wish to use hyperref *must* ensure that\r
+% their hyperref version is 6.72u or later *and* IEEEtran.cls is version\r
+% 1.6b or later.\r
+% The package options above demonstrate how to enable PDF bookmarks\r
+% (a type of table of contents viewable in Acrobat Reader) as well as\r
+% PDF document information (title, subject, author and keywords) that is\r
+% viewable in Acrobat reader's Document_Properties menu. PDF document\r
+% information is also used extensively to automate the cataloging of PDF\r
+% documents. The above set of options ensures that hyperlinks will not be\r
+% colored in the text and thus will not be visible in the printed page,\r
+% but will be active on "mouse over". USING COLORS OR OTHER HIGHLIGHTING\r
+% OF HYPERLINKS CAN RESULT IN DOCUMENT REJECTION BY THE IEEE, especially if\r
+% these appear on the "printed" page. IF IN DOUBT, ASK THE RELEVANT\r
+% SUBMISSION EDITOR. You may need to add the option hypertexnames=false if\r
+% you used duplicate equation numbers, etc., but this should not be needed\r
+% in normal IEEE work.\r
+% The latest version of hyperref and its documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. ***\r
+% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex).         ***\r
+% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later.\r
+% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan\r
+% to submit to, of course. )\r
+\r
+\r
+% correct bad hyphenation here\r
+\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor}\r
+\r
+\r
+\begin{document}\r
+%\r
+% paper title\r
+% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired\r
+\title{Bare Advanced Demo of IEEEtran.cls\\ for Computer Society Journals}\r
+%\r
+%\r
+% author names and IEEE memberships\r
+% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break\r
+% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across\r
+% two lines.\r
+% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area\r
+% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks\r
+% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs\r
+%\r
+%\r
+%\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks is a special \thanks that produces the bulleted\r
+% lists the Computer Society journals use for "first footnote" author\r
+% affiliations. Use \IEEEcompsocthanksitem which works much like \item\r
+% for each affiliation group. When not in compsoc mode,\r
+% \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks becomes like \thanks and\r
+% \IEEEcompsocthanksitem becomes a line break with idention. This\r
+% facilitates dual compilation, although admittedly the differences in the\r
+% desired content of \author between the different types of papers makes a\r
+% one-size-fits-all approach a daunting prospect. For instance, compsoc \r
+% journal papers have the author affiliations above the "Manuscript\r
+% received ..."  text while in non-compsoc journals this is reversed. Sigh.\r
+\r
+\author{Michael~Shell,~\IEEEmembership{Member,~IEEE,}\r
+        John~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~OSA,}\r
+        and~Jane~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Life~Fellow,~IEEE}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem M. Shell is with the Department\r
+of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta,\r
+GA, 30332.\protect\\\r
+% note need leading \protect in front of \\ to get a newline within \thanks as\r
+% \\ is fragile and will error, could use \hfil\break instead.\r
+E-mail: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html\r
+\IEEEcompsocthanksitem J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous University.}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\thanks{Manuscript received April 19, 2005; revised January 11, 2007.}}\r
+\r
+% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - \r
+% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name\r
+% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this:\r
+% \r
+% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} }\r
+%                     ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces!\r
+%\r
+% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that\r
+% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For\r
+% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get\r
+% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}"\r
+% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks\r
+% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks.\r
+% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as\r
+% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth,\r
+% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil\r
+% space somehow managed to creep in.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The paper headers\r
+\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~6, No.~1, January~2007}%\r
+{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Advanced Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Journals}\r
+% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages\r
+% after the title page when using the twoside option.\r
+% \r
+% *** Note that you probably will NOT want to include the author's ***\r
+% *** name in the headers of peer review papers.                   ***\r
+% You can use \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview for conditional compilation here if\r
+% you desire.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The publisher's ID mark at the bottom of the page is less important with\r
+% Computer Society journal papers as those publications place the marks\r
+% outside of the main text columns and, therefore, unlike regular IEEE\r
+% journals, the available text space is not reduced by their presence.\r
+% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page you can do it like\r
+% this:\r
+%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}\r
+% or like this to get the Computer Society new two part style.\r
+%\IEEEpubid{\makebox[\columnwidth]{\hfill 0000--0000/00/\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}%\r
+%\hspace{\columnsep}\makebox[\columnwidth]{Published by the IEEE Computer Society\hfill}}\r
+% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second\r
+% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark (Computer Society jorunal\r
+% papers don't need this extra clearance.)\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% use for special paper notices\r
+%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% for Computer Society papers, we must declare the abstract and index terms\r
+% PRIOR to the title within the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext IEEEtran\r
+% command as these need to go into the title area created by \maketitle.\r
+\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{%\r
+\begin{abstract}\r
+%\boldmath\r
+The abstract goes here.\r
+\end{abstract}\r
+% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract.\r
+% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However,\r
+% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract,\r
+% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start\r
+% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math\r
+% in the abstract anyway. In particular, the Computer Society does\r
+% not want either math or citations to appear in the abstract.\r
+\r
+% Note that keywords are not normally used for peerreview papers.\r
+\begin{IEEEkeywords}\r
+Computer Society, IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template.\r
+\end{IEEEkeywords}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% make the title area\r
+\maketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+% To allow for easy dual compilation without having to reenter the\r
+% abstract/keywords data, the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext text will\r
+% not be used in maketitle, but will appear (i.e., to be "transported")\r
+% here as \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext when compsoc mode\r
+% is not selected <OR> if conference mode is selected - because compsoc\r
+% conference papers position the abstract like regular (non-compsoc)\r
+% papers do!\r
+\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext\r
+% \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext has no effect when using\r
+% compsoc under a non-conference mode.\r
+\r
+\r
+% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover\r
+% page as needed:\r
+% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center}\r
+% \fi\r
+%\r
+% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and\r
+% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes.\r
+\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Introduction}\r
+% Computer Society journal papers do something a tad strange with the very\r
+% first section heading (almost always called "Introduction"). They place it\r
+% ABOVE the main text! IEEEtran.cls currently does not do this for you.\r
+% However, You can achieve this effect by making LaTeX jump through some\r
+% hoops via something like:\r
+%\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%  \noindent\raisebox{2\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]%\r
+%  {\parbox{\columnwidth}{\section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}%\r
+%  \global\everypar=\everypar}}%\r
+%  \vspace{-1\baselineskip}\vspace{-\parskip}\par\r
+%\else\r
+%  \section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}\par\r
+%\fi\r
+%\r
+% Admittedly, this is a hack and may well be fragile, but seems to do the\r
+% trick for me. Note the need to keep any \label that may be used right\r
+% after \section in the above as the hack puts \section within a raised box.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The very first letter is a 2 line initial drop letter followed\r
+% by the rest of the first word in caps (small caps for compsoc).\r
+% \r
+% form to use if the first word consists of a single letter:\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{A}{demo} file is ....\r
+% \r
+% form to use if you need the single drop letter followed by\r
+% normal text (unknown if ever used by IEEE):\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{A}{}demo file is ....\r
+% \r
+% Some journals put the first two words in caps:\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{T}{his demo} file is ....\r
+% \r
+% Here we have the typical use of a "T" for an initial drop letter\r
+% and "HIS" in caps to complete the first word.\r
+\IEEEPARstart{T}{his} demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file''\r
+for IEEE Computer Society journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using\r
+IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later.\r
+% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter\r
+% (should never be an issue)\r
+I wish you the best of success.\r
+\r
+\hfill mds\r
+ \r
+\hfill January 11, 2007\r
+\r
+\subsection{Subsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsection text here.\r
+\r
+% needed in second column of first page if using \IEEEpubid\r
+%\IEEEpubidadjcol\r
+\r
+\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsubsection text here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package.\r
+% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption.\r
+% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics.\r
+% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that\r
+% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption\r
+% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because\r
+% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your\r
+% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}.\r
+%\r
+% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class\r
+% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be\r
+% displayed while in draft mode.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure}[!t]\r
+%\centering\r
+%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure}\r
+% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, \r
+% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared\r
+% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.\r
+%\caption{Simulation Results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure}\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this\r
+% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats.\r
+% However, the Computer Society has been known to put floats at the bottom.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures.\r
+% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.)\r
+% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the\r
+% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption.\r
+% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing.\r
+% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is\r
+% used instead of \subfloat.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure*}[!t]\r
+%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}%\r
+%\label{fig_first_case}}\r
+%\hfil\r
+%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}%\r
+%\label{fig_second_case}}}\r
+%\caption{Simulation results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure*}\r
+%\r
+% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure\r
+% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will\r
+% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the \r
+% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to\r
+% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables.\r
+% The \label must come after \caption as always.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{table}[!t]\r
+%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste\r
+%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3}\r
+% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of\r
+% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells\r
+%\caption{An Example of a Table}\r
+%\label{table_example}\r
+%\centering\r
+%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables\r
+%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here.\r
+%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|}\r
+%\hline\r
+%One & Two\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%Three & Four\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%\end{tabular}\r
+%\end{table}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically\r
+% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here")\r
+% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals use top floats exclusively.\r
+% However, Computer Society journals sometimes do use bottom floats - bear\r
+% this in mind when choosing appropriate optional arguments for the\r
+% figure/table environments.\r
+% Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals, places footnotes above bottom\r
+% floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat command of the\r
+% stfloats package.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Conclusion}\r
+The conclusion goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% if have a single appendix:\r
+%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations]\r
+% or\r
+%\appendix  % for no appendix heading\r
+% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section*\r
+% is possibly needed\r
+\r
+% use appendices with more than one appendix\r
+% then use \section to start each appendix\r
+% you must declare a \section before using any\r
+% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself\r
+% starts a section numbered zero.)\r
+%\r
+\r
+\r
+\appendices\r
+\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation}\r
+Appendix one text goes here.\r
+\r
+% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix\r
+% if you want by leaving the argument blank\r
+\section{}\r
+Appendix two text goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% use section* for acknowledgement\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+  % The Computer Society usually uses the plural form\r
+  \section*{Acknowledgments}\r
+\else\r
+  % regular IEEE prefers the singular form\r
+  \section*{Acknowledgment}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+The authors would like to thank...\r
+\r
+\r
+% Can use something like this to put references on a page\r
+% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option.\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+  \newpage\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference\r
+% number - used to balance the columns on the last page\r
+% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if\r
+% the document is modified later\r
+%\IEEEtriggeratref{8}\r
+% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired:\r
+%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}}\r
+\r
+% references section\r
+\r
+% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file\r
+% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/\r
+% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/\r
+%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}\r
+% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s)\r
+%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper}\r
+%\r
+% <OR> manually copy in the resultant .bbl file\r
+% set second argument of \begin to the number of references\r
+% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box)\r
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}\r
+\r
+\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka}\r
+H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to {\LaTeX}}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus\r
+  0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999.\r
+\r
+\end{thebibliography}\r
+\r
+% biography section\r
+% \r
+% If you have an EPS/PDF photo (graphicx package needed) extra braces are\r
+% needed around the contents of the optional argument to biography to prevent\r
+% the LaTeX parser from getting confused when it sees the complicated\r
+% \includegraphics command within an optional argument. (You could create\r
+% your own custom macro containing the \includegraphics command to make things\r
+% simpler here.)\r
+%\begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,keepaspectratio]{mshell}}]{Michael Shell}\r
+% or if you just want to reserve a space for a photo:\r
+\r
+\begin{IEEEbiography}{Michael Shell}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiography}\r
+\r
+% if you will not have a photo at all:\r
+\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{John Doe}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\r
+% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page with\r
+% biographies\r
+%\newpage\r
+\r
+\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{Jane Doe}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\r
+% You can push biographies down or up by placing\r
+% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate\r
+% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is\r
+% on the last page and whether or not the columns\r
+% are being equalized.\r
+\r
+%\vfill\r
+\r
+% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one\r
+% is flush with the other column.\r
+%\enlargethispage{-5in}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% that's all folks\r
+\end{document}\r
+\r
+\r

diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_conf.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_conf.tex
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..16a4c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/bare_conf.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
+\r
+%% bare_conf.tex\r
+%% V1.3\r
+%% 2007/01/11\r
+%% by Michael Shell\r
+%% See:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+%% for current contact information.\r
+%%\r
+%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the use of IEEEtran.cls\r
+%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE conference paper.\r
+%%\r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex,\r
+%%                    bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+\r
+% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system  ***\r
+% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform ***\r
+% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do  ***\r
+% *** not appear when using other class files.                            ***\r
+% The testflow support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in\r
+% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will\r
+% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be\r
+% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will).\r
+% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of\r
+% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system.\r
+%\r
+% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option\r
+% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in\r
+% draft mode.\r
+%\r
+\documentclass[conference]{IEEEtran}\r
+% Add the compsoc option for Computer Society conferences.\r
+%\r
+% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files,\r
+% manually specify the path to it like:\r
+% \documentclass[conference]{../sty/IEEEtran}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Some very useful LaTeX packages include:\r
+% (uncomment the ones you want to load)\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{ifpdf}\r
+% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional\r
+% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi.\r
+% usage:\r
+% \ifpdf\r
+%   % pdf code\r
+% \else\r
+%   % dvi code\r
+% \fi\r
+% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/\r
+% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin\r
+% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way.\r
+% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may\r
+% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** CITATION PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{cite}\r
+% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau\r
+% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package\r
+% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will\r
+% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly\r
+% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using\r
+% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's\r
+% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's\r
+% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off.\r
+% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use\r
+% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does\r
+% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations.\r
+% The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/\r
+% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+  % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png}\r
+\else\r
+  % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx\r
+  % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no\r
+  % driver is specified.\r
+  % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../eps/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps}\r
+\fi\r
+% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is\r
+% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at: \r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/\r
+% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in\r
+% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or\r
+% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/\r
+%\r
+% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated\r
+% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics\r
+% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure\r
+% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and\r
+% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats\r
+% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as\r
+% well as large increases in file sizes.\r
+%\r
+% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at:\r
+% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MATH PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath}\r
+% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides\r
+% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using\r
+% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that\r
+% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option,\r
+% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within\r
+% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a\r
+% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant!\r
+%\r
+% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000\r
+% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use:\r
+%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500\r
+% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally\r
+% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{algorithmic}\r
+% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito.\r
+% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms.\r
+% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure\r
+% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm\r
+% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or\r
+% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated\r
+% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide\r
+% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of\r
+% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/\r
+% There is also a support site at:\r
+% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html\r
+% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable)\r
+% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{array}\r
+% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves\r
+% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better\r
+% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table\r
+% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with\r
+% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly\r
+% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty)\r
+% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The\r
+% latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{mdwmath}\r
+%\usepackage{mdwtab}\r
+% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools,\r
+% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations\r
+% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most\r
+% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to\r
+% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high\r
+% quality.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{eqparbox}\r
+% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating\r
+% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes".\r
+% Available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES ***\r
+%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure}\r
+% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it\r
+% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE\r
+% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce\r
+% the amount of white space around the subfigures. subfigure.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/\r
+% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage[caption=false]{caption}\r
+%\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern\r
+% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and\r
+% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style\r
+% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload\r
+% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later \r
+% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports\r
+% the caption=false option directly:\r
+%\usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+%\r
+% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/\r
+% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** FLOAT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{fixltx2e}\r
+% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by\r
+% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems\r
+% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current\r
+% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not\r
+% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a\r
+% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column\r
+% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{stfloats}\r
+% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e\r
+% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well\r
+% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in\r
+% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command:\r
+%\fnbelowfloat\r
+% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard\r
+% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package\r
+% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work\r
+% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/\r
+% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the\r
+% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE\r
+% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the\r
+% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and\r
+% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the\r
+% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does\r
+% not format its papers in such ways.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{url}\r
+% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for\r
+% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX\r
+% systems. The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/\r
+% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically,\r
+% \url{my_url_here}.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. ***\r
+% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex).         ***\r
+% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later.\r
+% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan\r
+% to submit to, of course. )\r
+\r
+\r
+% correct bad hyphenation here\r
+\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor}\r
+\r
+\r
+\begin{document}\r
+%\r
+% paper title\r
+% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired\r
+\title{Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Conferences}\r
+\r
+\r
+% author names and affiliations\r
+% use a multiple column layout for up to three different\r
+% affiliations\r
+\author{\IEEEauthorblockN{Michael Shell}\r
+\IEEEauthorblockA{School of Electrical and\\Computer Engineering\\\r
+Georgia Institute of Technology\\\r
+Atlanta, Georgia 30332--0250\\\r
+Email: http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html}\r
+\and\r
+\IEEEauthorblockN{Homer Simpson}\r
+\IEEEauthorblockA{Twentieth Century Fox\\\r
+Springfield, USA\\\r
+Email: homer@thesimpsons.com}\r
+\and\r
+\IEEEauthorblockN{James Kirk\\ and Montgomery Scott}\r
+\IEEEauthorblockA{Starfleet Academy\\\r
+San Francisco, California 96678-2391\\\r
+Telephone: (800) 555--1212\\\r
+Fax: (888) 555--1212}}\r
+\r
+% conference papers do not typically use \thanks and this command\r
+% is locked out in conference mode. If really needed, such as for\r
+% the acknowledgment of grants, issue a \IEEEoverridecommandlockouts\r
+% after \documentclass\r
+\r
+% for over three affiliations, or if they all won't fit within the width\r
+% of the page, use this alternative format:\r
+% \r
+%\author{\IEEEauthorblockN{Michael Shell\IEEEauthorrefmark{1},\r
+%Homer Simpson\IEEEauthorrefmark{2},\r
+%James Kirk\IEEEauthorrefmark{3}, \r
+%Montgomery Scott\IEEEauthorrefmark{3} and\r
+%Eldon Tyrell\IEEEauthorrefmark{4}}\r
+%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{1}School of Electrical and Computer Engineering\\\r
+%Georgia Institute of Technology,\r
+%Atlanta, Georgia 30332--0250\\ Email: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html}\r
+%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{2}Twentieth Century Fox, Springfield, USA\\\r
+%Email: homer@thesimpsons.com}\r
+%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{3}Starfleet Academy, San Francisco, California 96678-2391\\\r
+%Telephone: (800) 555--1212, Fax: (888) 555--1212}\r
+%\IEEEauthorblockA{\IEEEauthorrefmark{4}Tyrell Inc., 123 Replicant Street, Los Angeles, California 90210--4321}}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% use for special paper notices\r
+%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% make the title area\r
+\maketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+\begin{abstract}\r
+%\boldmath\r
+The abstract goes here.\r
+\end{abstract}\r
+% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract.\r
+% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However,\r
+% if the conference you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract,\r
+% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start\r
+% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals/conferences frown on\r
+% math in the abstract anyway.\r
+\r
+% no keywords\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover\r
+% page as needed:\r
+% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center}\r
+% \fi\r
+%\r
+% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and\r
+% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes.\r
+\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Introduction}\r
+% no \IEEEPARstart\r
+This demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file''\r
+for IEEE conference papers produced under \LaTeX\ using\r
+IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later.\r
+% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter\r
+% (should never be an issue)\r
+I wish you the best of success.\r
+\r
+\hfill mds\r
+ \r
+\hfill January 11, 2007\r
+\r
+\subsection{Subsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsection text here.\r
+\r
+\r
+\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsubsection text here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package.\r
+% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption.\r
+% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics.\r
+% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that\r
+% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption\r
+% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because\r
+% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your\r
+% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}.\r
+%\r
+% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class\r
+% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be\r
+% displayed while in draft mode.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure}[!t]\r
+%\centering\r
+%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure}\r
+% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, \r
+% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared\r
+% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.\r
+%\caption{Simulation Results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure}\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this\r
+% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures.\r
+% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.)\r
+% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the\r
+% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption.\r
+% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing.\r
+% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is\r
+% used instead of \subfloat.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure*}[!t]\r
+%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}%\r
+%\label{fig_first_case}}\r
+%\hfil\r
+%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}%\r
+%\label{fig_second_case}}}\r
+%\caption{Simulation results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure*}\r
+%\r
+% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure\r
+% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will\r
+% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the \r
+% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to\r
+% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables.\r
+% The \label must come after \caption as always.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{table}[!t]\r
+%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste\r
+%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3}\r
+% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of\r
+% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells\r
+%\caption{An Example of a Table}\r
+%\label{table_example}\r
+%\centering\r
+%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables\r
+%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here.\r
+%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|}\r
+%\hline\r
+%One & Two\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%Three & Four\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%\end{tabular}\r
+%\end{table}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically\r
+% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here")\r
+% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals/conferences use top floats\r
+% exclusively. Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals/conferences, places\r
+% footnotes above bottom floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat\r
+% command of the stfloats package.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Conclusion}\r
+The conclusion goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% conference papers do not normally have an appendix\r
+\r
+\r
+% use section* for acknowledgement\r
+\section*{Acknowledgment}\r
+\r
+\r
+The authors would like to thank...\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference\r
+% number - used to balance the columns on the last page\r
+% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if\r
+% the document is modified later\r
+%\IEEEtriggeratref{8}\r
+% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired:\r
+%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}}\r
+\r
+% references section\r
+\r
+% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file\r
+% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/\r
+% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/\r
+%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}\r
+% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s)\r
+%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper}\r
+%\r
+% <OR> manually copy in the resultant .bbl file\r
+% set second argument of \begin to the number of references\r
+% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box)\r
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}\r
+\r
+\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka}\r
+H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus\r
+  0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999.\r
+\r
+\end{thebibliography}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% that's all folks\r
+\end{document}\r
+\r
+\r

diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl.tex
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..6f9f67c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,745 @@
+\r
+%% bare_jrnl.tex\r
+%% V1.3\r
+%% 2007/01/11\r
+%% by Michael Shell\r
+%% see http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+%% for current contact information.\r
+%%\r
+%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the use of IEEEtran.cls\r
+%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE journal paper.\r
+%%\r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system  ***\r
+% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform ***\r
+% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do  ***\r
+% *** not appear when using other class files.                            ***\r
+% The testflow support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/\r
+\r
+\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex,\r
+%%                    bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+\r
+% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in\r
+% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will\r
+% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be\r
+% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will).\r
+% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of\r
+% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system.\r
+%\r
+% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option\r
+% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in\r
+% draft mode.\r
+%\r
+\documentclass[journal]{IEEEtran}\r
+%\r
+% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files,\r
+% manually specify the path to it like:\r
+% \documentclass[journal]{../sty/IEEEtran}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Some very useful LaTeX packages include:\r
+% (uncomment the ones you want to load)\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{ifpdf}\r
+% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional\r
+% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi.\r
+% usage:\r
+% \ifpdf\r
+%   % pdf code\r
+% \else\r
+%   % dvi code\r
+% \fi\r
+% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/\r
+% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin\r
+% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way.\r
+% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may\r
+% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** CITATION PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{cite}\r
+% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau\r
+% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package\r
+% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will\r
+% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly\r
+% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using\r
+% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's\r
+% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's\r
+% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off.\r
+% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use\r
+% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does\r
+% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations.\r
+% The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/\r
+% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+  % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png}\r
+\else\r
+  % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx\r
+  % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no\r
+  % driver is specified.\r
+  % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../eps/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps}\r
+\fi\r
+% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is\r
+% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at: \r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/\r
+% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in\r
+% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or\r
+% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/\r
+%\r
+% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated\r
+% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics\r
+% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure\r
+% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and\r
+% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats\r
+% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as\r
+% well as large increases in file sizes.\r
+%\r
+% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at:\r
+% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MATH PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath}\r
+% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides\r
+% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using\r
+% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that\r
+% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option,\r
+% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within\r
+% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a\r
+% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant!\r
+%\r
+% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000\r
+% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use:\r
+%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500\r
+% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally\r
+% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{algorithmic}\r
+% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito.\r
+% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms.\r
+% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure\r
+% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm\r
+% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or\r
+% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated\r
+% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide\r
+% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of\r
+% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/\r
+% There is also a support site at:\r
+% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html\r
+% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable)\r
+% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{array}\r
+% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves\r
+% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better\r
+% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table\r
+% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with\r
+% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly\r
+% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty)\r
+% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The\r
+% latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{mdwmath}\r
+%\usepackage{mdwtab}\r
+% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools,\r
+% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations\r
+% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most\r
+% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to\r
+% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high\r
+% quality.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{eqparbox}\r
+% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating\r
+% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes".\r
+% Available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES ***\r
+%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure}\r
+% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it\r
+% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE\r
+% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce\r
+% the amount of white space around the subfigures. subfigure.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/\r
+% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage[caption=false]{caption}\r
+%\usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern\r
+% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and\r
+% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style\r
+% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload\r
+% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later \r
+% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports\r
+% the caption=false option directly:\r
+%\usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+%\r
+% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/\r
+% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** FLOAT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{fixltx2e}\r
+% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by\r
+% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems\r
+% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current\r
+% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not\r
+% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a\r
+% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column\r
+% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{stfloats}\r
+% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e\r
+% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well\r
+% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in\r
+% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command:\r
+%\fnbelowfloat\r
+% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard\r
+% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package\r
+% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work\r
+% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/\r
+% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the\r
+% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE\r
+% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the\r
+% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and\r
+% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the\r
+% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does\r
+% not format its papers in such ways.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+%  \usepackage[nomarkers]{endfloat}\r
+% \let\MYoriglatexcaption\caption\r
+% \renewcommand{\caption}[2][\relax]{\MYoriglatexcaption[#2]{#2}}\r
+%\fi\r
+% endfloat.sty was written by James Darrell McCauley and Jeff Goldberg.\r
+% This package may be useful when used in conjunction with IEEEtran.cls'\r
+% captionsoff option. Some IEEE journals/societies require that submissions\r
+% have lists of figures/tables at the end of the paper and that\r
+% figures/tables without any captions are placed on a page by themselves at\r
+% the end of the document. If needed, the draftcls IEEEtran class option or\r
+% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch interface can be used to increase the line\r
+% spacing as well. Be sure and use the nomarkers option of endfloat to\r
+% prevent endfloat from "marking" where the figures would have been placed\r
+% in the text. The two hack lines of code above are a slight modification of\r
+% that suggested by in the endfloat docs (section 8.3.1) to ensure that\r
+% the full captions always appear in the list of figures/tables - even if\r
+% the user used the short optional argument of \caption[]{}.\r
+% IEEE papers do not typically make use of \caption[]'s optional argument,\r
+% so this should not be an issue. A similar trick can be used to disable\r
+% captions of packages such as subfig.sty that lack options to turn off\r
+% the subcaptions:\r
+% For subfig.sty:\r
+% \let\MYorigsubfloat\subfloat\r
+% \renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfloat[]{#2}}\r
+% For subfigure.sty:\r
+% \let\MYorigsubfigure\subfigure\r
+% \renewcommand{\subfigure}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfigure[]{#2}}\r
+% However, the above trick will not work if both optional arguments of\r
+% the \subfloat/subfig command are used. Furthermore, there needs to be a\r
+% description of each subfigure *somewhere* and endfloat does not add\r
+% subfigure captions to its list of figures. Thus, the best approach is to\r
+% avoid the use of subfigure captions (many IEEE journals avoid them anyway)\r
+% and instead reference/explain all the subfigures within the main caption.\r
+% The latest version of endfloat.sty and its documentation can obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/\r
+%\r
+% The IEEEtran \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff conditional can also be used\r
+% later in the document, say, to conditionally put the References on a \r
+% page by themselves.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{url}\r
+% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for\r
+% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX\r
+% systems. The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/\r
+% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically,\r
+% \url{my_url_here}.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. ***\r
+% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex).         ***\r
+% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later.\r
+% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan\r
+% to submit to, of course. )\r
+\r
+\r
+% correct bad hyphenation here\r
+\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor}\r
+\r
+\r
+\begin{document}\r
+%\r
+% paper title\r
+% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired\r
+\title{Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Journals}\r
+%\r
+%\r
+% author names and IEEE memberships\r
+% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break\r
+% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across\r
+% two lines.\r
+% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area\r
+% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks\r
+% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs\r
+%\r
+\r
+\author{Michael~Shell,~\IEEEmembership{Member,~IEEE,}\r
+        John~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~OSA,}\r
+        and~Jane~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Life~Fellow,~IEEE}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\thanks{M. Shell is with the Department\r
+of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta,\r
+GA, 30332 USA e-mail: (see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html).}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\thanks{J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous University.}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\thanks{Manuscript received April 19, 2005; revised January 11, 2007.}}\r
+\r
+% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - \r
+% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name\r
+% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this:\r
+% \r
+% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} }\r
+%                     ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces!\r
+%\r
+% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that\r
+% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For\r
+% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get\r
+% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}"\r
+% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks\r
+% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks.\r
+% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as\r
+% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth,\r
+% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil\r
+% space somehow managed to creep in.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The paper headers\r
+\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~6, No.~1, January~2007}%\r
+{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Journals}\r
+% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages\r
+% after the title page when using the twoside option.\r
+% \r
+% *** Note that you probably will NOT want to include the author's ***\r
+% *** name in the headers of peer review papers.                   ***\r
+% You can use \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview for conditional compilation here if\r
+% you desire.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page you can do it like\r
+% this:\r
+%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}\r
+% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second\r
+% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% use for special paper notices\r
+%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% make the title area\r
+\maketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+\begin{abstract}\r
+%\boldmath\r
+The abstract goes here.\r
+\end{abstract}\r
+% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract.\r
+% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However,\r
+% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract,\r
+% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start\r
+% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math\r
+% in the abstract anyway.\r
+\r
+% Note that keywords are not normally used for peerreview papers.\r
+\begin{IEEEkeywords}\r
+IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template.\r
+\end{IEEEkeywords}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover\r
+% page as needed:\r
+% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center}\r
+% \fi\r
+%\r
+% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and\r
+% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes.\r
+\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Introduction}\r
+% The very first letter is a 2 line initial drop letter followed\r
+% by the rest of the first word in caps.\r
+% \r
+% form to use if the first word consists of a single letter:\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{A}{demo} file is ....\r
+% \r
+% form to use if you need the single drop letter followed by\r
+% normal text (unknown if ever used by IEEE):\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{A}{}demo file is ....\r
+% \r
+% Some journals put the first two words in caps:\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{T}{his demo} file is ....\r
+% \r
+% Here we have the typical use of a "T" for an initial drop letter\r
+% and "HIS" in caps to complete the first word.\r
+\IEEEPARstart{T}{his} demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file''\r
+for IEEE journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using\r
+IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later.\r
+% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter\r
+% (should never be an issue)\r
+I wish you the best of success.\r
+\r
+\hfill mds\r
+ \r
+\hfill January 11, 2007\r
+\r
+\subsection{Subsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsection text here.\r
+\r
+% needed in second column of first page if using \IEEEpubid\r
+%\IEEEpubidadjcol\r
+\r
+\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsubsection text here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package.\r
+% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption.\r
+% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics.\r
+% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that\r
+% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption\r
+% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because\r
+% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your\r
+% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}.\r
+%\r
+% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class\r
+% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be\r
+% displayed while in draft mode.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure}[!t]\r
+%\centering\r
+%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure}\r
+% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, \r
+% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared\r
+% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.\r
+%\caption{Simulation Results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure}\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this\r
+% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures.\r
+% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.)\r
+% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the\r
+% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption.\r
+% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing.\r
+% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is\r
+% used instead of \subfloat.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure*}[!t]\r
+%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}%\r
+%\label{fig_first_case}}\r
+%\hfil\r
+%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}%\r
+%\label{fig_second_case}}}\r
+%\caption{Simulation results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure*}\r
+%\r
+% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure\r
+% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will\r
+% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the \r
+% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to\r
+% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables.\r
+% The \label must come after \caption as always.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{table}[!t]\r
+%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste\r
+%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3}\r
+% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of\r
+% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells\r
+%\caption{An Example of a Table}\r
+%\label{table_example}\r
+%\centering\r
+%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables\r
+%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here.\r
+%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|}\r
+%\hline\r
+%One & Two\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%Three & Four\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%\end{tabular}\r
+%\end{table}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically\r
+% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here")\r
+% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals use top floats exclusively.\r
+% Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals, places footnotes above bottom\r
+% floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat command of the\r
+% stfloats package.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Conclusion}\r
+The conclusion goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% if have a single appendix:\r
+%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations]\r
+% or\r
+%\appendix  % for no appendix heading\r
+% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section*\r
+% is possibly needed\r
+\r
+% use appendices with more than one appendix\r
+% then use \section to start each appendix\r
+% you must declare a \section before using any\r
+% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself\r
+% starts a section numbered zero.)\r
+%\r
+\r
+\r
+\appendices\r
+\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation}\r
+Appendix one text goes here.\r
+\r
+% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix\r
+% if you want by leaving the argument blank\r
+\section{}\r
+Appendix two text goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% use section* for acknowledgement\r
+\section*{Acknowledgment}\r
+\r
+\r
+The authors would like to thank...\r
+\r
+\r
+% Can use something like this to put references on a page\r
+% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option.\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+  \newpage\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference\r
+% number - used to balance the columns on the last page\r
+% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if\r
+% the document is modified later\r
+%\IEEEtriggeratref{8}\r
+% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired:\r
+%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}}\r
+\r
+% references section\r
+\r
+% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file\r
+% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/\r
+% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/\r
+%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}\r
+% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s)\r
+%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper}\r
+%\r
+% <OR> manually copy in the resultant .bbl file\r
+% set second argument of \begin to the number of references\r
+% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box)\r
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}\r
+\r
+\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka}\r
+H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus\r
+  0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999.\r
+\r
+\end{thebibliography}\r
+\r
+% biography section\r
+% \r
+% If you have an EPS/PDF photo (graphicx package needed) extra braces are\r
+% needed around the contents of the optional argument to biography to prevent\r
+% the LaTeX parser from getting confused when it sees the complicated\r
+% \includegraphics command within an optional argument. (You could create\r
+% your own custom macro containing the \includegraphics command to make things\r
+% simpler here.)\r
+%\begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,keepaspectratio]{mshell}}]{Michael Shell}\r
+% or if you just want to reserve a space for a photo:\r
+\r
+\begin{IEEEbiography}{Michael Shell}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiography}\r
+\r
+% if you will not have a photo at all:\r
+\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{John Doe}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\r
+% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page with\r
+% biographies\r
+%\newpage\r
+\r
+\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{Jane Doe}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\r
+% You can push biographies down or up by placing\r
+% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate\r
+% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is\r
+% on the last page and whether or not the columns\r
+% are being equalized.\r
+\r
+%\vfill\r
+\r
+% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one\r
+% is flush with the other column.\r
+%\enlargethispage{-5in}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% that's all folks\r
+\end{document}\r
+\r
+\r

diff --git a/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..c733757
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
+\r
+%% bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex\r
+%% V1.3\r
+%% 2007/01/11\r
+%% by Michael Shell\r
+%% See:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/\r
+%% for current contact information.\r
+%%\r
+%% This is a skeleton file demonstrating the use of IEEEtran.cls\r
+%% (requires IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 or later) with an IEEE Computer\r
+%% Society journal paper.\r
+%%\r
+%% Support sites:\r
+%% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/\r
+%% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/IEEEtran/\r
+%% and\r
+%% http://www.ieee.org/\r
+\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+%% Legal Notice:\r
+%% This code is offered as-is without any warranty either expressed or\r
+%% implied; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or\r
+%% FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE! \r
+%% User assumes all risk.\r
+%% In no event shall IEEE or any contributor to this code be liable for\r
+%% any damages or losses, including, but not limited to, incidental,\r
+%% consequential, or any other damages, resulting from the use or misuse\r
+%% of any information contained here.\r
+%%\r
+%% All comments are the opinions of their respective authors and are not\r
+%% necessarily endorsed by the IEEE.\r
+%%\r
+%% This work is distributed under the LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL)\r
+%% ( http://www.latex-project.org/ ) version 1.3, and may be freely used,\r
+%% distributed and modified. A copy of the LPPL, version 1.3, is included\r
+%% in the base LaTeX documentation of all distributions of LaTeX released\r
+%% 2003/12/01 or later.\r
+%% Retain all contribution notices and credits.\r
+%% ** Modified files should be clearly indicated as such, including  **\r
+%% ** renaming them and changing author support contact information. **\r
+%%\r
+%% File list of work: IEEEtran.cls, IEEEtran_HOWTO.pdf, bare_adv.tex,\r
+%%                    bare_conf.tex, bare_jrnl.tex, bare_jrnl_compsoc.tex\r
+%%*************************************************************************\r
+\r
+% *** Authors should verify (and, if needed, correct) their LaTeX system  ***\r
+% *** with the testflow diagnostic prior to trusting their LaTeX platform ***\r
+% *** with production work. IEEE's font choices can trigger bugs that do  ***\r
+% *** not appear when using other class files.                            ***\r
+% The testflow support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/testflow/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that the a4paper option is mainly intended so that authors in\r
+% countries using A4 can easily print to A4 and see how their papers will\r
+% look in print - the typesetting of the document will not typically be\r
+% affected with changes in paper size (but the bottom and side margins will).\r
+% Use the testflow package mentioned above to verify correct handling of\r
+% both paper sizes by the user's LaTeX system.\r
+%\r
+% Also note that the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", option\r
+% should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be displayed in\r
+% draft mode.\r
+%\r
+% The Computer Society usually requires 12pt for submissions.\r
+%\r
+\documentclass[12pt,journal,compsoc]{IEEEtran}\r
+%\r
+% If IEEEtran.cls has not been installed into the LaTeX system files,\r
+% manually specify the path to it like:\r
+% \documentclass[12pt,journal,compsoc]{../sty/IEEEtran}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% Some very useful LaTeX packages include:\r
+% (uncomment the ones you want to load)\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MISC UTILITY PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{ifpdf}\r
+% Heiko Oberdiek's ifpdf.sty is very useful if you need conditional\r
+% compilation based on whether the output is pdf or dvi.\r
+% usage:\r
+% \ifpdf\r
+%   % pdf code\r
+% \else\r
+%   % dvi code\r
+% \fi\r
+% The latest version of ifpdf.sty can be obtained from:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/oberdiek/\r
+% Also, note that IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later provides a builtin\r
+% \ifCLASSINFOpdf conditional that works the same way.\r
+% When switching from latex to pdflatex and vice-versa, the compiler may\r
+% have to be run twice to clear warning/error messages.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** CITATION PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+  % IEEE Computer Society needs nocompress option\r
+  % requires cite.sty v4.0 or later (November 2003)\r
+  % \usepackage[nocompress]{cite}\r
+\else\r
+  % normal IEEE\r
+  % \usepackage{cite}\r
+\fi\r
+% cite.sty was written by Donald Arseneau\r
+% V1.6 and later of IEEEtran pre-defines the format of the cite.sty package\r
+% \cite{} output to follow that of IEEE. Loading the cite package will\r
+% result in citation numbers being automatically sorted and properly\r
+% "compressed/ranged". e.g., [1], [9], [2], [7], [5], [6] without using\r
+% cite.sty will become [1], [2], [5]--[7], [9] using cite.sty. cite.sty's\r
+% \cite will automatically add leading space, if needed. Use cite.sty's\r
+% noadjust option (cite.sty V3.8 and later) if you want to turn this off.\r
+% cite.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. Be sure and use\r
+% version 4.0 (2003-05-27) and later if using hyperref.sty. cite.sty does\r
+% not currently provide for hyperlinked citations.\r
+% The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/cite/\r
+% The documentation is contained in the cite.sty file itself.\r
+%\r
+% Note that some packages require special options to format as the Computer\r
+% Society requires. In particular, Computer Society  papers do not use\r
+% compressed citation ranges as is done in typical IEEE papers\r
+% (e.g., [1]-[4]). Instead, they list every citation separately in order\r
+% (e.g., [1], [2], [3], [4]). To get the latter we need to load the cite\r
+% package with the nocompress option which is supported by cite.sty v4.0\r
+% and later. Note also the use of a CLASSOPTION conditional provided by\r
+% IEEEtran.cls V1.7 and later.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** GRAPHICS RELATED PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+\ifCLASSINFOpdf\r
+  % \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../pdf/}{../jpeg/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.pdf,.jpeg,.png}\r
+\else\r
+  % or other class option (dvipsone, dvipdf, if not using dvips). graphicx\r
+  % will default to the driver specified in the system graphics.cfg if no\r
+  % driver is specified.\r
+  % \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}\r
+  % declare the path(s) where your graphic files are\r
+  % \graphicspath{{../eps/}}\r
+  % and their extensions so you won't have to specify these with\r
+  % every instance of \includegraphics\r
+  % \DeclareGraphicsExtensions{.eps}\r
+\fi\r
+% graphicx was written by David Carlisle and Sebastian Rahtz. It is\r
+% required if you want graphics, photos, etc. graphicx.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at: \r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/graphics/\r
+% Another good source of documentation is "Using Imported Graphics in\r
+% LaTeX2e" by Keith Reckdahl which can be found as epslatex.ps or\r
+% epslatex.pdf at: http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/\r
+%\r
+% latex, and pdflatex in dvi mode, support graphics in encapsulated\r
+% postscript (.eps) format. pdflatex in pdf mode supports graphics\r
+% in .pdf, .jpeg, .png and .mps (metapost) formats. Users should ensure\r
+% that all non-photo figures use a vector format (.eps, .pdf, .mps) and\r
+% not a bitmapped formats (.jpeg, .png). IEEE frowns on bitmapped formats\r
+% which can result in "jaggedy"/blurry rendering of lines and letters as\r
+% well as large increases in file sizes.\r
+%\r
+% You can find documentation about the pdfTeX application at:\r
+% http://www.tug.org/applications/pdftex\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** MATH PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage[cmex10]{amsmath}\r
+% A popular package from the American Mathematical Society that provides\r
+% many useful and powerful commands for dealing with mathematics. If using\r
+% it, be sure to load this package with the cmex10 option to ensure that\r
+% only type 1 fonts will utilized at all point sizes. Without this option,\r
+% it is possible that some math symbols, particularly those within\r
+% footnotes, will be rendered in bitmap form which will result in a\r
+% document that can not be IEEE Xplore compliant!\r
+%\r
+% Also, note that the amsmath package sets \interdisplaylinepenalty to 10000\r
+% thus preventing page breaks from occurring within multiline equations. Use:\r
+%\interdisplaylinepenalty=2500\r
+% after loading amsmath to restore such page breaks as IEEEtran.cls normally\r
+% does. amsmath.sty is already installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/amslatex/math/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SPECIALIZED LIST PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{algorithmic}\r
+% algorithmic.sty was written by Peter Williams and Rogerio Brito.\r
+% This package provides an algorithmic environment fo describing algorithms.\r
+% You can use the algorithmic environment in-text or within a figure\r
+% environment to provide for a floating algorithm. Do NOT use the algorithm\r
+% floating environment provided by algorithm.sty (by the same authors) or\r
+% algorithm2e.sty (by Christophe Fiorio) as IEEE does not use dedicated\r
+% algorithm float types and packages that provide these will not provide\r
+% correct IEEE style captions. The latest version and documentation of\r
+% algorithmic.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithms/\r
+% There is also a support site at:\r
+% http://algorithms.berlios.de/index.html\r
+% Also of interest may be the (relatively newer and more customizable)\r
+% algorithmicx.sty package by Szasz Janos:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/algorithmicx/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** ALIGNMENT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{array}\r
+% Frank Mittelbach's and David Carlisle's array.sty patches and improves\r
+% the standard LaTeX2e array and tabular environments to provide better\r
+% appearance and additional user controls. As the default LaTeX2e table\r
+% generation code is lacking to the point of almost being broken with\r
+% respect to the quality of the end results, all users are strongly\r
+% advised to use an enhanced (at the very least that provided by array.sty)\r
+% set of table tools. array.sty is already installed on most systems. The\r
+% latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/required/tools/\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{mdwmath}\r
+%\usepackage{mdwtab}\r
+% Also highly recommended is Mark Wooding's extremely powerful MDW tools,\r
+% especially mdwmath.sty and mdwtab.sty which are used to format equations\r
+% and tables, respectively. The MDWtools set is already installed on most\r
+% LaTeX systems. The lastest version and documentation is available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/mdwtools/\r
+\r
+\r
+% IEEEtran contains the IEEEeqnarray family of commands that can be used to\r
+% generate multiline equations as well as matrices, tables, etc., of high\r
+% quality.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{eqparbox}\r
+% Also of notable interest is Scott Pakin's eqparbox package for creating\r
+% (automatically sized) equal width boxes - aka "natural width parboxes".\r
+% Available at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/eqparbox/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** SUBFIGURE PACKAGES ***\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%\usepackage[tight,normalsize,sf,SF]{subfigure}\r
+%\else\r
+%\usepackage[tight,footnotesize]{subfigure}\r
+%\fi\r
+% subfigure.sty was written by Steven Douglas Cochran. This package makes it\r
+% easy to put subfigures in your figures. e.g., "Figure 1a and 1b". For IEEE\r
+% work, it is a good idea to load it with the tight package option to reduce\r
+% the amount of white space around the subfigures. Computer Society papers\r
+% use a larger font and \sffamily font for their captions, hence the\r
+% additional options needed under compsoc mode. subfigure.sty is already\r
+% installed on most LaTeX systems. The latest version and documentation can\r
+% be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/subfigure/\r
+% subfigure.sty has been superceeded by subfig.sty.\r
+\r
+\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false]{caption}\r
+%  \usepackage[font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig}\r
+%\else\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false]{caption}\r
+%  \usepackage[font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+%\fi\r
+% subfig.sty, also written by Steven Douglas Cochran, is the modern\r
+% replacement for subfigure.sty. However, subfig.sty requires and\r
+% automatically loads Axel Sommerfeldt's caption.sty which will override\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handling of captions and this will result in nonIEEE style\r
+% figure/table captions. To prevent this problem, be sure and preload\r
+% caption.sty with its "caption=false" package option. This is will preserve\r
+% IEEEtran.cls handing of captions. Version 1.3 (2005/06/28) and later \r
+% (recommended due to many improvements over 1.2) of subfig.sty supports\r
+% the caption=false option directly:\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false,font=normalsize,labelfont=sf,textfont=sf]{subfig}\r
+%\else\r
+%  \usepackage[caption=false,font=footnotesize]{subfig}\r
+%\fi\r
+%\r
+% The latest version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/subfig/\r
+% The latest version and documentation of caption.sty can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** FLOAT PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{fixltx2e}\r
+% fixltx2e, the successor to the earlier fix2col.sty, was written by\r
+% Frank Mittelbach and David Carlisle. This package corrects a few problems\r
+% in the LaTeX2e kernel, the most notable of which is that in current\r
+% LaTeX2e releases, the ordering of single and double column floats is not\r
+% guaranteed to be preserved. Thus, an unpatched LaTeX2e can allow a\r
+% single column figure to be placed prior to an earlier double column\r
+% figure. The latest version and documentation can be found at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/base/\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\usepackage{stfloats}\r
+% stfloats.sty was written by Sigitas Tolusis. This package gives LaTeX2e\r
+% the ability to do double column floats at the bottom of the page as well\r
+% as the top. (e.g., "\begin{figure*}[!b]" is not normally possible in\r
+% LaTeX2e). It also provides a command:\r
+%\fnbelowfloat\r
+% to enable the placement of footnotes below bottom floats (the standard\r
+% LaTeX2e kernel puts them above bottom floats). This is an invasive package\r
+% which rewrites many portions of the LaTeX2e float routines. It may not work\r
+% with other packages that modify the LaTeX2e float routines. The latest\r
+% version and documentation can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/sttools/\r
+% Documentation is contained in the stfloats.sty comments as well as in the\r
+% presfull.pdf file. Do not use the stfloats baselinefloat ability as IEEE\r
+% does not allow \baselineskip to stretch. Authors submitting work to the\r
+% IEEE should note that IEEE rarely uses double column equations and\r
+% that authors should try to avoid such use. Do not be tempted to use the\r
+% cuted.sty or midfloat.sty packages (also by Sigitas Tolusis) as IEEE does\r
+% not format its papers in such ways.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+%  \usepackage[nomarkers]{endfloat}\r
+% \let\MYoriglatexcaption\caption\r
+% \renewcommand{\caption}[2][\relax]{\MYoriglatexcaption[#2]{#2}}\r
+%\fi\r
+% endfloat.sty was written by James Darrell McCauley and Jeff Goldberg.\r
+% This package may be useful when used in conjunction with IEEEtran.cls'\r
+% captionsoff option. Some IEEE journals/societies require that submissions\r
+% have lists of figures/tables at the end of the paper and that\r
+% figures/tables without any captions are placed on a page by themselves at\r
+% the end of the document. If needed, the draftcls IEEEtran class option or\r
+% \CLASSINPUTbaselinestretch interface can be used to increase the line\r
+% spacing as well. Be sure and use the nomarkers option of endfloat to\r
+% prevent endfloat from "marking" where the figures would have been placed\r
+% in the text. The two hack lines of code above are a slight modification of\r
+% that suggested by in the endfloat docs (section 8.3.1) to ensure that\r
+% the full captions always appear in the list of figures/tables - even if\r
+% the user used the short optional argument of \caption[]{}.\r
+% IEEE papers do not typically make use of \caption[]'s optional argument,\r
+% so this should not be an issue. A similar trick can be used to disable\r
+% captions of packages such as subfig.sty that lack options to turn off\r
+% the subcaptions:\r
+% For subfig.sty:\r
+% \let\MYorigsubfloat\subfloat\r
+% \renewcommand{\subfloat}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfloat[]{#2}}\r
+% For subfigure.sty:\r
+% \let\MYorigsubfigure\subfigure\r
+% \renewcommand{\subfigure}[2][\relax]{\MYorigsubfigure[]{#2}}\r
+% However, the above trick will not work if both optional arguments of\r
+% the \subfloat/subfig command are used. Furthermore, there needs to be a\r
+% description of each subfigure *somewhere* and endfloat does not add\r
+% subfigure captions to its list of figures. Thus, the best approach is to\r
+% avoid the use of subfigure captions (many IEEE journals avoid them anyway)\r
+% and instead reference/explain all the subfigures within the main caption.\r
+% The latest version of endfloat.sty and its documentation can obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/endfloat/\r
+%\r
+% The IEEEtran \ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff conditional can also be used\r
+% later in the document, say, to conditionally put the References on a \r
+% page by themselves.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** PDF, URL AND HYPERLINK PACKAGES ***\r
+%\r
+%\usepackage{url}\r
+% url.sty was written by Donald Arseneau. It provides better support for\r
+% handling and breaking URLs. url.sty is already installed on most LaTeX\r
+% systems. The latest version can be obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/misc/\r
+% Read the url.sty source comments for usage information. Basically,\r
+% \url{my_url_here}.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% *** Do not adjust lengths that control margins, column widths, etc. ***\r
+% *** Do not use packages that alter fonts (such as pslatex).         ***\r
+% There should be no need to do such things with IEEEtran.cls V1.6 and later.\r
+% (Unless specifically asked to do so by the journal or conference you plan\r
+% to submit to, of course. )\r
+\r
+\r
+% correct bad hyphenation here\r
+\hyphenation{op-tical net-works semi-conduc-tor}\r
+\r
+\r
+\begin{document}\r
+%\r
+% paper title\r
+% can use linebreaks \\ within to get better formatting as desired\r
+\title{Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls\\ for Computer Society Journals}\r
+%\r
+%\r
+% author names and IEEE memberships\r
+% note positions of commas and nonbreaking spaces ( ~ ) LaTeX will not break\r
+% a structure at a ~ so this keeps an author's name from being broken across\r
+% two lines.\r
+% use \thanks{} to gain access to the first footnote area\r
+% a separate \thanks must be used for each paragraph as LaTeX2e's \thanks\r
+% was not built to handle multiple paragraphs\r
+%\r
+%\r
+%\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks is a special \thanks that produces the bulleted\r
+% lists the Computer Society journals use for "first footnote" author\r
+% affiliations. Use \IEEEcompsocthanksitem which works much like \item\r
+% for each affiliation group. When not in compsoc mode,\r
+% \IEEEcompsocitemizethanks becomes like \thanks and\r
+% \IEEEcompsocthanksitem becomes a line break with idention. This\r
+% facilitates dual compilation, although admittedly the differences in the\r
+% desired content of \author between the different types of papers makes a\r
+% one-size-fits-all approach a daunting prospect. For instance, compsoc \r
+% journal papers have the author affiliations above the "Manuscript\r
+% received ..."  text while in non-compsoc journals this is reversed. Sigh.\r
+\r
+\author{Michael~Shell,~\IEEEmembership{Member,~IEEE,}\r
+        John~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Fellow,~OSA,}\r
+        and~Jane~Doe,~\IEEEmembership{Life~Fellow,~IEEE}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\IEEEcompsocitemizethanks{\IEEEcompsocthanksitem M. Shell is with the Department\r
+of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta,\r
+GA, 30332.\protect\\\r
+% note need leading \protect in front of \\ to get a newline within \thanks as\r
+% \\ is fragile and will error, could use \hfil\break instead.\r
+E-mail: see http://www.michaelshell.org/contact.html\r
+\IEEEcompsocthanksitem J. Doe and J. Doe are with Anonymous University.}% <-this % stops a space\r
+\thanks{Manuscript received April 19, 2005; revised January 11, 2007.}}\r
+\r
+% note the % following the last \IEEEmembership and also \thanks - \r
+% these prevent an unwanted space from occurring between the last author name\r
+% and the end of the author line. i.e., if you had this:\r
+% \r
+% \author{....lastname \thanks{...} \thanks{...} }\r
+%                     ^------------^------------^----Do not want these spaces!\r
+%\r
+% a space would be appended to the last name and could cause every name on that\r
+% line to be shifted left slightly. This is one of those "LaTeX things". For\r
+% instance, "\textbf{A} \textbf{B}" will typeset as "A B" not "AB". To get\r
+% "AB" then you have to do: "\textbf{A}\textbf{B}"\r
+% \thanks is no different in this regard, so shield the last } of each \thanks\r
+% that ends a line with a % and do not let a space in before the next \thanks.\r
+% Spaces after \IEEEmembership other than the last one are OK (and needed) as\r
+% you are supposed to have spaces between the names. For what it is worth,\r
+% this is a minor point as most people would not even notice if the said evil\r
+% space somehow managed to creep in.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The paper headers\r
+\markboth{Journal of \LaTeX\ Class Files,~Vol.~6, No.~1, January~2007}%\r
+{Shell \MakeLowercase{\textit{et al.}}: Bare Demo of IEEEtran.cls for Computer Society Journals}\r
+% The only time the second header will appear is for the odd numbered pages\r
+% after the title page when using the twoside option.\r
+% \r
+% *** Note that you probably will NOT want to include the author's ***\r
+% *** name in the headers of peer review papers.                   ***\r
+% You can use \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview for conditional compilation here if\r
+% you desire.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The publisher's ID mark at the bottom of the page is less important with\r
+% Computer Society journal papers as those publications place the marks\r
+% outside of the main text columns and, therefore, unlike regular IEEE\r
+% journals, the available text space is not reduced by their presence.\r
+% If you want to put a publisher's ID mark on the page you can do it like\r
+% this:\r
+%\IEEEpubid{0000--0000/00\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}\r
+% or like this to get the Computer Society new two part style.\r
+%\IEEEpubid{\makebox[\columnwidth]{\hfill 0000--0000/00/\$00.00~\copyright~2007 IEEE}%\r
+%\hspace{\columnsep}\makebox[\columnwidth]{Published by the IEEE Computer Society\hfill}}\r
+% Remember, if you use this you must call \IEEEpubidadjcol in the second\r
+% column for its text to clear the IEEEpubid mark (Computer Society jorunal\r
+% papers don't need this extra clearance.)\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% use for special paper notices\r
+%\IEEEspecialpapernotice{(Invited Paper)}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% for Computer Society papers, we must declare the abstract and index terms\r
+% PRIOR to the title within the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext IEEEtran\r
+% command as these need to go into the title area created by \maketitle.\r
+\IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext{%\r
+\begin{abstract}\r
+%\boldmath\r
+The abstract goes here.\r
+\end{abstract}\r
+% IEEEtran.cls defaults to using nonbold math in the Abstract.\r
+% This preserves the distinction between vectors and scalars. However,\r
+% if the journal you are submitting to favors bold math in the abstract,\r
+% then you can use LaTeX's standard command \boldmath at the very start\r
+% of the abstract to achieve this. Many IEEE journals frown on math\r
+% in the abstract anyway. In particular, the Computer Society does\r
+% not want either math or citations to appear in the abstract.\r
+\r
+% Note that keywords are not normally used for peerreview papers.\r
+\begin{IEEEkeywords}\r
+Computer Society, IEEEtran, journal, \LaTeX, paper, template.\r
+\end{IEEEkeywords}}\r
+\r
+\r
+% make the title area\r
+\maketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+% To allow for easy dual compilation without having to reenter the\r
+% abstract/keywords data, the \IEEEcompsoctitleabstractindextext text will\r
+% not be used in maketitle, but will appear (i.e., to be "transported")\r
+% here as \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext when compsoc mode\r
+% is not selected <OR> if conference mode is selected - because compsoc\r
+% conference papers position the abstract like regular (non-compsoc)\r
+% papers do!\r
+\IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext\r
+% \IEEEdisplaynotcompsoctitleabstractindextext has no effect when using\r
+% compsoc under a non-conference mode.\r
+\r
+\r
+% For peer review papers, you can put extra information on the cover\r
+% page as needed:\r
+% \ifCLASSOPTIONpeerreview\r
+% \begin{center} \bfseries EDICS Category: 3-BBND \end{center}\r
+% \fi\r
+%\r
+% For peerreview papers, this IEEEtran command inserts a page break and\r
+% creates the second title. It will be ignored for other modes.\r
+\IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Introduction}\r
+% Computer Society journal papers do something a tad strange with the very\r
+% first section heading (almost always called "Introduction"). They place it\r
+% ABOVE the main text! IEEEtran.cls currently does not do this for you.\r
+% However, You can achieve this effect by making LaTeX jump through some\r
+% hoops via something like:\r
+%\r
+%\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+%  \noindent\raisebox{2\baselineskip}[0pt][0pt]%\r
+%  {\parbox{\columnwidth}{\section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}%\r
+%  \global\everypar=\everypar}}%\r
+%  \vspace{-1\baselineskip}\vspace{-\parskip}\par\r
+%\else\r
+%  \section{Introduction}\label{sec:introduction}\par\r
+%\fi\r
+%\r
+% Admittedly, this is a hack and may well be fragile, but seems to do the\r
+% trick for me. Note the need to keep any \label that may be used right\r
+% after \section in the above as the hack puts \section within a raised box.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% The very first letter is a 2 line initial drop letter followed\r
+% by the rest of the first word in caps (small caps for compsoc).\r
+% \r
+% form to use if the first word consists of a single letter:\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{A}{demo} file is ....\r
+% \r
+% form to use if you need the single drop letter followed by\r
+% normal text (unknown if ever used by IEEE):\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{A}{}demo file is ....\r
+% \r
+% Some journals put the first two words in caps:\r
+% \IEEEPARstart{T}{his demo} file is ....\r
+% \r
+% Here we have the typical use of a "T" for an initial drop letter\r
+% and "HIS" in caps to complete the first word.\r
+\IEEEPARstart{T}{his} demo file is intended to serve as a ``starter file''\r
+for IEEE Computer Society journal papers produced under \LaTeX\ using\r
+IEEEtran.cls version 1.7 and later.\r
+% You must have at least 2 lines in the paragraph with the drop letter\r
+% (should never be an issue)\r
+I wish you the best of success.\r
+\r
+\hfill mds\r
+ \r
+\hfill January 11, 2007\r
+\r
+\subsection{Subsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsection text here.\r
+\r
+% needed in second column of first page if using \IEEEpubid\r
+%\IEEEpubidadjcol\r
+\r
+\subsubsection{Subsubsection Heading Here}\r
+Subsubsection text here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating figure using the graphicx package.\r
+% Note that \label must occur AFTER (or within) \caption.\r
+% For figures, \caption should occur after the \includegraphics.\r
+% Note that IEEEtran v1.7 and later has special internal code that\r
+% is designed to preserve the operation of \label within \caption\r
+% even when the captionsoff option is in effect. However, because\r
+% of issues like this, it may be the safest practice to put all your\r
+% \label just after \caption rather than within \caption{}.\r
+%\r
+% Reminder: the "draftcls" or "draftclsnofoot", not "draft", class\r
+% option should be used if it is desired that the figures are to be\r
+% displayed while in draft mode.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure}[!t]\r
+%\centering\r
+%\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{myfigure}\r
+% where an .eps filename suffix will be assumed under latex, \r
+% and a .pdf suffix will be assumed for pdflatex; or what has been declared\r
+% via \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.\r
+%\caption{Simulation Results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure}\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE typically puts floats only at the top, even when this\r
+% results in a large percentage of a column being occupied by floats.\r
+% However, the Computer Society has been known to put floats at the bottom.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a double column floating figure using two subfigures.\r
+% (The subfig.sty package must be loaded for this to work.)\r
+% The subfigure \label commands are set within each subfloat command, the\r
+% \label for the overall figure must come after \caption.\r
+% \hfil must be used as a separator to get equal spacing.\r
+% The subfigure.sty package works much the same way, except \subfigure is\r
+% used instead of \subfloat.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{figure*}[!t]\r
+%\centerline{\subfloat[Case I]\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase1}%\r
+%\label{fig_first_case}}\r
+%\hfil\r
+%\subfloat[Case II]{\includegraphics[width=2.5in]{subfigcase2}%\r
+%\label{fig_second_case}}}\r
+%\caption{Simulation results}\r
+%\label{fig_sim}\r
+%\end{figure*}\r
+%\r
+% Note that often IEEE papers with subfigures do not employ subfigure\r
+% captions (using the optional argument to \subfloat), but instead will\r
+% reference/describe all of them (a), (b), etc., within the main caption.\r
+\r
+\r
+% An example of a floating table. Note that, for IEEE style tables, the \r
+% \caption command should come BEFORE the table. Table text will default to\r
+% \footnotesize as IEEE normally uses this smaller font for tables.\r
+% The \label must come after \caption as always.\r
+%\r
+%\begin{table}[!t]\r
+%% increase table row spacing, adjust to taste\r
+%\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{1.3}\r
+% if using array.sty, it might be a good idea to tweak the value of\r
+% \extrarowheight as needed to properly center the text within the cells\r
+%\caption{An Example of a Table}\r
+%\label{table_example}\r
+%\centering\r
+%% Some packages, such as MDW tools, offer better commands for making tables\r
+%% than the plain LaTeX2e tabular which is used here.\r
+%\begin{tabular}{|c||c|}\r
+%\hline\r
+%One & Two\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%Three & Four\\\r
+%\hline\r
+%\end{tabular}\r
+%\end{table}\r
+\r
+\r
+% Note that IEEE does not put floats in the very first column - or typically\r
+% anywhere on the first page for that matter. Also, in-text middle ("here")\r
+% positioning is not used. Most IEEE journals use top floats exclusively.\r
+% However, Computer Society journals sometimes do use bottom floats - bear\r
+% this in mind when choosing appropriate optional arguments for the\r
+% figure/table environments.\r
+% Note that, LaTeX2e, unlike IEEE journals, places footnotes above bottom\r
+% floats. This can be corrected via the \fnbelowfloat command of the\r
+% stfloats package.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\section{Conclusion}\r
+The conclusion goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% if have a single appendix:\r
+%\appendix[Proof of the Zonklar Equations]\r
+% or\r
+%\appendix  % for no appendix heading\r
+% do not use \section anymore after \appendix, only \section*\r
+% is possibly needed\r
+\r
+% use appendices with more than one appendix\r
+% then use \section to start each appendix\r
+% you must declare a \section before using any\r
+% \subsection or using \label (\appendices by itself\r
+% starts a section numbered zero.)\r
+%\r
+\r
+\r
+\appendices\r
+\section{Proof of the First Zonklar Equation}\r
+Appendix one text goes here.\r
+\r
+% you can choose not to have a title for an appendix\r
+% if you want by leaving the argument blank\r
+\section{}\r
+Appendix two text goes here.\r
+\r
+\r
+% use section* for acknowledgement\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcompsoc\r
+  % The Computer Society usually uses the plural form\r
+  \section*{Acknowledgments}\r
+\else\r
+  % regular IEEE prefers the singular form\r
+  \section*{Acknowledgment}\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+The authors would like to thank...\r
+\r
+\r
+% Can use something like this to put references on a page\r
+% by themselves when using endfloat and the captionsoff option.\r
+\ifCLASSOPTIONcaptionsoff\r
+  \newpage\r
+\fi\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% trigger a \newpage just before the given reference\r
+% number - used to balance the columns on the last page\r
+% adjust value as needed - may need to be readjusted if\r
+% the document is modified later\r
+%\IEEEtriggeratref{8}\r
+% The "triggered" command can be changed if desired:\r
+%\IEEEtriggercmd{\enlargethispage{-5in}}\r
+\r
+% references section\r
+\r
+% can use a bibliography generated by BibTeX as a .bbl file\r
+% BibTeX documentation can be easily obtained at:\r
+% http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/\r
+% The IEEEtran BibTeX style support page is at:\r
+% http://www.michaelshell.org/tex/ieeetran/bibtex/\r
+%\bibliographystyle{IEEEtran}\r
+% argument is your BibTeX string definitions and bibliography database(s)\r
+%\bibliography{IEEEabrv,../bib/paper}\r
+%\r
+% <OR> manually copy in the resultant .bbl file\r
+% set second argument of \begin to the number of references\r
+% (used to reserve space for the reference number labels box)\r
+\begin{thebibliography}{1}\r
+\r
+\bibitem{IEEEhowto:kopka}\r
+H.~Kopka and P.~W. Daly, \emph{A Guide to \LaTeX}, 3rd~ed.\hskip 1em plus\r
+  0.5em minus 0.4em\relax Harlow, England: Addison-Wesley, 1999.\r
+\r
+\end{thebibliography}\r
+\r
+% biography section\r
+% \r
+% If you have an EPS/PDF photo (graphicx package needed) extra braces are\r
+% needed around the contents of the optional argument to biography to prevent\r
+% the LaTeX parser from getting confused when it sees the complicated\r
+% \includegraphics command within an optional argument. (You could create\r
+% your own custom macro containing the \includegraphics command to make things\r
+% simpler here.)\r
+%\begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,keepaspectratio]{mshell}}]{Michael Shell}\r
+% or if you just want to reserve a space for a photo:\r
+\r
+\begin{IEEEbiography}{Michael Shell}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiography}\r
+\r
+% if you will not have a photo at all:\r
+\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{John Doe}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\r
+% insert where needed to balance the two columns on the last page with\r
+% biographies\r
+%\newpage\r
+\r
+\begin{IEEEbiographynophoto}{Jane Doe}\r
+Biography text here.\r
+\end{IEEEbiographynophoto}\r
+\r
+% You can push biographies down or up by placing\r
+% a \vfill before or after them. The appropriate\r
+% use of \vfill depends on what kind of text is\r
+% on the last page and whether or not the columns\r
+% are being equalized.\r
+\r
+%\vfill\r
+\r
+% Can be used to pull up biographies so that the bottom of the last one\r
+% is flush with the other column.\r
+%\enlargethispage{-5in}\r
+\r
+\r
+\r
+% that's all folks\r
+\end{document}\r
+\r
+\r

diff --git a/IEEEtran/changelog.txt b/IEEEtran/changelog.txt
new file mode 100644 (file)
index 0000000..80e3b3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IEEEtran/changelog.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+
+
+ Changelog history of the IEEEtran LaTeX class.
+ 
+
+ v1.8 -- 2012/11/21
+ by Harald Hanche-Olsen and Anders Christensen (IEEE Computational Intelligence Society)
+
+*******
+11/2012 v1.8 changes:
+
+1335c1335
+<                 \itemindent 0em%
+---
+>                 \itemindent 0.3em%
+1386c1386
+<                 \itemindent 0em%
+---
+>                 \itemindent .3em%
+1436c1436
+<                 \itemindent 0em%
+---
+>                 \itemindent .3em%
+1524c1524
+< \def\unnumberedfootnote{\gdef\@thefnmark{}\@footnotetext}
+---
+> \def\unnumberedfootnote{\gdef\@thefnmark{\quad}\@footnotetext}
+1526c1526
+< \skip\@mpfootins = \skip\footins
+---
+> \skip\@mpfootins 0.3\baselineskip
+1531a1532
+> %\long\def\@makefnmark{\scriptsize\normalfont\@thefnmark}
+1541c1542
+< \def\footnoterule{\vskip-2pt \hrule height 0.4pt depth \z@ \vskip1.6pt\relax}
+---
+> \def\footnoterule{\vskip-2pt \hrule height 0.6pt depth \z@ \vskip1.6pt\relax}
+1652c1653
+< \def\figurename{Figure}
+---
+> \def\figurename{Fig.}
+1740c1741
+< \setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.25\baselineskip}
+---
+> \setlength\abovecaptionskip{0.65\baselineskip}
+1799c1800
+< \footnotesize{\centering\normalfont\footnotesize#1.\quad\scshape #2\par}%
+---
+> \footnotesize{\centering\normalfont\footnotesize#1.\qquad\scshape #2\par}%
+1812c1813
+< \ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\hfil\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+---
+> \ifCLASSOPTIONconference \hbox to\hsize{\normalfont\footnotesize\box\@tempboxa\hfil}%
+1856c1857
+< \def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}%
+---
+> \def\table{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}%
+1861c1862
+< \@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\footnotesize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}}
+---
+> \@namedef{table*}{\def\@floatboxreset{\reset@font\scriptsize\@setminipage}\@dblfloat{table}}
+3747c3748
+< \def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{1.67ex}\fi
+---
+> \def\endIEEEkeywords{\relax\ifCLASSOPTIONtechnote\vspace{1.34ex}\else\vspace{0.5ex}\fi
+3826,3827c3827,3829
+< 
+< \def\@seccntformat#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax}
+---
+> \def\@seccntformat#1{\hb@xt@ 1.4em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}}
+> \def\@seccntformatinl#1{\hb@xt@ 1.1em{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hss\relax}}
+> \def\@seccntformatch#1{\csname the#1dis\endcsname\hskip 1em\relax}
+3843c3845,3853
+<      \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%
+---
+>      \ifnum #2=1
+>         \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatch{#1}\relax}%
+>      \else
+>         \ifnum #2>2
+>            \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformatinl{#1}\relax}%
+>         \else
+>            \protected@edef\@svsec{\@seccntformat{#1}\relax}%
+>         \fi
+>      \fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+*****************************************
+
+2007/03/05
+ by Michael Shell (MDS)
+ http://www.michaelshell.org/
+
+*******
+ 3/2007 V1.7a (MDS) changes:
+
+ 1) Corrected problem of unwanted two column peer review title page format.
+    Thanks to Virgilio Rodriguez for reporting this bug.
+
+ 2) "depreciated" -> "deprecated". Thanks to Virgilio Rodriguez for
+    suggesting this change.
+
+*******
+ 1/2007 V1.7 (MDS) changes:
+
+ 1) New class option compsoc to support the IEEE Computer Society format.
+
+ 2) New class option captionsoff disables the display of figure/table
+    captions. endfloat.sty is now mentioned in the docs. Thanks to Geoff
+    Walker for suggesting these changes.
+
+ 3) Fixed compatibility issues with subfig.sty and caption.sty. Thanks to
+    Steven Douglas Cochran and Axel Sommerfeldt for suggesting this change.
+
+ 4) New \CLASSINPUT, \CLASSOPTION and \CLASSINFO interface allows for more
+    user control and conditional compilation.
+
+ 5) \ifcenterfigcaptions (\centerfigcaptionstrue, \centerfigcaptionsfalse),
+    \CMPARstart and \overrideIEEEmargins have been removed and no are
+    longer supported. The effect of \overrideIEEEmargins can be mimicked
+    via the more general \CLASSINPUT interface:
+    % US letter paper:
+    \newcommand{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}{0.775in}
+    \newcommand{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}{0.585in}
+    % A4 paper:
+    \newcommand{\CLASSINPUTinnersidemargin}{17mm}
+    \newcommand{\CLASSINPUToutersidemargin}{11.647mm}
+
+ 6) Several commands and environments have been deprecated in favor of
+    replacements with IEEE prefixes to better avoid potential future name
+    clashes with other packages. Legacy code retained to allow the use of
+    the obsolete forms (for now), but with a warning message to the console
+    during compilation:
+    \IEEEauthorblockA, \IEEEauthorblockN, \IEEEauthorrefmark,
+    \IEEEbiography, \IEEEbiographynophoto, \IEEEkeywords, \IEEEPARstart,
+    \IEEEproof, \IEEEpubid, \IEEEpubidadjcol, \IEEEQED, \IEEEQEDclosed,
+    \IEEEQEDopen, \IEEEspecialpapernotice. IEEEtran.cls now redefines
+    \proof in way to avoid problems with the amsthm.sty package.
+    For IED lists:
+    \IEEEiedlabeljustifyc, \IEEEiedlabeljustifyl, \IEEEiedlabeljustifyr,
+    \IEEEnocalcleftmargin, \IEEElabelindent, \IEEEsetlabelwidth,
+    \IEEEusemathlabelsep
+
+ 7) These commands/lengths now require the IEEE prefix and do not have
+    legacy support: \IEEEnormaljot.
+    For IED lists: \ifIEEEnocalcleftmargin, \ifIEEEnolabelindentfactor,
+    \IEEEiedlistdecl, \IEEElabelindentfactor
+
+ 8) \normalsizebaselineskip skip replaced by
+    \CLASSINFOnormalsizebaselineskip (nonrubber dimen) length.
+    Also, new \CLASSINFOnormalsizeunitybaselineskip (nonrubber dimen)
+    provided.
+
+ 9) Now defaults to using Alpha numbering rather than Roman for appendices
+    numbering. This is because Alpha numbering is more common and avoids
+    problems with theorem numbering. \ifuseRomanappendices
+    (\useRomanappendicestrue, \useRomanappendicesfalse) is no longer
+    supported. Instead, use the new class option romanappendices if Roman
+    appendices numbering is desired. Thanks to Leonid Mirkin for reporting
+    the problem with theorems in appendices and suggesting changes.
+
+10) Improved paper size setting code for pdflatex.
+
+11) Better handling of theorem numbering when using the section counter
+    within the appendix(cies). Thanks to Leonid Mirkin for suggesting
+    this change.
+
+12) Fixed bug that caused equations at the end of theorems to be too
+    close to the line below them.
+
+13) Provided hook to conference mode console notice and changed notice to
+    better support conferences that use A4 paper. Thanks to Volker Kuhlmann
+    for suggesting this change.
+
+14) \IEEEauthorrefmark made robust to allow it to be used in \thanks
+    without a leading \protect
+
+15) Improved \textunderscore to provide a much better fake _ when used with
+    OT1 encoding. Under OT1, detect use of pcr or cmtt \ttfamily and use
+    available true _ glyph for those two typewriter fonts.
+
+16) Revised internal \@sect command to be more robust for users who employ
+    modified section heading formats. Thanks to Zarko F. Cucej for
+    suggesting this change.
+
+17) Improved \thesubsubsection definition to prevent breaks at the hyphen.
+    Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change. Thanks to
+    Dan Luecking and Heiko Oberdiek for explaining some of the various
+    alternatives and techniques to fix it.
+
+18) No longer provide \NAT@parse hack to get cite.sty to play (somewhat)
+    with hyperref.sty as this is already included in cite.sty version
+    4.0 (2003-05-27) and later.
+
+19) At the beginning of document, set the default style of url.sty to be
+    the same as the current text font - as is done in IEEE journals.
+
+20) Corrected excessive line spacing in journal table captions. Thanks to
+    Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change.
+
+21) Corrected \thesubsubsection to use the "I-A1" format IEEE uses rather
+    than "I-A.1" as was done before. Ditto for \theparagraph. Thanks to
+    Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change.
+
+22) Enclose papersize specials within \AtBeginDvi in case someone wants
+    to make a format with IEEEtran. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for
+    suggesting this change.
+
+23) Eliminated the small space after abstract and keywords dash as IEEE
+    now does. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for suggesting this change.
+
+24) IEEEkeywords is no longer locked out in conference mode
+
+25) Increase defaults of \binoppenalty and \relpenalty to discourage
+    breaks within equations. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann for suggesting
+    this change.
+
+26) Support optional argument for IEEEproof. Thanks to Ingo Steinwart for
+    suggesting this change. Also, start a new \par with \IEEEproof.
+
+27) Add support for an optional argument to \bstctlcite.
+
+28) Changed \topfraction and \dbltopfraction from 1.0 to 0.9. Thanks to
+    Donald Arseneau for suggesting this change.
+
+
+*******
+ 09/2005 V1.6c (MDS) changes:
+
+ 1) Changed endfigure/endfloat definitions so as not to cause problems with
+    preview-LaTeX and other packages. Thanks to Stephan Heuel and David
+    Kastrup for reporting this problem.
+
+
+
+*******
+ 11/2002 V1.6b (MDS) changes:
+
+ 1) Fixed problem with figure captions when using hyperref. Thanks to 
+    Leandro Barajas and Michael Bassetti for reporting this bug.
+
+ 2) Provide a fake nabib command \NAT@parse so that hyperref will not
+    interfere with the operation of cite.sty. However, as a result citation
+    numbers will not be hyperlinked. Also, natbib will not be able to work
+    with IEEEtran. However, this is perhaps the best solution until
+    cite.sty and hyperref.sty are able to co-exist with each other.
+    It easy enough to override the fake command via:
+    \makeatletter
+    \let\NAT@parse\undefined
+    \makeatother
+
+ 3) Revised font selection method so as not to have problems when used
+    with setspace.sty. Thanks to Zhang Yan for reporting this bug.
+
+ 4) Added \special to feed papersize to dvips. Thanks to Moritz Borgmann 
+    for suggesting this feature.
+
+ 5) In addition to the IEEE IED lists, the original IED style list
+    environments (as is done in article.cls) are now provided as
+    LaTeXitemize, LaTeXenumerate, and LaTeXdescription. Also, users can
+    now redefine \makelabel within IEEE IED list controls. There may be
+    some use for this in specialized applications. Thanks to Eli Barzilay
+    for suggesting this feature.
+
+ 6) \table* now defaults to \footnotesize text like \table.
+
+ 7) The draft modes now no longer force a pagebreak after the title.
+    Thanks to Christian Peel for suggesting this change.
+
+ 8) New draftclsnofoot mode is like draftcls, but does not display the
+    date and the word "DRAFT" at the foot of the page. Thanks to
+    Christian Peel for suggesting this feature.
+
+ 9) New peerreview and peerreviewca modes with \IEEEpeerreviewmaketitle
+    command allows for a "cover" titlepage for anonymous peer review.
+    Except for the cover titlepage, peerreview is much like journal mode.
+    peerreviewca is like peerreview, but allows the author names to be
+    entered and formatted as under conference mode so that author
+    affiliations and contact information can be easily seen on the cover
+    page. Thanks to Eric Benedict for suggesting this feature.
+
+
+
+*******
+ 7/2002 V1.6 (MDS) changes:
+ 
+ 1) Added conference mode via conference option. Defaults to the
+    traditional journal mode. e.g., \documentclass[conference]{IEEEtran}
+ 
+ 2) Added support for A4 paper via new a4paper option. Pdflatex's paper
+    size lengths are now automatically set to the proper paper size being
+    used.
+ 
+ 3) Revised margins again. Page text is now horizontally centered.
+    Conference mode increases the top and bottom margins with the bottom
+    margin being slightly larger. For A4 paper, the top margin and text
+    typesetting will not change from those of US letter paper, but the side
+    margins will be smaller and the bottom margin will be larger than that
+    of US letter. All per IEEE specs.
+
+ 4) Fixed footnote line spacing anomaly in draft mode. 
+    Thanks to Alberto Rodriguez for reporting this bug.
+    
+    Also, slightly revised footnote and \thanks note spacing.
+    Set \interfootnotelinepenalty=10000 to prevent LaTeX
+    from breaking footnotes across multiple pages or columns.
+
+ 5) Fixed bug that caused overwritten photo areas and sometimes anomalous
+    spacing when a new paragraph was started within a biography. Also,
+    the presence of \par's, new lines or spaces at the beginning of
+    abstract, keywords, biography, or biographynophoto will no longer
+    affect the first word spacing.
+    Thanks to Eric Durant for reporting this bug.
+    
+    The biography environment now does a better job in preventing
+    a biography photo area from being broken across pages or columns.
+
+ 6) Fixed whitespace between \cite entries bug. i.e.,
+    both \cite{einstein24, knuth84} and \cite{einstein24,knuth84}
+    are now valid. \cite is now a robust command as it should be.
+    IEEEtran now no longer defines the old non-standard \shortcite or 
+    \citename.
+    
+    The base IEEEtran.cls does not sort citation numbers or produce ranges
+    for three or more consecutive numbers. However, V1.6 of IEEEtran.cls 
+    now pre-defines the following format control macros to facilitate easy
+    use with Donald Arseneau's cite.sty package (tested with cite.sty V3.9):  
+
+    \def\citepunct{], [}
+    \def\citedash{]--[}
+    
+    cite.sty is standard on most LaTeX sytems and can be obtained from
+    www.ctan.org. Thanks to Donald Arseneau for creating cite.sty,
+    providing the required format arguments to produce the IEEE style
+    and designing a cite interface capable of handling the IEEE citation
+    style.
+    
+    Note: Historically, IEEE has wanted authors to "hardcode" symbolics.
+    (i.e., replace all \cite{} with fixed [x]). However, it now seems that
+    most electronic manuscript submissions to IEEE are in .pdf format, and 
+    as such, do not require the LaTeX document reference numbers to be hard
+    coded. If an author is required to submit actual LaTeX files, I do
+    recommend that the bibliography file (.bbl) be copied into the .tex
+    document and the \bibliographystyle{} and \bibliography{} commands be
+    commented out so that the .tex file does not depend on (potentially
+    lengthy and/or confidential) external bibliography database files
+
+ 7) Adjusted some spacing parameters. The spacing above and below equations
+    has been revised (to a typical IEEE value). \jot now has a decent value.
+    The title text is now exactly 24pt. (On a related note, \fontsubfuzz has
+    been increased to 0.9pt to prevent annoying font substitution warnings
+    when using the Computer Modern fonts that use the 24.88pt size.)
+    In V1.6, \small is now 8.5pt in 9pt docs because \footnotesize is 8pt.
+    For 9pt docs, you should probably go ahead and use \footnotesize when
+    you need text a little smaller than \normalsize.
+    The interword spacing has been adjusted to be extremely close to that
+    which IEEE uses. You can use a new class option, nofonttune, if you need
+    to disable the adjusting of the interword spacing. This adjustment and
+    an increase to \hyphenpenalty have greatly reduced the amount of
+    hyphenation in a typical paper.
+       The baselineskip for the normalsize fonts has been tweaked to reduce
+    underfull vboxes on journal paper columns with only paragraphs. 
+    Conference mode does the same thing but by also tweaking the \textheight
+    slightly off 9.25in (IEEE spec) to ensure an integer number of lines per
+    page. Draft (also draftcls) mode has also been revised to reduce
+    underfull vbox warnings. However, draft mode can still produce underfull
+    vboxes (a direct result of the increase in line spacing and margins) if:
+    A non-normalsize font occupies an entire column (abstract and index
+    terms take up a whole column by themselves); or the beginning of a
+    section occurs near the end of a column and cannot be squeezed into the
+    bottom, etc. This is normal as draft mode's liberal spacings cannot
+    guarantee perfect formatting.
+
+ 8) New biographynophoto environment for biographies without photos.
+    Usage: 
+    
+    \begin{biographynophoto}{author name}
+    biography text here 
+    \end{biographynophoto}
+    
+ 9) Fixed bug that produced multiple table of contents entries for papers
+    with more than one biography. Also, biography now works better with
+    hyperref.
+ 
+10) New \sublargesize font size command provides for 11pt text in a 10pt
+    document. (Needed for things like author names.) For documents not
+    using 10pt normal size text, \sublargesize is currently identical 
+    to \large.
+
+11) New \IEEEmembership command to provide correct font to indicate IEEE
+    membership for journal papers.
+
+12) Fixed author name line overflow problem when in journal mode. This
+    problem had been introduced in V1.5 in my rush to get \and to work for
+    conferences. \and is unneeded (and invalid) in journal mode. For 
+    conference mode, \and will work as expected and features an optional
+    spacing argument. i.e., \and[\hspace{5ex}] 
+    \and will default (recommended) to using \hfill which will result in
+    equal spacing between author blocks.
+ 
+13) New \authorblockN, \authorblockA and \authorrefmark commands to 
+    facilitate easy formatting of author names, affiliations and cross
+    reference symbols, respectively, when in conference mode. These 
+    three commands are to be used only for conference papers.
+    In conference mode, \author text is placed within a modified tabular
+    environment (somewhat like article.cls). So, within \author in
+    conference mode, you should not try to enclose multiple \\ within an
+    environment or command (other than the argument braces of
+    \authorblockX{}). For example:
+    
+    \author{\authorblockN{{John Doe \\ Jane Doe}}} % WRONG!
+    
+    will generate an error. 
+  
+    Note that font size/attribute changes will now persists across \\
+    within \author. (But, not across author blocks nor across \and.)
+    However, with the new commands, there should be no need to alter any
+    font attributes within \author. All text sizing and spacing within 
+    \author{} and the author block commands is per IEEE specs for both 
+    conference and journal modes. (In conference mode, the author names
+    are only very slightly larger than the affiliations which are in normal
+    size.) For specialized applications you can alter the justification of
+    author lines by placing \hfill at the beginning or at the end of a line.
+    The interline spacing within \author is determined by the font
+    attributes that are in effect at the end of each line within author.
+ 
+14) Because the titles and author name blocks use different font
+    sizes/styles from the main text, it was possible that two column papers
+    with titles that span both columns (standard journal and conference
+    papers, but not technotes) with certain numbers of lines for the title
+    and authors' name/affiliations can cause underfull vbox problems
+    (paragraphs with large spacings between them) in the second column of
+    the main text on the title page - if there were no new sections,
+    equations or figures in this column (they would provide some needed
+    rubber spacing). The use of things like special paper notices and
+    publisher ID marks also affected this issue. The problem could not
+    happen in the first column because the first column has a rubber length
+    around the heading of the first section. Furthermore, problems seldom
+    occurred on pages after the first as the margins had been chosen not to
+    cause it with the popular font sizes. Rubber lengths after the author
+    names would not fix this problem.
+       Auto-calculating a "good" spacing after the title is a tad difficult
+    to do in LaTeX. However, I am pleased to report that V1.6 has this new
+    capability - "dynamically determined title spacing". IEEEtran will now
+    measure the height of all the title and author text in \maketitle
+    and then calculate a rigid (non-rubber) spacer to follow that meets
+    IEEE specs and also produces a \textheight on the title page that
+    ensures an integer number of normalsized lines on the rest of the page.
+    Single column  papers, and two column papers with the title entirely in
+    column one (technotes) do not need dynamic rigid spacing and therefore
+    use standard rubber spacers.
+    
+    Note: This problem can still crop up if you use floats that span both
+    columns (i.e., figure*). It has been a decade+ long limitation with
+    LaTeX that the stretchable portion of \dbltextfloatsep is ignored. 
+    If you get a problem with underful vbox warnings and paragraphs that
+    "are pulled apart" on page with a float that spans both columns, tweak
+    the space between the figure and the main text a little:
+    
+    \vskip 5pt
+    \end{figure*}
+    
+    If you can't find a value that fixes both columns, you are going to
+    have to put a rubber spacer somewhere in one or both of the columns.
+15) Because of change #14 above, those of you using \pubid will, as of V1.6,
+    have to place it *before* \maketitle in order for it have the intended 
+    affect. The dynamic spacer algorithm must see if you are using \pubid
+    when \maketitle is called. \pubidadjcol works as before except that it
+    now has additional logic to prevent it from doing anything if \pubid
+    was never called.
+    
+16) In some unusual, non-standard circumstances, an author may desire to
+    alter the spacing after the title area or put some unusual text above
+    the main text. For instance, to stop a bad break when a new section
+    occurs right at the start of the second page. This is difficult to do
+    when the title spans both columns of two column text since LaTeX treats
+    such title text as a type of float. A new command,
+    \IEEEaftertitletext{}, gives access to the end of that produced by
+    \maketitle. The types of things that can go into \IEEEaftertitletext
+    are the same as those into \twocolumn[] - no \par, but \\ are OK. There
+    is no restriction on the range of spacings that can be used. e.g.,
+    \IEEEaftertitletext{\vspace{-100pt}} will push the main text well into
+    the title and \IEEEaftertitletext{\vspace{100pt}} will push it far down
+    the page. You will have complete control. If used, place
+    \IEEEaftertitletext{} before \maketitle like \title and \author.
+    IEEEtran's dynamic title spacing intentionally does not take into
+    consideration the contents of \IEEEaftertitletext{} when determining
+    the spacer after the title area (otherwise it would try to second
+    guess you), so the user will have manually adjust the height of the
+    contents in \IEEEaftertitletext{} if the problem discussed in #14 above
+    should develop. A safe bet is to keep the height of contents of
+    \IEEEaftertitletext{} to integer multiples of \baselineskip, e.g.,
+    \IEEEaftertitletext{\vspace{-1\baselineskip}} 
+    
+    Because it can result in an IEEE nonstandard format, the use of
+    \IEEEaftertitletext{} is discouraged. Possible uses include (1) the use
+    of IEEEtran for non-IEEE work with different title spacing requirements,
+    or (2) as an emergency manual override if a problem should develop in 
+    IEEEtran's automatic spacing algorithm.
+ 
+17) completely rewritten \PARstart to:
+    a. no longer have problems when the user begins an environment
+       within the paragraph that uses \PARstart.
+    b. auto-detect and use the current font family
+    c. revise handling of the space at the end of the first word so that
+       interword glue will now work as normal.
+    d. produce correctly aligned edges for the (two) indented lines.
+
+    Because the current font family is now auto-detected, there is no
+    longer any need for \CMPARstart - it is now the same as \PARstart.
+   
+18) There is now a new "open box" Q.E.D. symbol (\QEDopen) as well as the
+    original default (\QED) closed one (\QEDclosed). Some journals use
+    the open form. To make \proof use the open form, just do:
+    \renewcommand{\QED}{\QEDopen}
+
+19) Additional \typeout{} notices added to warn the user when unusual 
+    settings/commands are detected or as reminders to avoid common errors
+    when in conference mode.
+
+20) IEEEtran now provides \abovecaptionskip and \belowcaptionskip skip
+    registers because article class provides them and some packages
+    may error if they are missing. However, IEEEtran only uses 
+    \abovecaptionskip for actual caption spacing.
+
+21) Fixed bug that prevented users from redefining the section headings
+    to use arabic digits. Thanks to Richardt H. Wilkinson for reporting
+    this bug.
+
+22) Code cleaned up to be more efficient with the use of TeX registers;
+    removed some old LaTeX 2.09 code; revised option processing to 
+    LaTeX2e standard; eliminated unwanted "phantom" spaces in some
+    environments.
+
+23) Added new \IEEEeqnarray, \IEEEeqnarraybox, \IEEEeqnarrayboxm and 
+    \IEEEeqnarrayboxt environments to provide superior alternatives to the
+    standard LaTeX \eqnarray, \array and \tabular. Additional new support
+    commands include \IEEEeqnarraydecl, \IEEEeqnarrayboxdecl,
+    \IEEEeqnarraymathstyle, \IEEEeqnarraytextstyle, \yesnumber.
+    \IEEEnonumber, \IEEEyesnumber, \IEEEyessubnumber, \IEEEeqnarraynumspace,
+    \IEEEeqnarraymulticol, \IEEEeqnarrayomit, \IEEEeqnarraydefcol,
+    \IEEEeqnarraydefcolsep, \IEEEeqnarrayseprow, \IEEEeqnarrayseprowcut,
+    \IEEEeqnarrayrulerow, \IEEEeqnarraydblrulerowcut,
+    \IEEEeqnarraystrutmode, \IEEEeqnarraystrutsize,
+    \IEEEeqnarraystrutsizeadd, \IEEEvisiblestrutstrue,
+    \IEEEvisiblestrutsfalse and \IEEEstrut.
+    These are documented in the user's guide.
+    
+24) V1.6 changed back to using () around theorem names (which are also now
+    in italics) as this is what IEEE is using now. Thanks to Christian Peel
+    for reporting this. Also, when section numbers are used as the first
+    part of theorem numbers, display them in arabic, not Roman.
+    
+25) New \IEEEtriggeratref{X} command allows a page break to be triggered
+    just before the given reference number "X". This is most useful when
+    balancing the columns on the last page and a \newpage between references
+    is desired. \IEEEtriggercmd{X} allows a different command to be executed
+    at trigger.
+
+
+
+*******
+ 7/2001 V1.5 (MDS) changes:
+
+
+ 1) Fixed \and within \author bug: (! Misplaced \crcr. \endtabular ->\crcr)
+    Thanks to Rainer Dorsch for discovering and reporting that \and 
+    did not work.
+    
+ 2) Fixed the biography environment so that if a biography's text is shorter
+    than the area allocated for the photo, a collision with the next
+    biography does not occur. You can now put real graphics (using the
+    graphicx package) into the biography photo box with a new optional 
+    argument of the biography command! For example:
+    
+    \begin{biography}[{\includegraphics[width=1in,height=1.25in,clip,
+                      keepaspectratio]{./tux.eps}}]{Linux Penguin}
+    
+    will use the specified graphic as the author's photo. The photo area is
+    exactly 1in wide by 1.25in high - as is done in IEEE Transactions. Try
+    to keep the same 4:5 aspect ratio if scanning/cropping your photos. 
+    Note the need for the extra set of enclosing braces around the
+    \includegraphics. Without it, The LaTeX parser may get confused when it
+    sees the \includegraphics's brackets within the biography's optional
+    argument. Due to the length of the \includegraphics command, you may
+    wish to define your own shorthand form of it. I have not done so with
+    IEEEtran to prevent dependence on the graphicx package. If you do not
+    use the optional argument, or leave it empty, a standard frame box
+    with the words "Place Photo Here" will be used. If you want the space
+    to remain completely empty, you can do:
+    
+    \begin{biography}[\mbox{}]{The Invisible Man} 
+    
+    The interface to biography's optional argument is into a
+    1in X 1.25in minipage in which the argument text is centered both 
+    horizontally and vertically:
+    
+    \begin{minipage}[b][1.25in][c]{1in}%
+    \centering
+    #1%
+    \end{minipage}
+    
+    Within the biography environment, \unitlength is set to 1in.
+    With this in mind, you can even design your own custom frameboxes.
+    For instance:
+    
+    \begin{biography}[\framebox(1,1.25){\parbox[][\height
+                     ][c]{0.9in}{\centering PLACE\\ PHOTO\\
+                                  HERE}}]{Author Name}
+    
+    will yield the same type of result as the default photo box.
+    
+    Thanks to Herbert Voss for discovering the collision bug, suggesting
+    the ability to handle graphics and providing some prototype code.
+
+
+
+*******
+ 3/2001 V1.4 (MDS) changes:
+
+
+ 1) New "draftcls" and "final" options have been added.
+    Thanks to Dragan Cvetkovic for suggesting an option like draftcls.
+    
+ 2) Documentation changes to reflect the fact that this IEEEtran.cls 
+    is no longer beta test.
+
+ 3) Slightly revised caption sizes. Figure and table captions are now 
+    in \footnotesize, not \small as before.
+
+ 4) Allow user to control figure caption justification. IEEEtran.cls 
+    normally defaults to left justified as is done in Transactions.
+    However, for conferences, you may wish to issue the command:
+    \centerfigcaptionstrue
+    in the preamble. Short (less than one line long) figure captions
+    will then be centered. Multi-line figure captions will always be 
+    properly left justified. V1.6: This is already done for you when
+    using the conference mode.
+
+
+
+*******
+ 1/2001 V1.3 
+ Michael Shell (MDS) made extensive changes and additions:
+
+
+ BUGS FIXED (and many others too numerous to mention!):
+ 1) Fixed improper alignment with itemized, enumerated and
+    description lists. Added new controls to these three
+    environments so that it is easy to get the alignment IEEE
+    uses. Furthermore, the itemize, enumerate and description lists
+    no longer force a new paragraph to begin at the end the list
+    (\par). (Sometimes lists are used within paragraphs.) 
+ 
+ 2) JVH's fixes now allow things like $\mathbf{N}(0,P(0))$
+    to work properly without needing the extra braces:
+    ${\mathbf{N}}(0,P(0))$. There is no longer any dependence
+    on the "rawfonts" and "oldlfont" packages. Thanks Juergen! 
+ 
+ 3) Fixed underfull hbox errors and incorrect reference number
+    alignment when the number of references in the bibliography
+    exceeded 9 entries (which is almost every paper!).
+  
+ 4) Removed dependence on the LaTeX sizexx.clo files.
+    Now, 9pt documents should work correctly even on systems that
+    lack a size9.clo file. This is most often used in conjunction
+    with the option "technote" for "correspondence" papers like those
+    in IEEE Transactions on Information Theory. For virtually all
+    other papers, 10pt is used and so it is the default.
+    Some improper font sizes have been corrected. \footnotesize is
+    now 8pt in 9pt docs, so footnotes in technotes should be the
+    correct size now. 
+ 
+ 5) Added \interlinepenalty within the bibliography section to discourage
+    LaTeX from breaking within a reference. IEEE almost never breaks within
+    a reference and when they do it is usually in technotes
+    (correspondence papers). You may get an underfull vbox warning in the
+    bibliography indicating that the spacing just before the "REFERENCES" 
+    section is larger than normal, but the final result will be more like 
+    what IEEE will publish. See the comments in the BIBLIOGRAPHY section
+    around line 2034 below if you want to change this behavior.
+
+ 6) No longer "blows up" when you use \paragraph and have a table
+    of contents.
+ 
+ 7) Theorem environment changed, (but for V1.6, back to the old way, sigh).
+ 
+ 8) Figure captions adjusted: IEEE left (not center) justifies
+    figure captions (for journals) and does not indent figure caption text.
+ 
+ 9) Adjusted some spacings in the table of contents(TOC))/list-of-figures/
+    list-of-tables so that section/table numbers will not so easily 
+    collide with the titles. Section VIII was usually the worst offender.
+    Still doesn't right justify the section numbers, but neither does 
+    article.cls (This must be why LaTeX likes the x.y.z section numbering
+    scheme unlike I, II, III, etc. of IEEE. )
+    It may be "normal" as it is (left justified). sigh.
+ 
+10) Now uses "index terms" now as a heading instead of "keywords".
+    Furthermore, the "index terms" and "abstract" headings are in bold
+    italic. This is how IEEE does things.
+
+11) \thebibliography and \biography now put entries into
+    the table of contents for you.
+
+*******
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ *******
+ 9/2000 (JVH) changes: (now designated as V1.2)
+ 
+ made some corrections to get closer to LaTeX2e
+ 20000906 Juergen v.Hagen
+ vonhagen@ihefiji.etec.uni-karlsruhe.de
+
+ Permission to redistribute granted as of December 2000.
+ *******
+
+
+
+
+
+ *******
+ 
+ 1996 (JWD) LaTeX2e version: (now designated as V1.1)
+  
+ In the most recent TeXhax digest, there was a request for a copy of
+ IEEEtrans.sty modified to work with LaTeX2e.  I have a version I
+ modified to make it IEEEtrans.cls, which I have sent to the person
+ making the request and am now sending to you to consider posting to
+ the archives.
+ --
+ Jon Dixon
+ dixonj@colorado.edu
+ http://spot.colorado.edu/~dixonj/
+
+*******
+
+
+
+
+
+*******
+
+ 30-August-1993 original LaTeX 2.09 version (IEEEtran.sty),
+ (now designated as V1.0):
+
+ by Gerry Murray and Silvano Balemi
+ Automatic Control Lab, ETH Zurich, Switzerland
+ balemi@aut.ee.ethz.ch
+
+*******
+
+
+